Today’s News 23rd July 2016

  • THE SUBPRIME U.S. ECONOMY: Disintegrating Due To Subprime Auto, Housing, Bond & Energy Debt

    srsrocco

    By the SRSrocco Report,

    The U.S. financial system continues to disintegrate even though most Americans hardly notice.  The system is being gutted from the inside out… much the same way a chronic disease weakens a patient even before any symptoms are felt.  However, we are already experiencing painful symptoms as U.S. economic indicators continue to weaken.

    Here are just a few of the recent headlines:

    Energy Giant Schlumberger Fires Another 8,000 As “Market Conditions Worsen” in Q2

    The Financial System Is Breaking Down At An Unimaginable Pace

    Potential Crisis Triggers Continue To Pile Up In 2016

    Just In Time—–Big Wall Street Housing Investors Cashing-Out On Housing Bubble 2.0

    Corporate Bond Defaults Hit Highest Rate Since Financial Crisis

    These are just some of the recent headlines pointing to BIG TROUBLE AHEAD.  However, the U.S. financial system is in dire shape due to the SUBPRIMING of the entire economy.  Today, anyone can purchase a car for little or nothing down and finance it for 84 months.  The U.S. housing market is also in the same predicament.

    According to the article, Are We Heading for Another Housing Crisis?, published on May 12th this year:

    While the economy and home prices have both rebounded, some people have expressed concern we are headed for a repeat housing bubble. As of January 2016, home prices were rising at a rate twice that of inflation, according to the S&P/Case-Shiller U.S. National Home Price Index.

     

    What’s more, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have unveiled programs to allow first-time homebuyers to make a purchase with only 3 percent down. Plus, some lenders are using alternate credit scores, which may make loans available to those who can’t get one under conventional credit scoring methods.

    So, here we are heading down the same path as we did prior to the 2008 U.S. Investment Banking and Housing collapse.  However, this time around its both a Subprime Auto & Housing problem.  But, that is just part of the Subprime mess.

    As most of you already know, many of the world’s sovereign bonds have negative yields.  According to the article, The Financial System Is Breaking Down At An Unimaginable Pace:

    In February 2015, the total amount of negative-yielding debt in the world was ‘only’ $3.6 trillion.

    A year later in February 2016 it had nearly doubled to $7 trillion.

     

    Now, just five months later, it has nearly doubled again to $13 trillion, up from $11.7 trillion just over two weeks ago.

    Think about that: the total sum of negative-yielding debt in the world has increased in the last sixteen days alone by an amount that’s larger than the entire GDP of Russia.

     

    Just like subprime mortgage bonds from ten years ago, these bonds are also toxic securities, since many of are issued by bankrupt governments (like Japan).

     

    Instead of paying subprime home buyers to borrow money, investors are now paying subprime governments.

    And just like the build-up to the 2008 subprime crisis, investors are snapping up today’s subprime bonds with frightening enthusiasm.

    To see total world negative-yielding debt doubling to $13 trillion in just the past six months is a BLINKING RED LIGHT.

    So, not only do we have Subprime Auto & Housing… we also have to include Subprime Govt Bonds.  While U.S. Treasuries and bonds are not yet negative-yielding, I believe it is just a matter of time.

    As we can see, the U.S. is now becoming a massive SUBPRIME ECONOMY.  Unfortunately, it gets much worse.  The factor that most analysts have not yet factored into the subprime disaster is energy.

    I would like to remind my readers and new followers that it takes energy to run the Auto, Housing & Bond markets.  Yes, it takes the burning of energy to allow the global bond markets to function.  Basically, Treasuries and Bonds are nothing more than claims on future economic activity.  My sympathy goes out to anyone holding onto 20-30 year bonds until maturity.  I highly doubt these bonds will ever make it to maturity.

    That being said, let’s look at the catastrophe taking place in the U.S. Subprime Energy Industry.

    U.S. Shale Oil Companies Saddled With Debt Up To Their Eyeballs

    I discussed the big trouble with the U.S. Shale Energy Industry in my recent interview with Dan at Future Money Trends.  If you haven’t yet checked it out, I highly recommend it:

    https://youtu.be/Zpxb2G_6oes

    During the interview I spoke about the following chart below.  These are some of the top U.S. Shale oil companies.  I included Chevron, not because it is a large shale oil producer, but because it is one of the three major oil companies in the United States:

    US Shale Oil Companies Long Term Debt

    In 2006, these seven U.S. oil companies held $17.2 billion in combined long-term debt.  However, by 2015… this ballooned to $72.1 billion.  Basically, their debt increased four times in a decade.  Now, the interesting thing to understand about this chart is that their long-term debt really started to increase in 2011.  Why is this significant?

    Because, the price of U.S. oil (West Texas Crude) was nearly $100 for 2011, 2012 and 2013.  Which means, the high oil price did nothing to help these companies pay down their debt.  Rather, their long-term debt more than doubled in just the past four years.

    I hope anyone reading this will realize, SHALE OIL IS SUBPRIME ENERGY that really wasn’t economic unless we had zero interest rates and monetary printing.  Even though the U.S. Shale Oil Industry brought on a lot of oil in the past decade, they really didn’t make any money… they just saddled their balance sheets with debt.

    Let’s take a look at the most recent data from the top four shale oil fields in the United States.  According to the U.S. EIA Drilling Productivity Report released on July 18, the Bakken and Eagle Ford shale oil fields are estimated to suffer large declines in August:

    Bakken Oil production

    Eagle Ford Oil production

    The EIA forecasts that the Bakken and Eagle Ford will lose 80,000 barrels per day in just August.  These are BIG NUMBERS.  If we look at the actual production figures for the top four shale oil fields, here is the result:

    Top 4 Shale Oil Production

    Oil production from the top four shale oil fields has declined 914,000 barrels per day (bd) since the peak in March 2015.  This translates to a 17% decline in oil production from these four fields in just 16 months.  However, the impact on the U.S. economy is even worse when we look at the figures on a monthly and annual basis.

    This next chart shows the combined loss of oil production from these top four shale oil fields based upon the minimum production from Nov 2014 to Nov 2015.  Let me explain.  In Nov 2014, these shale fields produced 5,027,000 bd, peaked in March 2015 at 5,304,000 bd and then fell back to 5,106,000 bd in Nov 2015.  So between Nov 2014 & Nov 2015, these fields produced a minimum of 5,067,000 barrels per day.

    In August, the Bakken, Eagle Ford, Niobrara & Permian oil fields will be producing approximately 4,390,000 barrels per day.  This is a 676,000 barrel per day decline from the minimum production these four fields produced for a year during that Nov 2014-2015 time period.

    The reason why I decided to do it this way is to show that these four fields produced at least 5,067,000 barrels per day for an entire year.  To show the decline from the high peak is disingenuous because it was only for a brief one month period.  This means, these top four fields will lose 20.3 million barrels of oil in a month and a stunning 247 million barrels in a year:

    Top 4 Shale Oil Fields Production Loss

    However, it will be much worse than this going forward as U.S. Shale oil production continues to decline.  How bad will it be?  Well, if these companies received $50 a barrel for oil, it turns out to be a loss of $13.7 billion in a year.  But, as I stated, it will be worse as oil production continues to decline.

    I published this chart in a previous article, but it’s important to see again:

    U.S. Energy Sector Interest on Debt

    The U.S. Energy Sector is saddled with $370 billion in debt.  In 2015, the U.S. Energy Sector paid 48% of their operating profits just to pay the interest on their debt.  This ballooned to 86% in Q1 2016 when the oil price fell to $33.  If the oil price remains between $40-$50, the U.S. Energy Sector will likely have to fork out 60-70% of its operating income just to service its debt in 2016.

    And of course… IT’S EVEN WORSE THAN THAT… LOL.  We must remember, for most of 2015, the top shale oil fields were producing 676,000 barrels per day more than they will be this year.  Thus, they will have less revenues due to falling oil production.

    So, the billion dollar question is this… how will the U.S. Energy Sector survive with low oil prices and falling production???

    Welcome to SUBPRIME USA.

    Unfortunately, the coming collapse of the U.S. economic and financial system will be orders of magnitude greater than what took place in 2008.  Why?  Because we just had a subprime housing market in 2008, whereas the entire U.S. economy today is SUBPRIME….  Subprime Auto, Housing, Bonds & Energy.

    Lastly, while some precious metals investors have become a bit frustrated by the low gold and silver prices or the ongoing manipulation of the markets by the Fed and Central Banks, the current system is not sustainable.  The doubling of world debt with negative yielding debt in the past six months is a bad sign indeed.

    Owning physical gold and silver will provide a lot more options during the next economic and financial collapse than most of the paper assets 99% of the world is invested.

    IMPORTANT NOTICE:  Here is the link to register for the SRSrocco Report Precious Metals Webinar taking place on Tuesday, August 2nd at 6 pm EST – Eastern Standard Time:

    SIGNUP For SRSrocco Precious Metals Webinar

    Lastly, if you haven’t checked out our new PRECIOUS METALS INVESTING section or our new LOWEST COST PRECIOUS METALS STORAGE page, I highly recommend you do.

    Check back for new articles and updates at the SRSrocco Report.

  • America Needs A Good, Old-Fashioned Economic Depression

    Submitted by Jay Kawatsky via The National Interest,

    Artificial measures to stave off a downturn will only make it much worse.

    Describing what he called the “crack-up boom”, Ludwig von Mises, the great Austrian economist, said:

    The boom cannot continue indefinitely. There are two alternatives. Either the banks continue the credit expansion without restriction and thus cause constantly mounting price increases and an ever-growing orgy of speculation – which, as in all other cases of unlimited inflation, ends in a “crack-up boom” and in a collapse of the money and credit system.

     

    Or the banks stop before this point is reached, voluntarily renounce further credit expansion, and thus bring about the crisis. The depression follows in both instances. (emphasis added)

    Although it would be the wiser policy, there is no evidence that the world’s central bankers have the wisdom, either individually or collectively, to select the second alternative. More specifically, they lack “the courage to act” (as Ben Bernanke’s recent, self-congratulatory memoir was so ironically titled); they and their political, big finance and big business cronies are afraid to swallow the “d-pill”, the economic medicine named “depression”.

    A good, old-fashioned, pre-1929 depression (like the short-lived, eleven-month depression in 1920-1921, before the days of “modern” central banking and “enlightened” Keynesian intervention “cures”) is the only tonic that can clear out the malinvestment built up since the beginning of the fiat money era. That era began in August of 1971. That is when Richard Nixon, informed that U.S. gold reserves were precipitously declining as a result of President Johnson’s March 1968 action to reduce the gold reserve ratio from 25 percent to zero, “temporarily” suspended the convertibility of the U.S. Dollar into gold. That “temporary” measure has been in effect for forty-five years.

    Finally freed from the constraints of what they could not print (i.e., gold), central bankers and their cronies in government, finance and big business were given a license to debase all formerly hard currencies. (Such currencies were “hard”, as they were linked, via the Bretton Woods arrangement, to the dollar, which was backed by gold.) And debase they did: they replaced real investment capital (i.e. actual savings) with cheap, invented credit; they replaced market-derived price (of money) discovery, i.e., market-derived interest rates, with central-bank-proclaimed interest rates.

    The actions of central bankers to suppress real price discovery (i.e., market-derived interest rates) now has led to nearly $12 trillion of sovereign debt having been issued with interest rates below zero (“NIRP”, or “negative interest rate policy”). That means that more than one third of all sovereign debt worldwide now carries negative interest rates.

    That nearly $12 trillion total includes $3.2 trillion of short-term sovereign debt and $8.5 trillion of long-term sovereign debt. The total NIRP debt is up $1.3 trillion from the end of May. Even more astounding is that the total amount of negative-yielding debt with maturities of seven years or longer has ballooned to $2.6 trillion. That is nearly double just since April of this year. In fact, all of the debt issued by the Swiss government – every borrowed franc, even Swiss fifty-year bonds – now carries a negative yield. All of the debt issued by the Japanese government (JGBs) with maturities up to twenty years now carries a negative yield.

    Imagine lending money to anyone, even the Swiss government, for fifty years, ultimately getting back less than you loaned … and paying for the privilege! What such an investor has to believe, in order to make such a loan, is that inflation over the next fifty years will be substantially negative (i.e., a great, and long-lasting deflation), with the result that the purchasing power of the Swissie will increase substantially over the next fifty years. But every major currency on the planet, including the US dollar, the British pound, the Japanese yen and the Euro/DM, has lost purchasing power over the last forty-five years (since the end of Bretton Woods).

    Without some form of scarce commodity backing (e.g., precious metals) for currencies, why would anyone, particularly sovereign bond investors, believe that currency units, which can be conjured at will from thin air (not a scarce commodity) by desperate governments, will be worth more, not less, over the next fifty years? But believe it they do, proving that, at least with respect to high finance (better named low-IQ finance?), you can fool all of the people (the investment public) all of the time.

    NIRP simply never could exist in a real-money world, where credit, like all commodities, is scarce and must be rationed by the market. But European Central Bank chief Mario Draghi, with the implicit and explicit assent of all the world’s central bankers and the urging of their cronies in government, finance and big business who get “first crack” at the conjured money, has reiterated over and over that there would be “no limits” to what he and the ECB might do with respect to printing money and further reducing interest rates. (No wonder the workaday citizens of Great Britain voted overwhelmingly for Leave.)

    ZIRP and NIRP certainly have well served the central banks and their crony political, finance and big business elite masters (the top 1 percent of the top 1 percent). Money printed by central banks ex nihilo (out of nothing) has poured into the world’s stock markets, fueling stock buybacks that enrich big-business management via soaring stock-options values. Money printed by central banks has fueled an auto-loan bubble, with total auto debt now more than $1 trillion. Money printed by central banks has fueled the rapid increase in student debt that either will enslave American youth, preventing most from participating in the “American Dream” of home ownership and a reasonable retirement, or turn them into rabid supporters of socialist politicians (e.g., Bernie Sanders) who promise to absolve them of their unpayable debts.

    But the central bankers’ ability to defy economic gravity may, at long last, be coming to an end. Even the radical Keynesian, Richard Koo has recognized the outrage of NIRP, which he recently described as “an act of desperation born out of despair over the inability of quantitative easing and inflation targeting to produce the desired results… the failure of monetary easing symbolizes crisis in macroeconomics."

    The failure of ZIRP, QE and now NIRP is easy to see from recent corporate earnings reports and associated PE multiples: As of close of trading on Friday, July 1, 2016, the S&P 500 was trading at 24.3 times earnings over the last twelve months, close to an historical record high PE multiple. Generally (meaning before fiat money), elevated PE multiples were notched during times of increasing earnings. But for the first fiscal quarter of 2016 (FQE 3/31), S&P 500 earnings per share were only $87. That is 18 percent less than the $106-per-share earnings peak reported for the third quarter (FQE 9/30) of 2014. If money printing and central-bank-dictated interest rates were the saviors of the real economy, and if the United States were actually experiencing a real economic recovery, corporate earnings would be increasing, not declining precipitously.

    Interestingly, the first quarter 2016’s $87 per share earnings were eerily equivalent to the $85 earnings per share for the last twelve months just preceding the 2008 crash. And the S&P 500 multiple was only 18.4 at that time. So stocks have a long way to fall from their elevated current levels, levels only reached as a result of share buybacks (artificially increasing earnings per outstanding share and increasing per share prices), which buybacks were (and continue to be) fueled by relentless near-ZIRP maintained by the U.S. Federal Reserve, as well as so-called “carry-trade” borrowings in currencies with NIRP (such as the Japanese yen).

    The failure of ZIRP, QE and now NIRP also is easy to see from recent corporate sales reports: According to the most recently updated Inventories to Sales Ratio compiled by the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, the inventory to sales ratio is hovering at 1.35, just below the highest recorded (1.41 in January of 2009) in over twenty years. That ratio exploded higher (meaning unsold goods are piling up) every quarter since the end of the second quarter of 2014. If money printing and central bank-dictated interest rates were the saviors of the real economy, and if the United States were actually experiencing a real economic recovery, inventories would not be languishing unsold on the shelves of suppliers and merchants. Workers with higher pay checks would be consuming them.

    Which brings us to perhaps the easiest way to understand the failure of ZIRP, QE and now NIRP: the labor market. Contrary to the claims of the Obama administration’s Bureau of Labor Statistics’ headline unemployment numbers (which counts job slots, so that a part-time gig is the equivalent of a forty-hour-per-week career job paying over $50,000 per year), there is not more work being done in America. There actually is less, as former full time jobs (with benefits) have been, and continue to be, replaced with more part-time, lower paying jobs (without benefits). Indeed, as former OMB chief David Stockman has instructed, the number of what can be called “breadwinner jobs”, which are jobs that can support a family of four, is now almost one million below the number of such jobs in the year 2000. If money printing and central bank-dictated interest rates were the saviors of the real economy, and if the United States were actually experiencing a real economic recovery, there would be more “breadwinner jobs” now than in 2000, when the population was considerably lower.

    The crack-up boom, fueled by fiat money, QE, ZIRP and now NIRP, is coming. It will hit on a global scale, and “rock the casbah” (and all points north, south, east and west thereof). It will make the Great Depression look like a picnic party in the park. Why will it be worse? Consider just two simple facts: first, supply chains are much longer and considerably more intricate than eighty-five years ago. As they fail (due to bankruptcies and business failures of those in the chain), basic necessities will not get to those in need of them. Second, compared to eighty-five years ago, the world has billions more mouths to feed, and many fewer people, including millions fewer farmers, who actually know how to produce the basic necessities.

    Yes, central bankers can print currency units, but not food, energy or other commodities necessary for sustaining life. As basic commodities become more scarce or are priced out of the reach of average folks, wars, riots, rebellions, diseases and repressive governments will result. All of this human suffering will be the progeny of ZIRP, QE and NIRP, which in turn are the progeny of the replacement of the gold standard by the Ph.D standard.

  • Hillary Clinton Picks Tim Kaine For Vice President

    Moments ago the worst kept secret in Washington was confirmed when Hillary Clinton announced on Twitter she has picked Virginia senator Tim Kaine as her running mate in an attempt to bolster her support among blue-collar workers and maximize votes from US Latinos dismayed by Donald Trump.

    Kaine, 58, a Catholic former governor of Virginia, has described himself in the past as “boring”, and is seen as a safe, moderate if unexciting option, but his everyman roots, executive experience and fluent Spanish are assets that could strengthen the Democratic ticket. By choosing  Kaine, 58, a moderate Democrat from a battleground state, Clinton has passed up the chance to pick a left-winger such as senator Elizabeth Warren.

    “I am boring,” he said on NBC in June, but then joked, “Boring is the fastest-growing demographic in this country.”

    Others on her list presented risks. For instance, some thought an all-women ticket with Sen. Warren could turn off potential backers.  Clinton also looked at a political novice, retired Adm. James Stavridis, who is an expert in foreign policy but hasn’t faced the rigors of a political campaign.

    According to the FT, Clinton has matched Trump by picking a seasoned elected official who has served as both a governor and a member of Congress. But while the main role of Mike Pence, the Indiana governor chosen by Trump, is to shore up support from conservatives within the Republican party, Kaine will aim to broaden support for Clinton beyond the Democratic base.

    “He’s from a working-class background, so he understands the difficulties of blue-collar people and others who don’t have a lot of economic resources,” said Carl Tobias, a University of Richmond law professor who has known Mr Kaine since he taught at the college in the late 1980s.

    “He’d be very good with the kind of voters Trump is attracting, but he can also reach out to lawyers and elites.”

    Clinton announced the move Friday via Twitter, moments after the tragic shooting in Munich got the “all clear”, and  following the Republican National Convention that adjourned with Donald Trump as the GOP nominee. Democrats hoped the announcement would blunt any momentum Trump gained from his convention. Clinton is expected to campaign with Kaine on Saturday in Miami.

    “I’m thrilled to announce my running mate, @TimKaine, a man who’s devoted his life to fighting for others,” she tweeted.

    A campaign official said Clinton made up her mind Friday to tap Kaine. She called him at 7:32 p.m. from Tampa, where she had appeared at a rally, the official said.

    Virginia, a battleground state where Kaine also served as mayor of Richmond, is one of a handful of swing states that will determine the outcome of the race for the White House. Although his state is not part of the rust belt, where Trump’s anti-globalisation stance is most resonant, Kaine has seen first-hand the decline of textile and furniture factories in southern Virginia.

    His own father was a welder who ran a metalworking shop in Kansas City, where Mr Kaine’s family moved after his birth in Minnesota. After she spoke to Kaine, Clinton called President Barack Obama to notify him of her choice, the official said.

    According to the WSJ, Kaine could help Clinton with minority voters. He took a year off law school to help run a technical school founded by Jesuit missionaries in Honduras. In 2013, he delivered a speech in Spanish on the Senate floor in support of an immigration overhaul. A Catholic, Mr. Kaine joined an African-American church in Richmond and was elected mayor of that majority black city.  Many Democrats have long assumed Clinton would choose Mr. Kaine because of his credentials, her comfort with him and because choosing him comes with few risks.

    Kaine’s his selection could come as a disappointment to the liberal wing of the party, some of which had hoped Clinton would turn to a more populist leader, such as Sen. Elizabeth Warren of Massachusetts, in an effort to unite the party following a divisive primary. Kaine’s positions in favor of trade and other matters leave many progressives cold. He is unpopular with some in the Democratic Party’s liberal wing due to his positions on trade and other issues. Last year, he voted to give the president “fast-track” authority to smooth passage of a controversial 12-nation trade pact called the Trans-Pacific Partnership, a deal opposed by the Democratic base. Mr. Kaine has said free-trade deals can help the economy if negotiated in ways that protect workers’ rights.

    “He does nothing for [Bernie] Sanders supporters. He does nothing for the young or people of color. He won’t help win the white workers devastated by our perverse trade policies,” said Robert Borosage, co-director of the liberal group Campaign For America’s Future. “He is the choice of a candidate confident of victory who wants a safe VP.”

    Mr. Kaine is unpopular with some in the Democratic Party’s liberal wing due to his positions on trade and other issues. Last year, he voted to give the president “fast-track” authority to smooth passage of a controversial 12-nation trade pact called the Trans-Pacific Partnership, a deal opposed by the Democratic base. Mr. Kaine has said free-trade deals can help the economy if negotiated in ways that protect workers’ rights. “He does nothing for [Bernie] Sanders supporters. He does nothing for the young or people of color. He won’t help win the white workers devastated by our perverse trade policies,” said Robert Borosage, co-director of the liberal group Campaign For America’s Future. “He is the choice of a candidate confident of victory who wants a safe VP.”

    With Donald Trump running as the law-and-order candidate, Republicans hope to tar Kaine for his opposition to the death penalty and cite his pro bono work to try to free two murderers convicted in the 1980s. The effort will echo Kaine’s 2005 campaign for governor of Virginia, when then state Attorney General Jerry Kilgore used the issue against him. What’s new is GOP researchers uncovered the argument used by Mr. Kaine as a lawyer, that the death penalty wasn’t warranted in one case because the suspect didn’t actually rape the 17-year-old victim, but instead sodomized her.

    “We plan to use this to show his extreme position on criminal-justice issues,” an RNC official said. As governor, however, Kaine didn’t let his personal views stop death-penalty cases and didn’t intervene in 11 executions, including that of Washington sniper John A. Muhammad.

    The senator has been one of Clinton’s most dedicated supporters on the Hill, endorsing her for president in early 2014 before she even announced her candidacy.

    Kaine has represented Virginia in the Senate since 2012. From 2006 to 2010 he served as governor of the state, which includes wealthy suburbs of Washington DC, big military bases and pockets of rural poverty. His wife Anne Holton is Virginia’s secretary of education.

    The state has voted for the winning candidate in seven of the last nine presidential elections.

  • Awkward?

    “Peddling fiction versus “inconvenient truths

    Presented with little comment – Grabbed from the front page of CNN – ivory tower ignorance or willful blindness, you decide…

    h/t @momomiester

    But have no fear, America – While Obama says there’s no “doom and gloom”, Hillary is “monitoring” the situation…

  • Hillary Says Trump Is Most Dangerous Presidential Candidate Ever – But Is She?

    Via The Daily Bell,

    Hillary Clinton said Monday that Donald Trump, the presumptive Republican nominee, was the most dangerous presidential candidate in the history of the United States. -CNN

    Clinton, in an interview with CBS News’ Charlie Rose, believes Donald Trump has “no self-discipline, no self-control, no sense of history, no understanding of the limits of the kind of power that any president should impose upon himself.”

    All of this could be applied to Clinton. She is by far the more dangerous of the two candidates.

    If Clinton gets into office, she will start or expand wars and through large economic programs will ensure the US’s quasi-depression deepens and that the economy never truly recovers at all (even though it may seem to.)

    If things aren’t getting worse, Hillary’s power is not advancing. She is good at making things worse.

    As her opponent, Donald Trump’s main recommendation is that he has not been a politician before.

    Donald Trump has chiefly been a builder and businessman.

    But Hillary has basically been a politician.

    Economically speaking, politics is price fixing. Laws are price-fixes, forbidding people from taking certain actions in favor of other ones.

    We may agree or disagree with these price-fixes, but they exist and are a function of lawmaking.

    Price-fixes always distort and degrade economies. The more laws you have, the more price-fixing and the more degradation.

    We’ve often argued for private justice for instance in which individuals work out their own civil and criminal differences.

    The less price-fixing (state control), the better.

    The modern state – with its massive economic, political and judicial interference – is already well on its way to toppling.

    Hillary Clinton has done well in the current system. She and her husband have built a gigantic non-profit and reportedly use it to trade favors with powerful people around the world.

    She and Bill are connected at the highest levels and can influence US political and military decisions.

    People will pay lots of money to anyone with this sort of clout. But the money does not apparently go directly to the Clintons. Instead it reportedly goes to their non-profit, so it does not seem as if the Clintons are accepting payments for their “help.”

    How well is this non-profit run? Here, from an April 2015 New York Post in an article entitled, “Clinton Foundation a ‘Slush Fund.’

    The Clinton Foundation’s finances are so messy that the nation’s most influential charity watchdog put it on its “watch list” of problematic nonprofits last month.  The Clinton family’s mega-charity took in more than $140 million in grants and pledges in 2013 but spent just $9 million on direct aid.

     

    The group spent the bulk of its windfall on administration, travel, and salaries and bonuses, with the fattest payouts going to family friends …

     

    “It seems like the Clinton Foundation operates as a slush fund for the Clintons,” said Bill Allison, a senior fellow at the Sunlight Foundation, a government watchdog.

    Supporters of the Clintons would no doubt disagree with this assessment, as would Hillary herself.

    In her interview, Hillary said of Trump, “What he has laid out is the most dangerous, reckless approach to being president than I think we’ve ever seen.”

    More from the article:

    “There is a lot of fear in our country. And when Americans are worried they’re looking for answers. He’s providing simplistic, easy answers,” Clinton said.

    The article quotes poll numbers that indicate Americans are more confident about Hillary’s experience and ability to be president, even though they don’t trust her.

    This is unfortunate. As political price-fixes must by definition make economies worse (unless they are removing laws), the more “experienced” a politician is,  the more destructive he or she has the capacity to be.

    In fact, Hillary and Bill are multimillionaires many times over. Their overarching priority is self-enrichment and the accumulation of power.

    Bottom line: Hillary is being groomed for president because she will help usher in the next wave of democracy, which is a form of global technocracy.

    This form of government  with emphasize the power of multinational corporations and those run them.

    These corporations, more than ever, will work closely with powerful politicians to generate and expand serial wars necessary to advance globalist control.

    When the Gutenberg press undermined the Catholic Church and the divinity of kings, the powers-that-be began to promote “democracy.” The French Revolution was created to further the concept.

    Now that the Internet has exposed the phoniness of most “democracy,” a new form of governance is being promoted. This will emphasize the global marketplace as run by multinational corporations and their technocratic “experts.”

    New international trade courts are being created that will allow corporations to have equal footing with nation-states.

    None of this is coincidence.

    Trade deals TPP and TPIP are both foundational building blocks of this new era. Hillary, from what we can tell, is intended to be the point person to advance this paradigm.

    Tomorrow’s globalism, as Hillary’s backers conceive of it, will be racked by war and ruled via corporate authoritarianism. As we pointed out previously, HERE, Hillary is no “democrat” and no “liberal.”

    Conclusion: Win or lose, Hillary will continue to be a dangerous backer and builder of corporate, globalist technocracy. If she wins, she’ll pursue her goals on the national stage. If she  loses, she will continue to work behind the scenes. Either way she’s dangerous.

  • "That's A Scary Graph" Former Fed Economist Warns

    The problem, warns 33-year St.Louis Fed veteran Daniel Thornton, is that "the financial cycle is way ahead of the economic cycle." As Bloomberg notes, that's a worry given that the past two downturns were driven by asset-price deflation.

    Americans are about as wealthy as they've ever been – and that's a worry?

     

    Yup, say veteran economists Daniel Thornton and Joe Carson. They're concerned that the swelling of wealth could prove unsustainable because it's far outstripped the growth of the economy since the recession's end in 2009.

     

    Thornton, who spent 33 years at the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis before retiring in 2014, says in effect that we've seen this picture before. Household net worth ballooned in the late 1990's and the early 2000's; in the first instance pumped up by rising stock prices, in the second by expanding home values.

    Both cases ended badly, with the economy falling into recession after the bubbles burst.

    Chart: Bloomberg

    Just as occurred in the previous two episodes, the latest expansion of wealth  has been driven more by rising prices of assets -in this case both shares and homes – than by improved economic fundamentals

    Since 2009, households have seen their holdings of stock and mutual funds nearly double, to $20.6 trillion.

     

    Only 6 percent of that gain can be ascribed to new flows of money into the funds or share purchases, according to calculations by Carson, director of global economic research at AllianceBernstein LP in New York. The rest is due to price appreciation.

    As the veteran economist sum up:

    The problem, he said, is that "the financial cycle is way ahead of the economic cycle.'' That's a worry given that the past two downturns were driven by asset-price deflation.

     

    "Nobody knows what's going to happen," Thornton said. "But there's plenty of reason to think that’s a scary graph."

    Still, why worry, with stock valuations at 12 year highs (amid decling earnings) and median home prices well above the prior peak, what could go wrong?

  • Stocks 'Safer' Than Bonds? The Last Time This Happened Did Not End Well

    It’s quiet out there, too quiet. With VIX once again testing cycle lows, equity risk is trading below bond risk for the first time since right before markets crashed in August 2015.

    S&P 500 implied volatility (VIX) has now been lower than Treasury ETF TLT’s implied volatility for the month of July (since Brexit)…

     

    As FundStrat’s Tom Lee points out in a recent reports, gaps as wide as the current one were followed 68% of the time by S&P 500 Index declines in the next 20 trading days, according to his data… and is clear from above, the last time stocks got this ‘relatively’ complacent, things went south very fast.

  • The 9-Point Guide To Deciphering Political Propaganda

    Submitted by David Galland via GarrentGalland.com,

    Given we are eyeballs-deep in the US presidential election cycle, now seems a particularly appropriate time to share some observations on the topic of political propaganda.

    As a naturally curious fellow, some years ago – during the Clinton vs. Bush Senior contest – I became interested in the language and techniques used in political campaigning. So much so that I dedicated my daily study period to the topic for the better part of a week.

    Since it will be impossible to escape the rhetorical onslaught for the next few months, I thought I might be able to shed some light on what goes on in the battle for your subconscious.

    As these insights come from the well-worn pages of playbooks of every politician around the world, I think they are pretty much timeless and cross all borders.

    At the core of what I learned in my studies is that the stock and trade of the propagandist revolves around trying to simplify issues, no matter how complex, into easily understood concepts that tap into the existing attitudes and emotions of the target audience.

    As an aside, since this topic touches on politics, I may inadvertently gore your ox. For the record, I view most politicians and political parties with disdain, though my disdain is particularly elevated for politicians espousing policies that interfere with my life, liberty, and pursuit of happiness.

    With that brief introduction, here are just some of the techniques you can watch for as the election season gains steam.

    1. Use stereotypes.

    This technique has probably been in active use since humans lived in caves. Successfully drape the opponent in the cloak of a stereotype that triggers a negative image, and you’ve done a good day’s work as a propagandist.

    Depending on which side of the political spectrum you swing to, you might trot out old favorites such as “rich fat cat,” or “friend of Wall Street,” or “big-government socialist,” or any one of many handy sterotypes. These stereotypes allow you to instantly tap into powerful underlying prejudices and emotions.

    And, for the record, it is a well-documented fact that when we humans are emotionally worked up, we become much more suspectible to follow-on political messaging.

    2. Name substitution.

    The propagandist will try to label the opponent with an unflattering, and memorable, term. If that is successful, the label will involuntarily come to mind at the sight of the opponent. Donald Trump is the reigning champion of this technique, using name substitution like a two-by-four against his opponents.

    Every time Elizabeth Warren’s name comes up, my mind automatically substitutes her name with Pocahontas and I have to smile. On the other side of the contest, the Hillary camp has been trying to stick Trump with the “bully” label. I expect to see a lot more of that.

    3. Selection.

    Out of a mass of complex facts, the propagandist selects only those that are suitable for his or her purpose. You wouldn’t expect Trump to mention his past bankruptcies, or Hillary her long list of crimes.

    There is, actually, an instance where Trump might want to mention his bankruptcies. Folks in the influence business—including trial lawyers—use a technique called “inoculation” where, knowing your opponent is going to come after you on a point, you bring it up first and therefore diffuse it.

    “My opponent, Crooked Hillary, is probably going to mention the fact that I have had some businesses go bankrupt many years ago. She’s right.

    “When you’re involved in the rough and tumble world of business, sometimes things just aren’t going to work out, and so you have to do what you have to do to protect your employees and buy some time to pay your debts.

    But here’s the important thing to remember. I’ve run businesses—big businesses—ever since I was 19 years old. And Crooked Hillary? She’s a lawyer and never ran a single business. Not once. And that’s the problem with American politics… too many lawyers and not enough business folks!”

    4. Downright lying.

    The “big lie” has always been an important part of propaganda.

    Remember the woman who came forward to tell Congress about Iraqi soldiers raping and hacking their way through a maternity ward in Kuwait as part of the campaign to get the US to invade? The politicians got emotionally involved in the story and so, per my earlier comments, were made more susceptible to the idea of invading Iraq.

    Turned out the woman was the daughter of a high-ranking Kuwaiti official who had been enlisted by a PR firm, and her story was completely fabricated.

    Not so long ago, Bloomberg ginned up a story claiming Trump had invited thug and convicted rapist Mike Tyson to address the Republican convention.

    Baseless nonsense dreamed up by soulless PR cretins, and nothing more.

    5. Repetition.

    If you repeat a statement often enough, it will become ingrained in the minds of your target audience.

    For example, the myth propagated by the Democrats that the rich need to pay their “fair share” despite the fact that the top 10% of income earners pay 70% of all federal income taxes.

    On the flip side, the Republications constantly repeat the mantra that Democrats are all in favor of “big government” despite the reality that the size of the government has continued to grow in size under Republican and Democrat administrations alike.

    6. Assertion.

    The clever propagandist rarely engages in a substantive debate over the issues, but instead favors bold assertions to support his thesis. This is logical because the essence of propaganda is to present only one side of the picture and deliberately obfuscate or bury facts to the contrary.

    We are told Donald Trump is a bigot, but for the life of me, I can’t find any examples. Unless you think his call for enforcing immigration laws bigoted.

    We are told that police target black men for summary execution, a meme that has contributed mightily to the recent outbreak of violence against the police. In time, that will also result in the police keeping their hands in their pockets and avoiding neighborhoods where they aren’t wanted. At which point the real mayhem will begin.

    It doesn’t matter that the assertion is not factually true, what does matter is that it fits the narrative that the majority of the white population, especially fat cats like Donald Trump, are racists.

    As to the truth, here is a very worthwhile article that looks past the meme and to the statistical facts.

    7. Identify an enemy that taps into deeply held prejudices.

    It is particularly helpful to the politicians not to just be “for” something, but to be against some real or imagined enemy who is supposedly frustrating the will of his audience. This serves to deflect any opposing views while strengthening “in group” feelings. Some of the campaigners for Brexit used the influx of illegal immigrants very effectively in this regard. As has Donald Trump.

    8. Appeal to authority.

    The authority may be religious or some respected political figure. In the case of the Democrats, you’ll increasingly see references to Bill Clinton, who is apparently remembered fondly by some. By trotting out Bill, Hillary hopes the voters will overlook her many faults.

    Knowing this is coming, the Republicans have done a pretty spiffy job of tarnishing Bill Clinton’s reputation—which wasn’t real hard—with exposés on the Clinton Foundation and his proclivity for women other than his wife. (For the record, I almost made a snarky comment, but refrained.)

    9. Peer pressure.

    One of the most powerful influence techniques is summed up in the phrase, “Everyone else is doing it.” Being a herd animal, it is very hard for us as individuals to go against the crowd. In the Brexit campaign, the media tried to paint the “Leave” folks as malcontents on the fringe.  

    In the US, to self-identify as a Trump supporter is—if you believe the Democrats and the media they control (which is, like, all the media)—you are some sort of gun-hoarding racist nutjob.

    In what might be viewed as either good news or bad, the most fundamental limitation of propaganda is that almost everyone develops a more or less rigid set of beliefs and attitudes early in life and, except in trivial matters, clings to those beliefs.

    Thus, the real task of the propagandist is to tap into those attitudes and attempt, often with deliberate lies, to demonstrate that the propaganda accurately reflects the established views of the audience.

    Here is an example. On first hearing that Trump proposed to build a wall across the border with Mexico, my reaction was incredulous and very negative. What a dumbass idea.

    However, when I heard Trump describe his wall, stressing that the wall would have a “big door, a very, very big door” for people that fulfilled the legal requirements for immigration to pass through, my opposition was muted.

    I still don’t think it’s a practical idea, or even a good idea, but by his clever rhetoric—mentally painting the picture of a big door where people who followed the rules could enter—Trump was able to get me to view the idea of the wall in a different light. To wit, he’s not anti-immigration. Just anti-illegal immigration.

    Some Concluding Observations

    I doubt Trump will win the election. Not only does he have the entire liberal establishment lined up against him, but the propagandists have had great success in turning the larger ethnic communities against him.

    And in what may be a first, even the leadership of his own political party continues to go to great lengths to discredit him.

    This is not to say that Hillary and the Democrats will be able to credibly marshall an effective propaganda attack on Trump that will sway his constituents.

    For starters, that constituency views “Hillary” not just as a political opponent, but an icon for everything that is wrong with the political class. They are not budging even one iota come election day.

    Which makes this a battle for the so-called independents. And that’s where the propagandists will be aiming the big guns.

    The Democrats tried to turn women against Trump by painting him as a misogynist. However, a master of the game, Trump countered by pushing forward the women the media had pointed to as “proof” of his misogyny who, in no uncertain terms, stated that the reporter had made up the whole story.

    So, what scab can the propagandists (successfully) pick to ensure Trump doesn’t attract the independents who are uneasy about the direction America has taken? Well, for sure, Hillary can’t claim he’s corrupt or a crook, you know, because of the whole rocks-and-glass-houses thing.

    So, I expect she’ll play the usual “fat cat” card and double down with the bully thing. That way when he berates her on the national stage, especially in the upcoming debates, she’ll do the equivalent of an “I told you so! Look at how he treats poor me.”

    I think Trump is probably smart enough to figure all this out and be prepared.

    Regardless, at the end of the day it’s going to boil down to demographics. Who has the bulk of the voting public in their camp?

    If Trump is on the right side of the demographics, the side that fondly remembers the idea of America and wants to preserve it, versus those who embrace the brave new world of political correctness, multiculturalism, and populist economics, he’s got a chance.

    If not, he will be toast and those of you who make America your home will have to accept that the country is going to continue slipping down the slippery slope. And not just under Madam President, but under whichever politically correct construct gets elected after her eight-year term ends.

    Who knows, maybe by then the president will be introduced to audiences as “Ze President”?

    So, any hints from the demographic data on who might win?

    A useful gauge of what to expect from the 2016 race is to look back at the 2012 presidential election.

    In 2012, Barack Obama defeated Mitt Romney by the comfortable margin of 332 to 206 electoral votes (to win the presidency, a candidate needs 270 electoral votes). In the popular vote, Obama beat Romney by a difference of about five million votes.

    Historically, women make up 53% of presidential voters and men make up 47%. In the 2016 election, it is likely that the gender makeup will stay constant, which will favor Hillary Clinton. According to the Gallup Poll, 70% of women have an unfavorable opinion of Trump. That kind of gender gap could deliver the White House to Clinton.

    On the other end of the scale, Donald Trump has the support of white men who distrust Clinton.

    Trump may like to think he can up his chances in the presidential stakes by appealing to discontented white voters who will constitute an estimated 71% of the voting population in the 2016 elections. But the last presidential election results show otherwise. Even though the Republicans won white votes by huge margins in 2012, Mitt Romney still lost.

    What carried Barack Obama into the White House were minority votes. He won 93% of African-American voters, 71% of Latino voters, and 73% of Asian voters.

    The minority electorate carries even greater weight in 2016—with 38% of Americans constituting minorities, as opposed to 28% in 2012.

    Furthermore, almost two million more Latino voters are expected to turn up for the 2016 elections than in 2012.

    Therefore, Trump will need minority votes if he is to have a chance of winning the White House. An impossibility if one accepts the premise put forward by some political analysts that 84% of nonwhite voters won’t vote for him.

    Based on the demographics, I’m prepared to bet that it’s unlikely that Donald Trump can win the popular vote for the United States presidency in 2016.

    Then again, everyone thought Brexit would fail, so there’s that.

    I will close by saying that there are a couple of scenarios that could change the tide.

    • One is that Trump absolutely dominates in the upcoming presidential debates.
    • The other is that Hillary gets indicted.

    Regardless, I’ll be watching the election results as they come in from a comfortable seat in the Bad Brothers Wine Experience. Which, given the prospects for a Clinton presidency, seems a fine place to be.

  • Beyond 28 Pages: The US – Saudi Relationship Starts To Fray

    Submitted by Kevin Schwartz via Counterpunch.org,

    We taste the spices of Arabia, yet never feel the scorching sun which brings them forth.

     

    -Inscribed around the rotunda of the Jefferson Reading Room in the US Library Congress, above the figure of Commerce

    The long-overdue release of the classified 28 pages of a 2002 congressional inquiry into the 9/11 attacks represents the fullest public accounting of evidence that certain Saudi nationals potentially assisted some of the hijackers. Any evidence, however, that the Saudi government may have knowingly provided assistance at this point remains circumstantial and unproven, a perspective shared by a 2005 FBI-CIA memo, which was released the same day as the 28 pages. Former Senator Bob Graham, who was a member of the congressional inquiry, along with Terry Strada, the national chairwoman for 9/11 Families United for Justice Against Terrorism, have riposted that the matter of Saudi involvement is long from concluded and that more classified information needs to be issued.

    While the 28 pages may provide little closure on how the largest terrorist attack on US soil transpired, its publication is yet another indication that the primacy of Saudi Arabia as irreproachable Middle East ally is in question. The declassification of the 28 pages comes on the heels of other developments that have undermined the carefully manicured image of Saudi Arabia as stalwart and stable ally, such as: the signing of a nuclear accord with Iran in 2015- raising the prospect of increased cooperation with the kingdom’s chief rival; the distribution of a cache of Saudi foreign cables discussing internal matters, which includes monitoring its citizens and attempts to combat critical voices in the media abroad; the unverified court testimony of Zacharias Moussaoui (the “20th hijacker”) detailing potential Saudi governmental involvement in 9/11; a war in Yemen that has caused thousands of civilian deaths and led to a humanitarian crisis, and international concern over the execution of 47 individuals on terrorism charges.

    One consequence of these developments is the introduction of bipartisan legislation by members of the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee to curtail American arms support to Saudi Arabia for use in its Yemen campaign. In another case, the U.S. House of Representatives only narrowly passed a bill allowing the transfer of cluster bombs to Saudi Arabia, evidence that lawmakers are beginning to approach this issue with greater care. Further, the U.S. Senate recently passed a bill that would allow the Saudi Arabian government to be held legally liable for any potential role in the 9/11 attacks, though a last-minute loophole in the bill will likely diminish its impact. Ongoing concerns continue to be expressed over the country’s funding of extremist groups and mosques worldwide. Following the massacre at an Orlando nightclub last month, for example, Hillary Clinton declared that Saudi Arabia and other Gulf countries are apathetic toward their citizens’ financial support of violent extremism- not the first time the presumptive Democratic nominee singled out Saudi Arabia on the campaign trail in such a manner.

    Elsewhere relations with Saudi Arabia are undergoing a similar reappraisal. Last year Sweden decided not to renew a Saudi arms agreement maintained since 2005, largely from concern over the country’s human rights record. The United Kingdom withdrew a £5.9m bid for a prisons contract, after criticism of human rights abuses by both Tory and Labour officials. Belgium and the Netherlands have taken steps to end or limit arms sales to Saudi Arabia, while the EU passed a non-binding resolution for member countries to halt arm sales. The Canadian government proceeded with a controversial $15-billion arms deal (signed by the current government’s predecessor) only amidst a public outcry to annul it and a lawsuit arguing that the deal contravenes federal laws over prohibiting such sales to countries suspected of use against civilians or having a record of repeated human rights violations. Canada’s Foreign Affairs Minister Stéphane Dion, even while taking responsibility for pushing through the arms deal, recognized the public concern by noting that the matter of selling arms to Saudi Arabia may be a question best left to the electorate.

    Saudi Arabia’s foreign minister Adel al Jubeir may be correct in noting that “the surprise in the 28 pages is that there is no surprise,” but he would be hard-pressed to exhibit a similar lack of concern about the increased public scrutiny and shifting perceptions of Saudi Arabia’s role in the world. The Saudis instead have responded to the above developments with direct actions, threatened reprisals, and a spirited public relations campaign. The Saudi ambassador to Sweden was briefly recalled. The U.S. has been threatened with the selling of $750 billion worth of Saudi investments in this country, over the Senate’s 9/11 legal liability bill. In response to the Canadian arms deal imbroglio, Saudi Arabia defended its judicial system as one that “calls for preserving and protecting human rights,” even though Freedom House ranks it worst in all categories of its freedom index. Current Saudi state officials and ambassadors and former advisors have increasingly sought forcefully to defend their country’s actions and image to the public, referencing Saudi Arabia’s key role in combating international terrorism in alliance with the United States and United Nations. They seek to justify Saudi Arabia’s “Operation Decisive Storm” in Yemen as an effort to restore “legitimate order” and “combat a militia influenced by Iran.” This public relations campaign has been abetted by other attempts to promote a counter-narrative to voices critical of Saudi Arabia, including the use of PR firms to charm American policy-makers and journalists and the attempted censoring of voices critical of the country’s human rights record. In March 2016, the Saudi American Public Relations Affairs Committee (SAPRAC) was established, the first US-based lobbying group with the expressed task of working toward strengthening US-Saudi ties and highlighting opportunities for investment. “Vision 2030,” the plan promoted as an effort to diversify and modernize the Saudi economy that includes the partial privatization of the state-owned oil company Aramco, may reasonably be seen as part of this charm offensive, as bankers worldwide eye a piece of the prize.

    Answers about Saudi Arabia’s involvement in 9/11 may prove elusive and forever unknown. But more than ever, questions are being raised and subsequent actions are being taken in relation to Saudi Arabia, extending far beyond what’s contained in the 28 pages of fourteen years ago and portending a new realignment of the US and other western countries’ long-standing relationship with this Middle East power.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 22nd July 2016

  • The New Middle East: Exit America Enter Russia

    Submitted by Ghassan Kadi via The Saker,

    Is the genie finally out of the bottle?

    A myriad of seemingly unrelated events and loose ends are converging in a manner that points in the direction of a huge win for Russian diplomacy in the Middle East, and we only need to connect the dots to see this scenario unfolding.

    What dots, one might ask?

    Henry Kissinger made it law for America to protect Israel. In his shuttle diplomacy trips in the lead up to the Camp David agreement, Kissinger has basically removed the USSR from the position of a superpower and a key partner on the negotiating table between Arabs and the Israelis and reduced its role to zilch. The ensuing dismantling of the USSR and the emergence of the so-called “New World Order” meant that Israel was to maintain its military superiority.

    However, with the rise of Axis of Resistance in general and Hezbollah in particular, Israel’s technical military edge proved unable to provide Israel with any real security. As a matter of fact, it seems to have done just the opposite. Israel has never ever been under the kind of existential threat that it faces now, with an estimated hundred thousand Hezbollah missiles, if not more, poised to hit Israeli targets as far as Eilat.

    And because America had been such a biased supporter of Israel for so long, it has lost its stature as a non-partisan arbitrator and mediator. In reality therefore, whilst America tried as hard as possible to enable Israel to impose its own peace, under its own terms, in practice, it has not been able to provide Israel with any peace under anyone’s terms.

    Off to Syria.

    Syria has been deadlocked in a war for more than five years. The Russian intervention that commenced in late September 2015 took the conflict, for the first time, into a direction in which the Syrian Government and its allies gained the clear upper hand.

    Then, and in the height of the military operation, and seemingly just a tad before achieving and declaring victory, Russia suddenly declared a major pullout and eventually a ceasefire. Many questions were raised, and even the staunch and extremely savvy ally of Russia, Hezbollah chief Nasrallah himself has questioned publicly in a recent speech the rationale behind the Russian stand and asked: ”Who has benefited from the ceasefire?” Nasrallah was obviously referring to the fact that Al-Nusra Front and other groups have taken advantage of the ceasefire to bolster their positions and even to gain some territory in some regions.

    In as much as the Russian intervention in its speed, accuracy and effectiveness has stunned the world, especially NATO, so did the pullback and ceasefire. Why did President Putin suddenly decide to scale down the military offensive, was a question that many analysts asked and tried to make speculations about.

    Short-sighted analysts, especially those who love to hate Russia, found in this a golden opportunity to lash at Russia and accuse President Putin of backing off and letting Syria down. But would Putin truly back down after he had put his global political reputation on the line? Was he really expecting the Americans to come clean and work with him on identifying who is who on the ground? Would he back off after Russian lives were lost both in Syria and in the tragic jetliner crash in Sinai, and which was done in retaliation to Russia’s military action in Syria? Would Putin risk being seen in a negative way by his own people after he had risen to the level of a rescuer and hero? Last but not least, would Putin leave Turkey, and Erdogan specifically, “unpunished” after Turkey deliberately downed a Russian plane and killed its pilot?

    The collective and individual answer to all of the above questions is a categorical NO. So why did Putin do it then? There seemed to be no clear answer; at least not for a while.

    And of course, we cannot mention Turkey without allowing the train of events to stop at the Turkish station for a very thorough analysis.

    In my analysis of the failure of “War On Syria”, which effectively began to take shape over the last two years or so, and especially after the emergence of Daesh, I had been reiterating that different elements of the “Anti-Syrian Cocktail” who were bundled together, united only by their hatred for Syria and her President, have realized that they were unable to have their collective dream materialized. They thus resorted to pursuing their own individual dreams and/or to implement some contingency plans. In that context, among other things, Daesh declared mutiny on its former allies and captured oil fields in order to be able to self-finance.

    When Erdogan looked at Daesh, he could see a double-edged sword. And irrespective of politics, Erdogan’s fundamentalist ideology is not very different from that of Daesh, and according to this doctrine, putting everything else aside, Daesh members are regarded as brethren. Furthermore, the fact that Daesh and the Kurds were in conflict was something that Erdogan could not ignore. Erdogan’s fear of the Kurdish factor is very high, and the fact that America was helping some Kurdish factions has angered Erdogan to an extreme. America cannot be a friend of Turkey and the Kurds at the same time, Erdogan has said on many occasions, both directly and indirectly.

    At the same time, America was growing very frustrated with Erdogan, and in turn, played its own cat and mouse game within the Daesh-Kurdish-Turkish triangle; favouring any side at a time that was convenient and suitable for its agenda.

    But for Erdogan, the issue was becoming very critical. Turkey is now under attack with a string of explosions going off here and there; some purportedly perpetrated by Kurds and others by Daesh. Not only has Erdogan’s gamble in Syria failed, but he has brought the conflict home; at least partially, and the economic boom and the “zero problems” policy that crowned his early years of power were all getting eroded by the quagmire that Erdogan found himself in.

    To make it worse for Erdogan, after he downed Russia’s Su-24 in November 2015, he was expecting NATO’s support, but NATO’s response was clear and brief. He was told that he needed to sort out his own problems with Russia.

    He tried to use the refugees as a trump card, but this could not go far enough. Apart from the few billion dollars he was given by the EU, which is in relative terms a petty bribe, Erdogan was unable to even clinch Turkey’s longtime aspiration of becoming an EU member.

    Erdogan found himself cornered, abandoned, under attack, facing severe Russian sanctions and an economic slump. He needed an exit strategy; an exit from trouble and into a totally new era.

    In the meantime, Israeli PM Netanyahu made an unprecedented number of trips to Moscow. Why? Many asked.

    The dust has not even began to settle yet, but there are markers that indicate that we are about to see a huge shift in Middle Eastern politics, conflicts and alliances.

    We are now hearing formal Turkish statements accusing the USA of plotting the recent failed coup attempt. Turkey has even imposed a lockdown on Incirlik airbase, a NATO airbase, in which America stock piles nuclear weapons, and has even cut off power supplies to the base. This is tantamount to declaring mutiny on NATO. When Erdogan said that the coup was a “gift from God” to cleanse the army, he might as well have also said that it was a gift from God for him to show his resentment to the USA.

    We also hear of counter-rumours that Erdogan has staged the failed coup in order to cleanse the military from elements that are not loyal to him. Whilst this scenario cannot either be confirmed or discounted, Erdogan is not mincing either his words or his actions with his NATO boss the USA.

    It is important to note here that in the last few weeks, Erdogan and Netanyahu made up, and furthermore, the Turkish-Russian relationship was normalized. Erdogan has been seen to be making a turn, and perhaps a U-turn in regard to his policies in Syria, but for what ends?

    For anyone to make a decisive win in Syria, the city of Aleppo holds the key. Whoever takes full control of Aleppo will win the war. The Syrian-Russian coalition has the upper hand to win the battle of Aleppo, but at what civilian cost? The other way to win it is to bring Erdogan down to his knees; and this seems to be what has happened. If Erdogan seals Turkey’s borders, the terrorists will be doomed.

    If we were to connect the above main dots, ignoring many other minor dots which do not need to be discussed individually, we can only see a Middle Eastern Russian-brokered masterplan coming to fruition.

    What puts Russia in the position to be able to muster such a plan is the fact that Russia is highly respected and is on fairly good terms with all major players. After mending relationships with Turkey, Russia is now on very good terms not only with Turkey, but also with Syria, Israel and Iran. The foolhardy foreign American policies in the Middle East have turned America into a force that cannot be trusted even by its own allies.

    Putin is adamant on fighting terrorism. Whether he is able to do this or not is another story, but strategically speaking, he knows well that the military fight against terrorism cannot be won, let alone properly conducted, if other players in the region are in a state of conflict.

    According to this analysis, we are on the verge of seeing a Russian plan unfolding, a plan that will not only form a foundation for ending the “War On Syria”, but also one that will seek an Arab/Israeli settlement.

    The plan will have to be based on a win-win situation for all parties involved. The Saudis (and Qataris) will be the only losers. They will probably be left out in the cold and hung to dry. No one really wants to or needs to appease them any longer. Their clout is shrinking, and so are their resources. If anything, the war on terror, if it takes form under a Russian umbrella, may need to confront Al-Saud’s sponsorship to the spread of religious radicalism.

    The avalanche of events has started, and as the USA is being shown the exit door by its closest allies, Russia is coming in as the only power that has the ability of resolving long standing niggling issues and cleaning up America’s mess.

  • Are Leftists Planning A Coup On 'President' Trump? "Voters Must Stop Him Before Military Has To"

    Submitted by Mac Slavo via SHTFPlan.com,

    How far will they go to destroy this country? Liberals and globalists are already plotting several moves ahead.

    If Donald Trump beats Hillary, they are already contemplating a Plan B.

    In a  op-ed, L.A. Times. writer James Kirchick dangles the ambiguous but ominous threat, “If Trump wins, a coup isn’t impossible here in the U.S.”

    It basically hints that a military overthrow of a Trump Presidency might be coming in the future, and would then be justified by horrific dictatorial acts that hordes of screaming leftists have been warning about all this time:

    From the L.A. Times:

    Americans viewing the recent failed coup attempt in Turkey as some exotic foreign news story — the latest, violent yet hardly unusual political development to occur in a region constantly beset by turmoil — should pause to consider that the prospect of similar instability would not be unfathomable in this country if Donald Trump were to win the presidency.

    Naturally, in this scenario, Trump would be quick to commit war crimes (as Kirchick and many others see it).

    What if his presidency is so dangerously unconstitutional and misguided that a military intervention will be necessary to take the country back?

    In their quest to stop Trump at all costs, many of his opponents are already prepared to take things that far. That is telling, and very chilling indeed.

    Throughout the campaign, Trump has repeatedly bragged about ordering soldiers to commit war crimes, and has dismissed the possibility that he would face any resistance. “They won’t refuse,” he told Fox News’ Bret Baierearlier this year. “They’re not gonna refuse me. Believe me.”  When Baier insisted that such orders are “illegal,” Trump replied, “I’m a leader. I’ve always been a leader. I’ve never had any problem leading people. If I say do it, they’re going to do it.”

     

    Try to imagine, then, a situation in which Trump commanded our military to do something stupid, illegal or irrational.

     

    […]

     

    If this scenario sounds implausible, consider that Trump has normalized so many once-outrageous things — from open racism to blatant lying. Needless to say, such dystopian situations are unimaginable under a President Hillary Clinton, who, whatever her faults, would never contemplate ordering a bombing run or — heaven forbid — a nuclear strike on a country just because its leader slighted her small hands at a summit. Rubio might detest her, but he cannot honestly say that Clinton, a former secretary of State, should not be trusted with the nation’s nuclear codes.

     

    Trump is not only patently unfit to be president, but a danger to America and the world. Voters must stop him before the military has to.   

    The veiled threat can’t be dismissed just because it is misguided or vague.

    Should Donald Trump take it as a threat? Is his life in danger?

    What happens if voters don’t make the choice these people think is the right one?

    Glenn Beck was suspended from air for a week for allow a guest to make similar comments that hinted at ‘taking Trump out.’

    Discussing a potential Donald Trump presidency, Thor lamented that impeachment would likely be off the table.

     

    “If Congress won’t remove him from office, what patriot will step up and do that if, if, he oversteps his mandate as president, his constitutional-granted authority, I should say, as president,” Thor said. “If he oversteps that, how do we get him out of office? And I don’t think there is a legal means available. I think it will be a terrible, terrible position the American people will be in to get Trump out of office because you won’t be able to do it through Congress.”

    There is a very real and very potent anger fomenting across our country. Though there are good reasons for it, most of it is misdirected, and 2016 has proven to be open season for attacks of all kind against Trump and his supporters.

    Violence has trailed his campaign as passionate leftists stop at nothing to defy his controversial policies on immigration and the rest of it.

    The rule of law is slipping away, and certain sectors of the establishment love the chaos is will bring.

  • Obama's America?

    Presented with no comment…

     

    Source: MichaelPRamirez.com

  • Full Text Of Donald Trump's Convention Speech

    Here is the full text of Donald Trump's prepared remarks as delivered at the Republican National Convention.

    * * *

    Friends, delegates and fellow Americans: I humbly and gratefully accept your nomination for the presidency of the United States.

    Together, we will lead our party back to the White House, and we will lead our country back to safety, prosperity, and peace. We will be a country of generosity and warmth. But we will also be a country of law and order.

    Our Convention occurs at a moment of crisis for our nation. The attacks on our police, and the terrorism in our cities, threaten our very way of life. Any politician who does not grasp this danger is not fit to lead our country.

    Americans watching this address tonight have seen the recent images of violence in our streets and the chaos in our communities. Many have witnessed this violence personally, some have even been its victims.

    I have a message for all of you: the crime and violence that today afflicts our nation will soon come to an end. Beginning on January 20th 2017, safety will be restored.

    The most basic duty of government is to defend the lives of its own citizens. Any government that fails to do so is a government unworthy to lead.

    It is finally time for a straightforward assessment of the state of our nation.

    I will present the facts plainly and honestly. We cannot afford to be so politically correct anymore.

    So if you want to hear the corporate spin, the carefully-crafted lies, and the media myths the Democrats are holding their convention next week.

    But here, at our convention, there will be no lies. We will honor the American people with the truth, and nothing else.

    Decades of progress made in bringing down crime are now being reversed by this Administration’s rollback of criminal enforcement.

    Homicides last year increased by 17% in America’s fifty largest cities. That’s the largest increase in 25 years. In our nation’s capital, killings have risen by 50 percent. They are up nearly 60% in nearby Baltimore.

    In the President’s hometown of Chicago, more than 2,000 have been the victims of shootings this year alone. And more than 3,600 have been killed in the Chicago area since he took office.

    The number of police officers killed in the line of duty has risen by almost 50% compared to this point last year. Nearly 180,000 illegal immigrants with criminal records, ordered deported from our country, are tonight roaming free to threaten peaceful citizens.

    The number of new illegal immigrant families who have crossed the border so far this year already exceeds the entire total from 2015. They are being released by the tens of thousands into our communities with no regard for the impact on public safety or resources.

    One such border-crosser was released and made his way to Nebraska. There, he ended the life of an innocent young girl named Sarah Root. She was 21 years-old, and was killed the day after graduating from college with a 4.0 Grade Point Average. Her killer was then released a second time, and he is now a fugitive from the law.

    I’ve met Sarah’s beautiful family. But to this Administration, their amazing daughter was just one more American life that wasn’t worth protecting. One more child to sacrifice on the altar of open borders. What about our economy?

    Again, I will tell you the plain facts that have been edited out of your nightly news and your morning newspaper: Nearly Four in 10 African-American children are living in poverty, while 58% of African American youth are not employed. 2 million more Latinos are in poverty today than when the President took his oath of office less than eight years ago. Another 14 million people have left the workforce entirely.

    Household incomes are down more than $4,000 since the year 2000. Our manufacturing trade deficit has reached an all-time high – nearly $800 billion in a single year. The budget is no better.

    President Obama has doubled our national debt to more than $19 trillion, and growing. Yet, what do we have to show for it? Our roads and bridges are falling apart, our airports are in Third World condition, and forty-three million Americans are on food stamps.

    Now let us consider the state of affairs abroad.

    Not only have our citizens endured domestic disaster, but they have lived through one international humiliation after another. We all remember the images of our sailors being forced to their knees by their Iranian captors at gunpoint.

    This was just prior to the signing of the Iran deal, which gave back to Iran $150 billion and gave us nothing – it will go down in history as one of the worst deals ever made. Another humiliation came when president Obama drew a red line in Syria – and the whole world knew it meant nothing.

    In Libya, our consulate – the symbol of American prestige around the globe – was brought down in flames. America is far less safe – and the world is far less stable – than when Obama made the decision to put Hillary Clinton in charge of America’s foreign policy.

    I am certain it is a decision he truly regrets. Her bad instincts and her bad judgment – something pointed out by Bernie Sanders – are what caused the disasters unfolding today. Let’s review the record. In 2009, pre-Hillary, ISIS was not even on the map.

    Libya was cooperating. Egypt was peaceful. Iraq was seeing a reduction in violence. Iran was being choked by sanctions. Syria was under control. After four years of Hillary Clinton, what do we have? ISIS has spread across the region, and the world. Libya is in ruins, and our Ambassador and his staff were left helpless to die at the hands of savage killers. Egypt was turned over to the radical Muslim brotherhood, forcing the military to retake control. Iraq is in chaos.

    Iran is on the path to nuclear weapons. Syria is engulfed in a civil war and a refugee crisis that now threatens the West. After fifteen years of wars in the Middle East, after trillions of dollars spent and thousands of lives lost, the situation is worse than it has ever been before.

    This is the legacy of Hillary Clinton: death, destruction and weakness.

    But Hillary Clinton’s legacy does not have to be America’s legacy. The problems we face now – poverty and violence at home, war and destruction abroad – will last only as long as we continue relying on the same politicians who created them. A change in leadership is required to change these outcomes. Tonight, I will share with you my plan of action for America.

    The most important difference between our plan and that of our opponents, is that our plan will put America First. Americanism, not globalism, will be our credo. As long as we are led by politicians who will not put America First, then we can be assured that other nations will not treat America with respect. This will all change in 2017.

    The American People will come first once again. My plan will begin with safety at home – which means safe neighborhoods, secure borders, and protection from terrorism. There can be no prosperity without law and order. On the economy, I will outline reforms to add millions of new jobs and trillions in new wealth that can be used to rebuild America.

    A number of these reforms that I will outline tonight will be opposed by some of our nation’s most powerful special interests. That is because these interests have rigged our political and economic system for their exclusive benefit.

    Big business, elite media and major donors are lining up behind the campaign of my opponent because they know she will keep our rigged system in place. They are throwing money at her because they have total control over everything she does. She is their puppet, and they pull the strings.

    That is why Hillary Clinton’s message is that things will never change. My message is that things have to change – and they have to change right now. Every day I wake up determined to deliver for the people I have met all across this nation that have been neglected, ignored, and abandoned.

    I have visited the laid-off factory workers, and the communities crushed by our horrible and unfair trade deals. These are the forgotten men and women of our country. People who work hard but no longer have a voice.

    I AM YOUR VOICE.

    I have embraced crying mothers who have lost their children because our politicians put their personal agendas before the national good. I have no patience for injustice, no tolerance for government incompetence, no sympathy for leaders who fail their citizens.

    When innocent people suffer, because our political system lacks the will, or the courage, or the basic decency to enforce our laws – or worse still, has sold out to some corporate lobbyist for cash – I am not able to look the other way.

    And when a Secretary of State illegally stores her emails on a private server, deletes 33,000 of them so the authorities can’t see her crime, puts our country at risk, lies about it in every different form and faces no consequence – I know that corruption has reached a level like never before.

    When the FBI Director says that the Secretary of State was “extremely careless” and “negligent,” in handling our classified secrets, I also know that these terms are minor compared to what she actually did. They were just used to save her from facing justice for her terrible crimes.

    In fact, her single greatest accomplishment may be committing such an egregious crime and getting away with it – especially when others have paid so dearly. When that same Secretary of State rakes in millions of dollars trading access and favors to special interests and foreign powers I know the time for action has come.

    I have joined the political arena so that the powerful can no longer beat up on people that cannot defend themselves. Nobody knows the system better than me, which is why I alone can fix it. I have seen firsthand how the system is rigged against our citizens, just like it was rigged against Bernie Sanders – he never had a chance.

    But his supporters will join our movement, because we will fix his biggest issue: trade. Millions of Democrats will join our movement because we are going to fix the system so it works for all Americans. In this cause, I am proud to have at my side the next Vice President of the United States: Governor Mike Pence of Indiana.

    We will bring the same economic success to America that Mike brought to Indiana. He is a man of character and accomplishment. He is the right man for the job. The first task for our new Administration will be to liberate our citizens from the crime and terrorism and lawlessness that threatens their communities.

    America was shocked to its core when our police officers in Dallas were brutally executed. In the days after Dallas, we have seen continued threats and violence against our law enforcement officials. Law officers have been shot or killed in recent days in Georgia, Missouri, Wisconsin, Kansas, Michigan and Tennessee.

    On Sunday, more police were gunned down in Baton Rouge, Louisiana. Three were killed, and four were badly injured. An attack on law enforcement is an attack on all Americans. I have a message to every last person threatening the peace on our streets and the safety of our police: when I take the oath of office next year, I will restore law and order our country.

    I will work with, and appoint, the best prosecutors and law enforcement officials in the country to get the job done. In this race for the White House, I am the Law And Order candidate. The irresponsible rhetoric of our President, who has used the pulpit of the presidency to divide us by race and color, has made America a more dangerous environment for everyone.

    This Administration has failed America’s inner cities. It’s failed them on education. It’s failed them on jobs. It’s failed them on crime. It’s failed them at every level.

    When I am President, I will work to ensure that all of our kids are treated equally, and protected equally.

    Every action I take, I will ask myself: does this make life better for young Americans in Baltimore, Chicago, Detroit, Ferguson who have as much of a right to live out their dreams as any other child America?

    To make life safe in America, we must also address the growing threats we face from outside America: we are going to defeat the barbarians of ISIS. Once again, France is the victim of brutal Islamic terrorism.

    Men, women and children viciously mowed down. Lives ruined. Families ripped apart. A nation in mourning.

    The damage and devastation that can be inflicted by Islamic radicals has been over and over – at the World Trade Center, at an office party in San Bernardino, at the Boston Marathon, and a military recruiting center in Chattanooga, Tennessee.

    Only weeks ago, in Orlando, Florida, 49 wonderful Americans were savagely murdered by an Islamic terrorist. This time, the terrorist targeted our LGBT community. As your President, I will do everything in my power to protect our LGBT citizens from the violence and oppression of a hateful foreign ideology. To protect us from terrorism, we need to focus on three things.

    We must have the best intelligence gathering operation in the world. We must abandon the failed policy of nation building and regime change that Hillary Clinton pushed in Iraq, Libya, Egypt and Syria. Instead, we must work with all of our allies who share our goal of destroying ISIS and stamping out Islamic terror.

    This includes working with our greatest ally in the region, the State of Israel. Lastly, we must immediately suspend immigration from any nation that has been compromised by terrorism until such time as proven vetting mechanisms have been put in place.

    My opponent has called for a radical 550% increase in Syrian refugees on top of existing massive refugee flows coming into our country under President Obama. She proposes this despite the fact that there’s no way to screen these refugees in order to find out who they are or where they come from. I only want to admit individuals into our country who will support our values and love our people.

    Anyone who endorses violence, hatred or oppression is not welcome in our country and never will be.

    Decades of record immigration have produced lower wages and higher unemployment for our citizens, especially for African-American and Latino workers. We are going to have an immigration system that works, but one that works for the American people.

    On Monday, we heard from three parents whose children were killed by illegal immigrants Mary Ann Mendoza, Sabine Durden, and Jamiel Shaw. They are just three brave representatives of many thousands. Of all my travels in this country, nothing has affected me more deeply than the time I have spent with the mothers and fathers who have lost their children to violence spilling across our border.

    These families have no special interests to represent them. There are no demonstrators to protest on their behalf. My opponent will never meet with them, or share in their pain. Instead, my opponent wants Sanctuary Cities. But where was sanctuary for Kate Steinle? Where was Sanctuary for the children of Mary Ann, Sabine and Jamiel? Where was sanctuary for all the other Americans who have been so brutally murdered, and who have suffered so horribly?

    These wounded American families have been alone. But they are alone no longer. Tonight, this candidate and this whole nation stand in their corner to support them, to send them our love, and to pledge in their honor that we will save countless more families from suffering the same awful fate.

    We are going to build a great border wall to stop illegal immigration, to stop the gangs and the violence, and to stop the drugs from pouring into our communities. I have been honored to receive the endorsement of America’s Border Patrol Agents, and will work directly with them to protect the integrity of our lawful immigration system.

    By ending catch-and-release on the border, we will stop the cycle of human smuggling and violence. Illegal border crossings will go down. Peace will be restored. By enforcing the rules for the millions who overstay their visas, our laws will finally receive the respect they deserve.

    Tonight, I want every American whose demands for immigration security have been denied – and every politician who has denied them – to listen very closely to the words I am about to say.

    On January 21st of 2017, the day after I take the oath of office, Americans will finally wake up in a country where the laws of the United States are enforced. We are going to be considerate and compassionate to everyone.

    But my greatest compassion will be for our own struggling citizens. My plan is the exact opposite of the radical and dangerous immigration policy of Hillary Clinton. Americans want relief from uncontrolled immigration. Communities want relief.

    Yet Hillary Clinton is proposing mass amnesty, mass immigration, and mass lawlessness. Her plan will overwhelm your schools and hospitals, further reduce your jobs and wages, and make it harder for recent immigrants to escape from poverty.

    I have a different vision for our workers. It begins with a new, fair trade policy that protects our jobs and stands up to countries that cheat. It’s been a signature message of my campaign from day one, and it will be a signature feature of my presidency from the moment I take the oath of office.

    I have made billions of dollars in business making deals – now I’m going to make our country rich again. I am going to turn our bad trade agreements into great ones. America has lost nearly-one third of its manufacturing jobs since 1997, following the enactment of disastrous trade deals supported by Bill and Hillary Clinton.

    Remember, it was Bill Clinton who signed NAFTA, one of the worst economic deals ever made by our country.

    Never again.

    I am going to bring our jobs back to Ohio and to America – and I am not going to let companies move to other countries, firing their employees along the way, without consequences.

    My opponent, on the other hand, has supported virtually every trade agreement that has been destroying our middle class. She supported NAFTA, and she supported China’s entrance into the World Trade Organization – another one of her husband’s colossal mistakes.

    She supported the job killing trade deal with South Korea. She has supported the Trans-Pacific Partnership. The TPP will not only destroy our manufacturing, but it will make America subject to the rulings of foreign governments. I pledge to never sign any trade agreement that hurts our workers, or that diminishes our freedom and independence. Instead, I will make individual deals with individual countries.

    No longer will we enter into these massive deals, with many countries, that are thousands of pages long – and which no one from our country even reads or understands. We are going to enforce all trade violations, including through the use of taxes and tariffs, against any country that cheats.

    This includes stopping China’s outrageous theft of intellectual property, along with their illegal product dumping, and their devastating currency manipulation. Our horrible trade agreements with China and many others, will be totally renegotiated. That includes renegotiating NAFTA to get a much better deal for America – and we’ll walk away if we don’t get the deal that we want. We are going to start building and making things again.

    Next comes the reform of our tax laws, regulations and energy rules. While Hillary Clinton plans a massive tax increase, I have proposed the largest tax reduction of any candidate who has declared for the presidential race this year – Democrat or Republican. Middle-income Americans will experience profound relief, and taxes will be simplified for everyone.

    America is one of the highest-taxed nations in the world. Reducing taxes will cause new companies and new jobs to come roaring back into our country. Then we are going to deal with the issue of regulation, one of the greatest job-killers of them all. Excessive regulation is costing our country as much as $2 trillion a year, and we will end it. We are going to lift the restrictions on the production of American energy. This will produce more than $20 trillion in job creating economic activity over the next four decades.

    My opponent, on the other hand, wants to put the great miners and steel workers of our country out of work – that will never happen when I am President. With these new economic policies, trillions of dollars will start flowing into our country.

    This new wealth will improve the quality of life for all Americans – We will build the roads, highways, bridges, tunnels, airports, and the railways of tomorrow. This, in turn, will create millions more jobs. We will rescue kids from failing schools by helping their parents send them to a safe school of their choice.

    My opponent would rather protect education bureaucrats than serve American children. We will repeal and replace disastrous Obamacare. You will be able to choose your own doctor again. And we will fix TSA at the airports! We will completely rebuild our depleted military, and the countries that we protect, at a massive loss, will be asked to pay their fair share.

    We will take care of our great Veterans like they have never been taken care of before. My opponent dismissed the VA scandal as being not widespread – one more sign of how out of touch she really is. We are going to ask every Department Head in government to provide a list of wasteful spending projects that we can eliminate in my first 100 days. The politicians have talked about it, I’m going to do it. We are also going to appoint justices to the United States Supreme Court who will uphold our laws and our Constitution.

    The replacement for Justice Scalia will be a person of similar views and principles. This will be one of the most important issues decided by this election. My opponent wants to essentially abolish the 2nd amendment. I, on the other hand, received the early and strong endorsement of the National Rifle Association and will protect the right of all Americans to keep their families safe.

    At this moment, I would like to thank the evangelical community who have been so good to me and so supportive. You have so much to contribute to our politics, yet our laws prevent you from speaking your minds from your own pulpits.

    An amendment, pushed by Lyndon Johnson, many years ago, threatens religious institutions with a loss of their tax-exempt status if they openly advocate their political views.

    I am going to work very hard to repeal that language and protect free speech for all Americans. We can accomplish these great things, and so much else – all we need to do is start believing in ourselves and in our country again. It is time to show the whole world that America Is Back – bigger, and better and stronger than ever before.

    In this journey, I'm so lucky to have at my side my wife Melania and my wonderful children, Don, Ivanka, Eric, Tiffany, and Barron: you will always be my greatest source of pride and joy. My Dad, Fred Trump, was the smartest and hardest working man I ever knew. I wonder sometimes what he’d say if he were here to see this tonight.

    It’s because of him that I learned, from my youngest age, to respect the dignity of work and the dignity of working people. He was a guy most comfortable in the company of bricklayers, carpenters, and electricians and I have a lot of that in me also. Then there’s my mother, Mary. She was strong, but also warm and fair-minded. She was a truly great mother. She was also one of the most honest and charitable people I have ever known, and a great judge of character.

    To my sisters Mary Anne and Elizabeth, my brother Robert and my late brother Fred, I will always give you my love you are most special to me. I have loved my life in business.

    But now, my sole and exclusive mission is to go to work for our country – to go to work for all of you. It’s time to deliver a victory for the American people. But to do that, we must break free from the petty politics of the past.

    America is a nation of believers, dreamers, and strivers that is being led by a group of censors, critics, and cynics.

    Remember: all of the people telling you that you can’t have the country you want, are the same people telling you that I wouldn’t be standing here tonight. No longer can we rely on those elites in media, and politics, who will say anything to keep a rigged system in place.

    Instead, we must choose to Believe In America. History is watching us now.

    It’s waiting to see if we will rise to the occasion, and if we will show the whole world that America is still free and independent and strong.

    My opponent asks her supporters to recite a three-word loyalty pledge. It reads: “I’m With Her”. I choose to recite a different pledge.

    My pledge reads: “I’M WITH YOU – THE AMERICAN PEOPLE.”

    I am your voice.

    So to every parent who dreams for their child, and every child who dreams for their future, I say these words to you tonight: I’m With You, and I will fight for you, and I will win for you.

    To all Americans tonight, in all our cities and towns, I make this promise: We Will Make America Strong Again.

    We Will Make America Proud Again.

    We Will Make America Safe Again.

    And We Will Make America Great Again.

    THANK YOU.

     

  • WSJ Reporter's "Shocking" Discovery: DHS Can Confiscate Any Device Along The Border Without Suspicion

    A WSJ reporter who covers the Middle East had a very “troubling” close-encounter with the US police superstate.

    Maria Abi-Habib was detained by federal agents at Los Angeles International Airport, who demanded to confiscate her two cell phones, and was shocked to learn that border agents have the authority to do that. The reporter has both U.S. and Lebanese citizenship and was traveling on an American passport. She was flying into Los Angeles from Beirut last Thursday when she taken out of line at immigration.

    “They grilled me for an hour,” she wrote. “I answered jovially, because I’ve had enough high-level security experiences to know that being annoyed or hostile will work against you.” Abi-Habib said that the agents then asked for her cellphones in order to “collect information.”

    “That is where I drew the line,” Abi-Habib wrote. “I told her I had First Amendment rights as a journalist she couldn’t violate and I was protected under.”

    According to Abi-Habib, the agent then presented a DHS document which explained that the government has the right to confiscate phones within 100 miles from U.S. borders: the document “basically says the US government has the right to seize my phones and my rights as a US citizen (or citizen of the world) go out the window.” 

    She posted a photo of this tearsheet on the Facebook post.  The same document is also available on the website of the US Customs and Border Patrol and can be found at the following link. The key section is the following:

    You’re receiving this sheet because your electronic device(s) has been detained for further examination, which may include copying. You will receive a written receipt (Form 6051-D) that details what item(s) are being detained, who at CBP will be your point of contact, and the contact information (including telephone number) you provide to facilitate the return of your property within a reasonable time upon completion of the examination.

     

    The CBP officer who approved the detention will speak with you and explain the process, and provide his or her name and contact telephone number if you have any concerns. Some airport locations have dedicated Passenger Service Managers who are available in addition to the onsite supervisor to address any concerns.

    More importantly, one can not refuse to hand over any demanded electronic device to the customs agent, as “collection of this information is mandatory at the time that CBP or ICE seeks to copy information from the electronic device. Failure to provide information to assist CBP or ICE in the copying of information from the electronic device may result in its detention and/or seizure.”

     

    Here, Abi-Habib did something the DHS did not expect: “I called their bluff” she says, as she refused to hand over her two cell phones.   

    “You’ll have to call The Wall Street Journal’s lawyers, as those phones are the property of WSJ,” she said.

    This led to the agent accusing her of “hindering the investigation.” The agent left to speak with her supervisor, returning 30 minutes later to tell Abi-Habib that she was free to go. “I have no idea why they wanted my phones,” she wrote. “It could have been a way for them to download my contacts. Or maybe they expect me of terrorism or sympathizing with terrorists.”

    “Why I was eventually spared, we do not know and we are writing a letter contesting DHS’ treatment of me,” Abi-Habib wrote. “I assume they avoided seizing my phones forcefully because they knew we would make a stink about it and have a big name behind us — WSJ.”

    According to CNN, DHS later acknowledged the incident occurred, confirming the story, and explaining Abi-Habib’s shock at the realization of being singled-out by the police state.

    Except…

    None of this is actually new. 

    The policy was set in 2013 when DHS reviewed its own powers and concluded that its agents were clear to search at will.  “Imposing a requirement that officers have reasonable suspicion in order to conduct a border search of an electronic device would be operationally harmful without concomitant civil rights/civil liberties benefits,” it wrote.

    In fact we wrote about precisely this over three years ago, in February 2013, in “Goodbye Fourth Amendment: Homeland Security Affirms “Suspicionless” Confiscation Of Devices Along Border.” As a reminder, this is what we said:

    Slowly but surely the administration is making sure that both the US constitution, and its various amendments, become a thing of the past. In the name of national security, of course. And while until now it was the First and Second amendments that were the target of the administration’s ongoing efforts to eavesdrop on anyone, all the time, in order to decide who may be a domestic terrorist and thus fit for ‘droning’, coupled with an aggressive push to disarm and curtail the propagation of weapons in what some perceive is nothing more than an attempt to take away a population’s one recourse to defend itself against a tyrannical government, the time may be coming to say goodbye to the Fourth amendment – the right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures – next. But only in close proximity to the border at first. As it turns out the Department of Homeland Security’s civil rights watchdog has concluded that travelers along the nation’s borders may have their electronics seized and the contents of those devices examined for any reason whatsoever — all in the name of national security.

    Who was at fault for this?  As it turns out, first Bush and then Obama.

    The President George W. Bush administration first announced the suspicionless, electronics search rules in 2008. The President Barack Obama administration followed up with virtually the same rules a year later. Between 2008 and 2010, 6,500 persons had their electronic devices searched along the U.S. border, according to DHS data.

     

    What does this decision mean in principle: According to legal precedent, the Fourth Amendment — the right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures — does not apply along the border. By the way, the government contends the Fourth-Amendment-Free Zone stretches 100 miles inland from the nation’s actual border.

    Finally, why 100 miles?

    Because as the attached map shows, the “borders” in question include maritime zones as well, and with the bulk of the US population concentrated along the coasts, the “constitution free” zone of the US includes virtually everyone living on the two seaboards: some 66% of the US population.

     

    We even laid out a case study of what happened to a perfectly innocent man:

    A lawsuit the ACLU brought on the issue concerns a New York man whose laptop was seized along the Canadian border in 2010 and returned 11 days later after his attorney complained. At an Amtrak inspection point, Pascal Abidor showed his U.S. passport to a federal agent. He was ordered to move to the cafe car, where they removed his laptop from his luggage and “ordered Mr. Abidor to enter his password,” according to the lawsuit.

     

    Agents asked him about pictures they found on his laptop, which included Hamas and Hezbollah rallies. He explained that he was earning a doctoral degree at a Canadian university on the topic of the modern history of Shiites in Lebanon. He was handcuffed and then jailed for three hours while the authorities looked through his computer while numerous agents questioned him, according to the suit, which is pending in New York federal court.

    As we concluded then: “First they came for your iPad, and nobody said anything…”

    Over three year later, they came for a very stunned Maria Abi-Habib’s cell phones and she said something, because it is one thing to read about it one some website, it is something totally different to go through it in person.

    * * *

    Amusingly, the confusion stretched to the very top.

    The Wall Street Journal’s editor in chief, Gerard Baker, told CNN that the paper is “disturbed by the serious incident involving Abi-Habib.”

    “We have been working to learn more about these events, but the notion that Customs and Border Protection agents would stop and question one of our journalists in connection with her reporting and seek to search her cell phones is unacceptable,” Baker said in a statement to CNNMoney. 

    Actually, Gerard, it’s the law and has been for years. Even this little “fringe tinfoil blog” reported on it while you were focusing on far greater matters. Maybe now that you are familiar with just what the US police state is capable of doing, you will write an article decrying it?

    We doubt it.

    * * *

    But the absolute in irony came, when CNN quoted Gregory T. Nojeim, a lawyer at the Center for Democracy & Technology, who “is concerned” about these extraordinary powers.  “They should have to have reasonable suspicion when they do this,” he said.

    They should yes, but they don’t. And if you “lawyers” were actually doing your job and protecting civil liberties, this would not have happened. Of course, we realize that is asking far too much.

    * * *

    Her full Facebook post is reposted below in its entirety. Highlights ours.

    Dear friends,

    I wanted to share a troubling experience I had with the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), in the hopes it may help you protect your private information. I was born a US citizen and was traveling on my American passport.

    I landed at LA airport last Thursday to attend a wedding. I was standing in line for immigration when a DHS officer said “oh, there you are.” I was puzzled. “I was trying to recognize you from your picture. I’m here to help you get through the line.”

    I asked a few questions, and she said that DHS had decided to pick me up when my name came in on the flight manifest (this is not uncommon, for countries to share passenger names). She didn’t say whether the flight manifest was sent from Beirut, where I started my trip, or Frankfurt, where I hopped onto my connecting flight to LAX. The DHS agent went on to say she was there to help me navigate immigration because I am a journalist with The Wall Street Journal and have traveled to many dangerous places that are on the US’ radar for terrorism. She independently knew who I worked for and my Twitter account, countries I’d reported from (like Iraq) and even recent articles I’d written — I told her nothing about myself.

    This didn’t seem out of the ordinary at first — I’ve had US Immigration officials tell me my name is on a special list that allows me to circumvent the questioning most would receive if they had a similar travel profile or internet print (talking to members of known terrorist groups). I travel to the US about twice a year and have always remarked on how smooth my experiences at Customs/Immigration are.

    But after pushing me to the front of a very long line at immigration, she then escorted me to the luggage belt, where I collected my suitcase, and then she took me to a special section of LAX airport. Another customs agent joined her at that point and they grilled me for an hour – asking me about the years I lived in the US, when I moved to Beirut and why, who lives at my in-laws’ house in LA and numbers for the groom and bride whose wedding I was attending. I answered jovially, because I’ve had enough high-level security experiences to know that being annoyed or hostile will work against you.

    But then she asked me for my two cellphones. I asked her what she wanted from them.

    “We want to collect information” she said, refusing to specify what kind.

    And that is where I drew the line — I told her I had First Amendment rights as a journalist she couldn’t violate and I was protected under. I explained I had to protect my sources of information.

    “Did you just admit you collect information for foreign governments?” she asked, her tone turning hostile.

    “No, that’s exactly not what I just said,” I replied, explaining again why I would not hand over my phones.

    She handed me a DHS document, a photo of which I’ve attached. It basically says the US government has the right to seize my phones and my rights as a US citizen (or citizen of the world) go out the window. This law applies at any point of entry into the US, whether naval, air or land and extends for 100 miles into the US from the border or formal points of entry. So, all of NY city for instance. If they forgot to ask you at JFK airport for your phones, but you’re having a drink in Manhattan the next day, you technically fall under this authority. And because they are acting under the pretense to protect the US from terrorism, you have to give it up.

    So I called their bluff.

    “You’ll have to call The Wall Street Journal’s lawyers, as those phones are the property of WSJ,” I told her, calmly.

    She accused me of hindering the investigation – a dangerous accusation as at that point, they can use force. I put my hands up and said I’d done nothing but be cooperative, but when it comes to my phones, she would have to call WSJ’s lawyers.

    She said she had to speak to her supervisor about my lack of cooperation and would return. I was left with the second DHS officer who’d been there since we left the baggage claim area.

    The female officer returned 30 minutes later and said I was free to go. I have no idea why they wanted my phones — it could have been a way for them to download my contacts. Or maybe they expect me of terrorism or sympathizing with terrorists — although my profile wouldn’t fit, considering I am named Maria Teresa, and for a variety of other reasons including my small child.

    I’ve since done some research and spoken to an encryption expert. This is the information I’ve gleaned which I hope may help those reading:

    1) My rights as a journalist or US citizen do not apply at the border, as explained above, since legislation was quietly passed in 2013 giving DHS very broad powers (I researched this since the incident). This legislation also circumvents the Fourth Amendment that protects Americans’ privacy and prevents searches and seizures without a proper warrant.

    2) Always use encryption, but even this cannot keep you 100% safe. If you are contacting someone about a sensitive matter, use an application like Signal. But if DHS seizes your phone, they can see you’ve been speaking to that person, although if you erase your chats, they won’t see what you spoke about.

    3) Never download anything or even open a link from a friend or source that looks suspicious. This may be malware, meaning that they have downloaded software on your phone that will be able to circumvent the powers of encryption. Don’t leave your phone unattended for the same reasons – they can just open it up and download malware.

    4) Travel “naked” as one encryption expert told me. If any government wants your information, they will get it no matter what. Remember the San Bernardino shooter? Apple refused to comply, so the US got the information by paying an Israeli company $1 million to unlock the shooter’s phone. So if you have something extra sensitive on your device – phone or laptop – do not travel with it and instead use your sim card in a clean phone. And for sensitive numbers, write them on a piece of paper you can somehow secure and then restore the factory settings on your phone – which seems to be the only way of wiping it clean 100%.

    Sorry for the long post. I hope this helps.

  • The Real Reason Pharma Companies Hate Medical Marijuana (Spoiler Alert: It Works)

    Submitted by Mike Krieger via Liberty Blitzkrieg blog,

    Former Federal Judge Nancy Gertner was appointed to the federal bench by Bill Clinton in 1994. She presided over trials for 17 years. And Sunday, she stood before a crowd at The Aspen Ideas Festival to denounce most punishments that she imposed.

     

    Among 500 sanctions that she handed down, “80 percent I believe were unfair and disproportionate,” she said. “I left the bench in 2011 to join the Harvard faculty to write about those stories––to write about how it came to pass that I was obliged to sentence people to terms that, frankly, made no sense under any philosophy.”

     

    She went on to savage the War on Drugs at greater length. “This is a war that I saw destroy lives,” she said. “It eliminated a generation of African American men, covered our racism in ostensibly neutral guidelines and mandatory minimums… and created an intergenerational problem––although I wasn’t on the bench long enough to see this, we know that the sons and daughters of the people we sentenced are in trouble, and are in trouble with the criminal justice system.”

     

    – From the post: Federal Judge of 17 Years Repents – Compares Damage Done by “War on Drugs” to Destruction of World War II

    Whenever an irrational and inhumane law remains on the books far longer than any thinking person would consider appropriate, there’s usually one reason behind it: money.

    Unsurprisingly, the continued federal prohibition on marijuana and its absurd classification as a Schedule 1 drug is no exception. Thankfully, a recent study published in the journal Health Affairs shows us exactly why pharmaceutical companies are one of the leading voices against medical marijuana. It has nothing to do with healthcare and everything to do with corporate greed.

    So is it a war on drugs, or a war on cheap medicine. Decide for yourself.

    The Washington Post reports:

    There’s a body of research showing that painkiller abuse and overdose are lower in states with medical marijuana laws. These studies have generally assumed that when medical marijuana is available, pain patients are increasingly choosing pot over powerful and deadly prescription narcotics. But that’s always been just an assumption.

     

    Now a new study, released in the journal Health Affairs, validates these findings by providing clear evidence of a missing link in the causal chain running from medical marijuana to falling overdoses. Ashley and W. David Bradford, a daughter-father pair of researchers at the University of Georgia, scoured the database of all prescription drugs paid for under Medicare Part D from 2010 to 2013.

     

    They found that, in the 17 states with a medical-marijuana law in place by 2013, prescriptions for painkillers and other classes of drugs fell sharply compared with states that did not have a medical-marijuana law. The drops were quite significant: In medical-marijuana states, the average doctor prescribed 265 fewer doses of antidepressants each year, 486 fewer doses of seizure medication, 541 fewer anti-nausea doses and 562 fewer doses of anti-anxiety medication.

    Screen Shot 2016-07-20 at 1.39.37 PM

    But most strikingly, the typical physician in a medical-marijuana state prescribed 1,826 fewer doses of painkillers in a given year.

     

    The tanking numbers for painkiller prescriptions in medical marijuana states are likely to cause some concern among pharmaceutical companies. These companies have long been at the forefront of opposition to marijuana reform, funding research by anti-pot academics and funneling dollars to groups, such as the Community Anti-Drug Coalitions of America, that oppose marijuana legalization.

     

    Pharmaceutical companies have also lobbied federal agencies directly to prevent the liberalization of marijuana laws. In one case, recently uncovered by the office of Sen. Kirsten Gillibrand (D-N.Y.), the Department of Health and Human Services recommended that naturally derived THC, the main psychoactive component of marijuana, be moved from Schedule 1 to Schedule 3 of the Controlled Substances Act — a less restrictive category that would acknowledge the drug’s medical use and make it easier to research and prescribe. Several months after HHS submitted its recommendation, at least one drug company that manufactures a synthetic version of THC — which would presumably have to compete with any natural derivatives — wrote to the Drug Enforcement Administration to express opposition to rescheduling natural THC, citing “the abuse potential in terms of the need to grow and cultivate substantial crops of marijuana in the United States.”

     

    The DEA ultimately rejected the HHS recommendation without explanation.

    Yes, this DEA…

    DEA Agents Caught Having Drug Cartel Funded Prostitute Sex Parties Received Slap on the Wrist; None Fired

    The DEA Strikes Again – Agents Seize Man’s Life Savings Under Civil Asset Forfeiture Without Charges

    DEA Agents Wrongly Jailed Student for 5 Days Without Food or Water Until He Had to Drink Own Urine; Nobody Fired

    In what may be the most concerning finding for the pharmaceutical industry, the Bradfords took their analysis a step further by estimating the cost savings to Medicare from the decreased prescribing. They found that about $165 million was saved in the 17 medical marijuana states in 2013. In a back-of-the-envelope calculation, the estimated annual Medicare prescription savings would be nearly half a billion dollars if all 50 states were to implement similar programs.

     

    One limitation of the study is that it only looks at Medicare Part D spending, which applies only to seniors. Previous studies have shown that seniors are among the most reluctant medical-marijuana users, so the net effect of medical marijuana for all prescription patients may be even greater.

    Naturally, any sane society would immediately declassify marijuana as a Schedule 1 drug. Unfortunately, we do not live in a sane society.

    Meanwhile, since we’re already on the topic of the disastrously idiotic “war on drugs,” let’s examine another egregious example of how it’s abused in order to unnecessarily ruin countless lives across America.

    What follows are excerpts from a recent New York Times article covering “$2 Roadside Drug Tests” (I strongly suggest reading the entire thing):

    Prepare to be outraged.

    The officer asked Wilson to step out of the car. Wilson complied. The officer leaned in over the driver’s seat, looked around, then called to his partner; in the report Officer Duc Nguyen later filed, he wrote that he saw a needle in the car’s ceiling lining. Albritton didn’t know what he was talking about. Before she could protest, Officer David Helms had come around to her window and was asking for consent to search the car. If Albritton refused, Helms said, he would call for a drug-sniffing dog. Albritton agreed to the full search and waited nervously outside the car.

     

    Helms spotted a white crumb on the floor. In the report, Nguyen wrote that the officers believed the crumb was crack cocaine. They handcuffed Wilson and Albritton and stood them in front of the patrol car, its lights still flashing. They were on display for rush-hour traffic, criminal suspects sweating through their clothes in the 93-degree heat.

     

    At the police academy four years earlier, Helms was taught that to make a drug arrest on the street, an officer needed to conduct an elementary chemical test, right then and there. It’s what cops routinely do across the country every day while making thousands upon thousands of drug arrests. Helms popped the trunk of his patrol car, pulled out a small plastic pouch that contained a vial of pink liquid and returned to Albritton. He opened the lid on the vial and dropped a tiny piece of the crumb into the liquid. If the liquid remained pink, that would rule out the presence of cocaine. If it turned blue, then Albritton, as the owner of the car, could become a felony defendant.

     

    Helms waved the vial in front of her face and said, “You’re busted.”

     

    Albritton was booked into the Harris County jail at 3:37 a.m., nine hours after she was arrested. Wilson had been detained for driving without a license but would soon be released. Albritton was charged with felony drug possession and faced a much longer ordeal. Already, she was terrified as she thought about her family. Albritton was raised in a speck of a town called Marion at the northern edge of Louisiana. Her father still drove lumber trucks there; her mother had worked as a pharmacy technician until she died of colon cancer. Albritton was 15 then. She went through two unexpected pregnancies, the first at age 16, and two ill-fated marriages. But she had also pieced together a steady livelihood managing apartment complexes, and when her younger son was born disabled, she worked relentlessly to care for him. Now their future was almost certainly shattered.

     

    She heard her name called and stepped forward to the reinforced window. A tall man with thinning hair and wire-rim glasses approached and introduced himself as Dan Richardson, her court-appointed defense attorney.

     

    Richardson told Albritton that she was going to be charged with possession of a controlled substance, crack cocaine, at an arraignment that morning. Albritton recalls him explaining that this was a felony, and the maximum penalty was two years in state prison. She doesn’t remember him asking her what actually happened, or if she believed she was innocent. Instead, she recalls, he said that the prosecutor had already offered a deal for much less than two years. If she pleaded guilty, she would receive a 45-day sentence in the county jail, and most likely serve only half that.

     

    Albritton told Richardson that the police were mistaken; she was innocent. But Richardson, she says, was unswayed. The police had found crack in her car. The test proved it. She could spend a few weeks in jail or two years in prison. In despair, Albritton agreed to the deal.

     

    Police officers arrest more than 1.2 million people a year in the United States on charges of illegal drug possession. Field tests like the one Officer Helms used in front of Amy Albritton help them move quickly from suspicion to conviction. But the kits — which cost about $2 each and have changed little since 1973 — are far from reliable.

     

    Think about the insanity of this. 1.2 million people...for possession. This is beyond unethical since there’s no actual victim in the case of drug possession. If there’s no victim, how can there be a crime? It’s preposterous.

    The field tests seem simple, but a lot can go wrong. Some tests, including the one the Houston police officers used to analyze the crumb on the floor of Albritton’s car, use a single tube of a chemical called cobalt thiocyanate, which turns blue when it is exposed to cocaine. But cobalt thiocyanate also turns blue when it is exposed to more than 80 other compounds, including methadone, certain acne medications and several common household cleaners.

     

    There are no established error rates for the field tests, in part because their accuracy varies so widely depending on who is using them and how. In Las Vegas, authorities re-examined a sampling of cocaine field tests conducted between 2010 and 2013 and found that 33 percent of them were false positives. Data from the Florida Department of Law Enforcement lab system show that 21 percent of evidence that the police listed as methamphetamine after identifying it was not methamphetamine, and half of those false positives were not any kind of illegal drug at all. In one notable Florida episode, Hillsborough County sheriff’s deputies produced 15 false positives for methamphetamine in the first seven months of 2014. When we examined the department’s records, they showed that officers, faced with somewhat ambiguous directions on the pouches, had simply misunderstood which colors indicated a positive result.

     

    By 1978, the Department of Justice had determined that field tests “should not be used for evidential purposes,” and the field tests in use today remain inadmissible at trial in nearly every jurisdiction; instead, prosecutors must present a secondary lab test using more reliable methods.

     

    But this has proved to be a meaningless prohibition. Most drug cases in the United States are decided well before they reach trial, by the far more informal process of plea bargaining. In 2011, RTI International, a nonprofit research group based in North Carolina, found that prosecutors in nine of 10 jurisdictions it surveyed nationwide accepted guilty pleas based solely on the results of field tests

     

    We found that more than 10 percent of all county and state felony convictions are for drug charges, and at least 90 percent of those convictions come by way of plea deals. In Tennessee, guilty pleas produce 94 percent of all convictions. In Kansas, they make up more than 97 percent. In Harris County, Tex., where the judiciary makes detailed criminal caseload information public, 99.5 percent of drug-possession convictions are the result of a guilty plea. A majority of those are felony convictions, which restrict employment, housing and — in many states — the right to vote.

     

    When Albritton pleaded guilty, she asked Franklin to explain the situation to her bosses at the rental-property firm, but Franklin decided it was safer to say nothing. She was going to be fired in any case, he reasoned, and alerting an employer about the drug felony would only hurt her future prospects. Albritton had managed the Frances Place Apartments, a well-maintained brick complex, for two years, and a free apartment was part of her compensation. But as far as the company knew, Albritton had abandoned her job and her home. She was fired, and her furniture and other belongings were put out on the side of the road. “So I lost all that,” she says.

     

    Albritton gave up trying to convince people otherwise. She focused instead on Landon. Using a wheelchair, he needed regular sessions of physical and occupational therapy, and Albritton’s career managing the rental complex had been an ideal fit, providing a free home that kept her close to her son while she was at work, and allowing her the flexibility to ferry him to his appointments. But now, because of her new felony criminal record, which showed up immediately in background checks, she couldn’t even land an interview at another apartment complex. With a felony conviction, she couldn’t be approved as a renter either. Doug Franklin allowed Albritton and Landon to move in with him temporarily, and Albritton took a minimum-wage job at a convenience store.

     

    In 1972, the Department of Justice published a training guide for forensic chemists in the nation’s crime labs, emphasizing that they were “the last line of defense against a false accusation,” but 40 years later, that line had largely vanished. A federal survey in 2013 found that about 62 percent of crime labs do not test drug evidence when the defendant pleads guilty. But the Houston crime lab, for all its problems, would not be among them.

    Absolute insanity.

    The forensic scientists in Miller’s lab keep untested samples in Manila envelopes locked in cabinets below their work benches. Some sat there for as long as four years, lab records show. Albritton’s evidence stayed locked up for six months. On Feb. 23, 2011 — five months after Albritton completed her sentence and returned home as a felon — one of Houston’s forensic scientists, Ahtavea Barker, pulled the envelope up to her bench. It contained the crumb, the powder and the still-unexplained syringe. First she weighed everything. The syringe had too little residue on it even to test. It was just a syringe. The remainder of the “white chunk substance” that Officer Helms had tested positive with his field kit as crack cocaine totaled 0.0134 grams, Barker wrote on the examination sheet, about the same as a tiny pinch of salt.

     

    Barker turned to gas chromatography-mass spectrometry analysis, or GC-MS, the gold standard in chemical identification, to figure out what was in Albritton’s car that evening. She began with the powder. First the gas chromatograph vaporized a speck of the powder inside a tube. Then the gas was heated, causing its core chemical compounds to separate. When the individual compounds reached the end of the tube, the mass spectrometer blasted them with electrons, causing them to fragment. The resulting display, called a fragmentation pattern, is essentially a chemical fingerprint. The powder was a combination of aspirin and caffeine — the ingredients in BC Powder, the over-the-counter painkiller, as Albritton had insisted.

     

    Then Barker ran the same tests on the supposed crack cocaine. The crumb’s fragmentation pattern did not match that of cocaine, or any other compound in the lab’s extensive database. It was not a drug. It did not contain anything mixed with drugs. It was a crumb — food debris, perhaps. Barker wrote “N.A.M.” on the spectrum printout, “no acceptable match,” and then added another set of letters: “N.C.S.” No controlled substance identified. Albritton was innocent.

    Her life was ruined, and for what?

    If Albritton’s case is one of hundreds in Houston, there is every reason to suspect that it is just one among thousands of wrongful drug convictions that were based on field tests across the United States. The Harris County district attorney’s office is responsible for half of all exonerations by conviction-integrity units nationwide in the past three years — not because law enforcement is different there but because the Houston lab committed to testing evidence after defendants had already pleaded guilty, a position that is increasingly unpopular in forensic science.

     

    Crime labs have been moving away from drug cases to focus on DNA and evidence from violent crimes. In some instances, the shift has been extreme. The Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department’s forensic laboratory analyzes the evidence in, on average, just 73 drug cases a year, internal records show. Nearly all of its 8,000 annual possession arrests rest exclusively on field-test results.

     

    The United States Department of Justice was once among the leading voices of caution regarding field tests, and encouraged all drug evidence go to lab chemists. But in 2008, the Justice Department funded a program developed by the National Forensic Science Technology Center, a nonprofit that provides crime-lab training, to reduce drug-evidence backlogs. Titled Field Investigation Drug Officer, the program consisted of a series of seminars that taught local police officers how to administer color field tests on a large scale. In its curriculum, the technology center states that field tests help authorities by “removing the need for extensive laboratory analysis,” because “the field test may factor into obtaining an immediate plea agreement.” The Justice Department declined repeated interview requests.

    The Department of Justice, why am I not surprised. The DOJ seems interested in all sorts of things; unfortunately, justice isn’t one of them.

  • Peter Thiel's RNC Speech: "Wall Street Bankers Inflate Bubbles In Everything From Bonds To Hillary's Speaking Fees"

    What in our humble opinion has been the most original speech delivered so far at the RNC, was that of Peter Thiel, an openly gay libertarian, Facebook board member, former PayPal CEO and co-founder, and Nick Denton nemesis, who moments ago covered everything from Wall Street bubble blowing…

    “Wall Street bankers inflate bubbles in everything from government bonds to Hillary Clinton’s speaking fees”

    … to soaring costs in an age of alleged deflation as far as the eye can see…

    “Americans get paid less today than 10 years ago. But healthcare and college tuition cost more every year”

    … to floppy disks and figher planes…

    “Our nuclear bases still use floppy disks. Our newest fighter jets can’t even fly in the rain.”

    … to US foreign policy…

    “Instead of going to Mars, we have invaded the Middle East. We don’t need to see Hillary Clinton’s deleted emails: her incompetence is in plain sight. “

    … to transgender bathrooms…

    “Now we are told that the great debate is about who gets to use which bathroom.  This is a distraction from our real problems. Who cares?  Of course, every American has a unique identity.”

    … to America’s fake culture…

    “I don’t pretend to agree with every plank in our party’s platform. But fake culture wars only distract us from our economic decline.”

    And much, much more. His full speech transcript is below.

    * * *

    Good evening. I’m Peter Thiel.

    I build companies and I support people who are building new things, from social networks to rocket ships.

    I’m not a politician.

    But neither is Donald Trump.

    He is a builder, and it’s time to rebuild America.

    Where I work in Silicon Valley, it’s hard to see where America has gone wrong.

    My industry has made a lot of progress in computers and in software, and, of course, it’s made a lot of money.

    But Silicon Valley is a small place.

    Drive out to Sacramento, or even across the bridge to Oakland, and you won’t see the same prosperity. That’s just how small it is.

    Across the country, wages are flat.

    Americans get paid less today than 10 years ago. But healthcare and college tuition cost more every year. Meanwhile Wall Street bankers inflate bubbles in everything from government bonds to Hillary Clinton’s speaking fees.

    Our economy is broken. If you’re watching me right now, you understand this better than any politician in Washington. And you know this isn’t the dream we looked forward to. Back when my parents came to America looking for that dream, they found it—right here in Cleveland.

    They brought me here as a one-year-old, and this is where I became an American.

    Opportunity was everywhere.

    My Dad studied engineering at Case Western Reserve University, just down the road from where we are now. Because in 1968, the world’s high tech capital wasn’t just one city: all of America was high tech.

    It’s hard to remember this, but our government was once high tech, too. When I moved to Cleveland, defense research was laying the foundations for the Internet. The Apollo program was just about to put a man on the moon—and it was Neil Armstrong, from right here in Ohio.

    The future felt limitless.

    But today our government is broken. Our nuclear bases still use floppy disks. Our newest fighter jets can’t even fly in the rain. And it would be kind to say the government’s software works poorly, because much of the time it doesn’t even work at all.

    That is a staggering decline for the country that completed the Manhattan Project. We don’t accept such incompetence in Silicon Valley, and we must not accept it from our government.

    Instead of going to Mars, we have invaded the Middle East. We don’t need to see Hillary Clinton’s deleted emails: her incompetence is in plain sight. She pushed for a war in Libya, and today it’s a training ground for ISIS. On this most important issue, Donald Trump is right. It’s time to end the era of stupid wars and rebuild our country.

    When I was a kid, the great debate was about how to defeat the Soviet Union. And we won. Now we are told that the great debate is about who gets to use which bathroom.

    This is a distraction from our real problems. Who cares?

    Of course, every American has a unique identity.

    I am proud to be gay.

    I am proud to be a Republican.

    But most of all I am proud to be an American.

    I don’t pretend to agree with every plank in our party’s platform. But fake culture wars only distract us from our economic decline.

    And nobody in this race is being honest about it except Donald Trump.

    While it is fitting to talk about who we are, today it’s even more important to remember where we came from. For me that is Cleveland, and the bright future it promised.

    When Donald Trump asks us to Make America Great Again, he’s not suggesting a return to the past. He’s running to lead us back to that bright future.

    Tonight I urge all of my fellow Americans to stand up and vote for Donald Trump.

  • Donald Trump Addresses GOP Convention – Watch Live

    Trump speaks

    Full Speech Transcript

    * * *

    Friends, delegates and fellow Americans: I humbly and gratefully accept your nomination for the presidency of the United States.

    Together, we will lead our party back to the White House, and we will lead our country back to safety, prosperity, and peace. We will be a country of generosity and warmth. But we will also be a country of law and order.

    Our Convention occurs at a moment of crisis for our nation. The attacks on our police, and the terrorism in our cities, threaten our very way of life. Any politician who does not grasp this danger is not fit to lead our country.

    Americans watching this address tonight have seen the recent images of violence in our streets and the chaos in our communities. Many have witnessed this violence personally, some have even been its victims.

    I have a message for all of you: the crime and violence that today afflicts our nation will soon come to an end. Beginning on January 20th 2017, safety will be restored.

    The most basic duty of government is to defend the lives of its own citizens. Any government that fails to do so is a government unworthy to lead.

    It is finally time for a straightforward assessment of the state of our nation.

    I will present the facts plainly and honestly. We cannot afford to be so politically correct anymore.

    So if you want to hear the corporate spin, the carefully-crafted lies, and the media myths the Democrats are holding their convention next week.

    But here, at our convention, there will be no lies. We will honor the American people with the truth, and nothing else.

    Decades of progress made in bringing down crime are now being reversed by this Administration’s rollback of criminal enforcement.

    Homicides last year increased by 17% in America’s fifty largest cities. That’s the largest increase in 25 years. In our nation’s capital, killings have risen by 50 percent. They are up nearly 60% in nearby Baltimore.

    In the President’s hometown of Chicago, more than 2,000 have been the victims of shootings this year alone. And more than 3,600 have been killed in the Chicago area since he took office.

    The number of police officers killed in the line of duty has risen by almost 50% compared to this point last year. Nearly 180,000 illegal immigrants with criminal records, ordered deported from our country, are tonight roaming free to threaten peaceful citizens.

    The number of new illegal immigrant families who have crossed the border so far this year already exceeds the entire total from 2015. They are being released by the tens of thousands into our communities with no regard for the impact on public safety or resources.

    One such border-crosser was released and made his way to Nebraska. There, he ended the life of an innocent young girl named Sarah Root. She was 21 years-old, and was killed the day after graduating from college with a 4.0 Grade Point Average. Her killer was then released a second time, and he is now a fugitive from the law.

    I’ve met Sarah’s beautiful family. But to this Administration, their amazing daughter was just one more American life that wasn’t worth protecting. One more child to sacrifice on the altar of open borders. What about our economy?

    Again, I will tell you the plain facts that have been edited out of your nightly news and your morning newspaper: Nearly Four in 10 African-American children are living in poverty, while 58% of African American youth are not employed. 2 million more Latinos are in poverty today than when the President took his oath of office less than eight years ago. Another 14 million people have left the workforce entirely.

    Household incomes are down more than $4,000 since the year 2000. Our manufacturing trade deficit has reached an all-time high – nearly $800 billion in a single year. The budget is no better.

    President Obama has doubled our national debt to more than $19 trillion, and growing. Yet, what do we have to show for it? Our roads and bridges are falling apart, our airports are in Third World condition, and forty-three million Americans are on food stamps.

    Now let us consider the state of affairs abroad.

    Not only have our citizens endured domestic disaster, but they have lived through one international humiliation after another. We all remember the images of our sailors being forced to their knees by their Iranian captors at gunpoint.

    This was just prior to the signing of the Iran deal, which gave back to Iran $150 billion and gave us nothing – it will go down in history as one of the worst deals ever made. Another humiliation came when president Obama drew a red line in Syria – and the whole world knew it meant nothing.

    In Libya, our consulate – the symbol of American prestige around the globe – was brought down in flames. America is far less safe – and the world is far less stable – than when Obama made the decision to put Hillary Clinton in charge of America’s foreign policy.

    I am certain it is a decision he truly regrets. Her bad instincts and her bad judgment – something pointed out by Bernie Sanders – are what caused the disasters unfolding today. Let’s review the record. In 2009, pre-Hillary, ISIS was not even on the map.

    Libya was cooperating. Egypt was peaceful. Iraq was seeing a reduction in violence. Iran was being choked by sanctions. Syria was under control. After four years of Hillary Clinton, what do we have? ISIS has spread across the region, and the world. Libya is in ruins, and our Ambassador and his staff were left helpless to die at the hands of savage killers. Egypt was turned over to the radical Muslim brotherhood, forcing the military to retake control. Iraq is in chaos.

    Iran is on the path to nuclear weapons. Syria is engulfed in a civil war and a refugee crisis that now threatens the West. After fifteen years of wars in the Middle East, after trillions of dollars spent and thousands of lives lost, the situation is worse than it has ever been before.

    This is the legacy of Hillary Clinton: death, destruction and weakness.

    But Hillary Clinton’s legacy does not have to be America’s legacy. The problems we face now – poverty and violence at home, war and destruction abroad – will last only as long as we continue relying on the same politicians who created them. A change in leadership is required to change these outcomes. Tonight, I will share with you my plan of action for America.

    The most important difference between our plan and that of our opponents, is that our plan will put America First. Americanism, not globalism, will be our credo. As long as we are led by politicians who will not put America First, then we can be assured that other nations will not treat America with respect. This will all change in 2017.

    The American People will come first once again. My plan will begin with safety at home – which means safe neighborhoods, secure borders, and protection from terrorism. There can be no prosperity without law and order. On the economy, I will outline reforms to add millions of new jobs and trillions in new wealth that can be used to rebuild America.

    A number of these reforms that I will outline tonight will be opposed by some of our nation’s most powerful special interests. That is because these interests have rigged our political and economic system for their exclusive benefit.

    Big business, elite media and major donors are lining up behind the campaign of my opponent because they know she will keep our rigged system in place. They are throwing money at her because they have total control over everything she does. She is their puppet, and they pull the strings.

    That is why Hillary Clinton’s message is that things will never change. My message is that things have to change – and they have to change right now. Every day I wake up determined to deliver for the people I have met all across this nation that have been neglected, ignored, and abandoned.

    I have visited the laid-off factory workers, and the communities crushed by our horrible and unfair trade deals. These are the forgotten men and women of our country. People who work hard but no longer have a voice.

    I AM YOUR VOICE.

    I have embraced crying mothers who have lost their children because our politicians put their personal agendas before the national good. I have no patience for injustice, no tolerance for government incompetence, no sympathy for leaders who fail their citizens.

    When innocent people suffer, because our political system lacks the will, or the courage, or the basic decency to enforce our laws – or worse still, has sold out to some corporate lobbyist for cash – I am not able to look the other way.

    And when a Secretary of State illegally stores her emails on a private server, deletes 33,000 of them so the authorities can’t see her crime, puts our country at risk, lies about it in every different form and faces no consequence – I know that corruption has reached a level like never before.

    When the FBI Director says that the Secretary of State was “extremely careless” and “negligent,” in handling our classified secrets, I also know that these terms are minor compared to what she actually did. They were just used to save her from facing justice for her terrible crimes.

    In fact, her single greatest accomplishment may be committing such an egregious crime and getting away with it – especially when others have paid so dearly. When that same Secretary of State rakes in millions of dollars trading access and favors to special interests and foreign powers I know the time for action has come.

    I have joined the political arena so that the powerful can no longer beat up on people that cannot defend themselves. Nobody knows the system better than me, which is why I alone can fix it. I have seen firsthand how the system is rigged against our citizens, just like it was rigged against Bernie Sanders – he never had a chance.

    But his supporters will join our movement, because we will fix his biggest issue: trade. Millions of Democrats will join our movement because we are going to fix the system so it works for all Americans. In this cause, I am proud to have at my side the next Vice President of the United States: Governor Mike Pence of Indiana.

    We will bring the same economic success to America that Mike brought to Indiana. He is a man of character and accomplishment. He is the right man for the job. The first task for our new Administration will be to liberate our citizens from the crime and terrorism and lawlessness that threatens their communities.

    America was shocked to its core when our police officers in Dallas were brutally executed. In the days after Dallas, we have seen continued threats and violence against our law enforcement officials. Law officers have been shot or killed in recent days in Georgia, Missouri, Wisconsin, Kansas, Michigan and Tennessee.

    On Sunday, more police were gunned down in Baton Rouge, Louisiana. Three were killed, and four were badly injured. An attack on law enforcement is an attack on all Americans. I have a message to every last person threatening the peace on our streets and the safety of our police: when I take the oath of office next year, I will restore law and order our country.

    I will work with, and appoint, the best prosecutors and law enforcement officials in the country to get the job done. In this race for the White House, I am the Law And Order candidate. The irresponsible rhetoric of our President, who has used the pulpit of the presidency to divide us by race and color, has made America a more dangerous environment for everyone.

    This Administration has failed America’s inner cities. It’s failed them on education. It’s failed them on jobs. It’s failed them on crime. It’s failed them at every level.

    When I am President, I will work to ensure that all of our kids are treated equally, and protected equally.

    Every action I take, I will ask myself: does this make life better for young Americans in Baltimore, Chicago, Detroit, Ferguson who have as much of a right to live out their dreams as any other child America?

    To make life safe in America, we must also address the growing threats we face from outside America: we are going to defeat the barbarians of ISIS. Once again, France is the victim of brutal Islamic terrorism.

    Men, women and children viciously mowed down. Lives ruined. Families ripped apart. A nation in mourning.

    The damage and devastation that can be inflicted by Islamic radicals has been over and over – at the World Trade Center, at an office party in San Bernardino, at the Boston Marathon, and a military recruiting center in Chattanooga, Tennessee.

    Only weeks ago, in Orlando, Florida, 49 wonderful Americans were savagely murdered by an Islamic terrorist. This time, the terrorist targeted our LGBT community. As your President, I will do everything in my power to protect our LGBT citizens from the violence and oppression of a hateful foreign ideology. To protect us from terrorism, we need to focus on three things.

    We must have the best intelligence gathering operation in the world. We must abandon the failed policy of nation building and regime change that Hillary Clinton pushed in Iraq, Libya, Egypt and Syria. Instead, we must work with all of our allies who share our goal of destroying ISIS and stamping out Islamic terror.

    This includes working with our greatest ally in the region, the State of Israel. Lastly, we must immediately suspend immigration from any nation that has been compromised by terrorism until such time as proven vetting mechanisms have been put in place.

    My opponent has called for a radical 550% increase in Syrian refugees on top of existing massive refugee flows coming into our country under President Obama. She proposes this despite the fact that there’s no way to screen these refugees in order to find out who they are or where they come from. I only want to admit individuals into our country who will support our values and love our people.

    Anyone who endorses violence, hatred or oppression is not welcome in our country and never will be.

    Decades of record immigration have produced lower wages and higher unemployment for our citizens, especially for African-American and Latino workers. We are going to have an immigration system that works, but one that works for the American people.

    On Monday, we heard from three parents whose children were killed by illegal immigrants Mary Ann Mendoza, Sabine Durden, and Jamiel Shaw. They are just three brave representatives of many thousands. Of all my travels in this country, nothing has affected me more deeply than the time I have spent with the mothers and fathers who have lost their children to violence spilling across our border.

    These families have no special interests to represent them. There are no demonstrators to protest on their behalf. My opponent will never meet with them, or share in their pain. Instead, my opponent wants Sanctuary Cities. But where was sanctuary for Kate Steinle? Where was Sanctuary for the children of Mary Ann, Sabine and Jamiel? Where was sanctuary for all the other Americans who have been so brutally murdered, and who have suffered so horribly?

    These wounded American families have been alone. But they are alone no longer. Tonight, this candidate and this whole nation stand in their corner to support them, to send them our love, and to pledge in their honor that we will save countless more families from suffering the same awful fate.

    We are going to build a great border wall to stop illegal immigration, to stop the gangs and the violence, and to stop the drugs from pouring into our communities. I have been honored to receive the endorsement of America’s Border Patrol Agents, and will work directly with them to protect the integrity of our lawful immigration system.

    By ending catch-and-release on the border, we will stop the cycle of human smuggling and violence. Illegal border crossings will go down. Peace will be restored. By enforcing the rules for the millions who overstay their visas, our laws will finally receive the respect they deserve.

    Tonight, I want every American whose demands for immigration security have been denied – and every politician who has denied them – to listen very closely to the words I am about to say.

    On January 21st of 2017, the day after I take the oath of office, Americans will finally wake up in a country where the laws of the United States are enforced. We are going to be considerate and compassionate to everyone.

    But my greatest compassion will be for our own struggling citizens. My plan is the exact opposite of the radical and dangerous immigration policy of Hillary Clinton. Americans want relief from uncontrolled immigration. Communities want relief.

    Yet Hillary Clinton is proposing mass amnesty, mass immigration, and mass lawlessness. Her plan will overwhelm your schools and hospitals, further reduce your jobs and wages, and make it harder for recent immigrants to escape from poverty.

    I have a different vision for our workers. It begins with a new, fair trade policy that protects our jobs and stands up to countries that cheat. It’s been a signature message of my campaign from day one, and it will be a signature feature of my presidency from the moment I take the oath of office.

    I have made billions of dollars in business making deals – now I’m going to make our country rich again. I am going to turn our bad trade agreements into great ones. America has lost nearly-one third of its manufacturing jobs since 1997, following the enactment of disastrous trade deals supported by Bill and Hillary Clinton.

    Remember, it was Bill Clinton who signed NAFTA, one of the worst economic deals ever made by our country.

    Never again.

    I am going to bring our jobs back to Ohio and to America – and I am not going to let companies move to other countries, firing their employees along the way, without consequences.

    My opponent, on the other hand, has supported virtually every trade agreement that has been destroying our middle class. She supported NAFTA, and she supported China’s entrance into the World Trade Organization – another one of her husband’s colossal mistakes.

    She supported the job killing trade deal with South Korea. She has supported the Trans-Pacific Partnership. The TPP will not only destroy our manufacturing, but it will make America subject to the rulings of foreign governments. I pledge to never sign any trade agreement that hurts our workers, or that diminishes our freedom and independence. Instead, I will make individual deals with individual countries.

    No longer will we enter into these massive deals, with many countries, that are thousands of pages long – and which no one from our country even reads or understands. We are going to enforce all trade violations, including through the use of taxes and tariffs, against any country that cheats.

    This includes stopping China’s outrageous theft of intellectual property, along with their illegal product dumping, and their devastating currency manipulation. Our horrible trade agreements with China and many others, will be totally renegotiated. That includes renegotiating NAFTA to get a much better deal for America – and we’ll walk away if we don’t get the deal that we want. We are going to start building and making things again.

    Next comes the reform of our tax laws, regulations and energy rules. While Hillary Clinton plans a massive tax increase, I have proposed the largest tax reduction of any candidate who has declared for the presidential race this year – Democrat or Republican. Middle-income Americans will experience profound relief, and taxes will be simplified for everyone.

    America is one of the highest-taxed nations in the world. Reducing taxes will cause new companies and new jobs to come roaring back into our country. Then we are going to deal with the issue of regulation, one of the greatest job-killers of them all. Excessive regulation is costing our country as much as $2 trillion a year, and we will end it. We are going to lift the restrictions on the production of American energy. This will produce more than $20 trillion in job creating economic activity over the next four decades.

    My opponent, on the other hand, wants to put the great miners and steel workers of our country out of work – that will never happen when I am President. With these new economic policies, trillions of dollars will start flowing into our country.

    This new wealth will improve the quality of life for all Americans – We will build the roads, highways, bridges, tunnels, airports, and the railways of tomorrow. This, in turn, will create millions more jobs. We will rescue kids from failing schools by helping their parents send them to a safe school of their choice.

    My opponent would rather protect education bureaucrats than serve American children. We will repeal and replace disastrous Obamacare. You will be able to choose your own doctor again. And we will fix TSA at the airports! We will completely rebuild our depleted military, and the countries that we protect, at a massive loss, will be asked to pay their fair share.

    We will take care of our great Veterans like they have never been taken care of before. My opponent dismissed the VA scandal as being not widespread – one more sign of how out of touch she really is. We are going to ask every Department Head in government to provide a list of wasteful spending projects that we can eliminate in my first 100 days. The politicians have talked about it, I’m going to do it. We are also going to appoint justices to the United States Supreme Court who will uphold our laws and our Constitution.

    The replacement for Justice Scalia will be a person of similar views and principles. This will be one of the most important issues decided by this election. My opponent wants to essentially abolish the 2nd amendment. I, on the other hand, received the early and strong endorsement of the National Rifle Association and will protect the right of all Americans to keep their families safe.

    At this moment, I would like to thank the evangelical community who have been so good to me and so supportive. You have so much to contribute to our politics, yet our laws prevent you from speaking your minds from your own pulpits.

    An amendment, pushed by Lyndon Johnson, many years ago, threatens religious institutions with a loss of their tax-exempt status if they openly advocate their political views.

    I am going to work very hard to repeal that language and protect free speech for all Americans. We can accomplish these great things, and so much else – all we need to do is start believing in ourselves and in our country again. It is time to show the whole world that America Is Back – bigger, and better and stronger than ever before.

    In this journey, I'm so lucky to have at my side my wife Melania and my wonderful children, Don, Ivanka, Eric, Tiffany, and Barron: you will always be my greatest source of pride and joy. My Dad, Fred Trump, was the smartest and hardest working man I ever knew. I wonder sometimes what he’d say if he were here to see this tonight.

    It’s because of him that I learned, from my youngest age, to respect the dignity of work and the dignity of working people. He was a guy most comfortable in the company of bricklayers, carpenters, and electricians and I have a lot of that in me also. Then there’s my mother, Mary. She was strong, but also warm and fair-minded. She was a truly great mother. She was also one of the most honest and charitable people I have ever known, and a great judge of character.

    To my sisters Mary Anne and Elizabeth, my brother Robert and my late brother Fred, I will always give you my love you are most special to me. I have loved my life in business.

    But now, my sole and exclusive mission is to go to work for our country – to go to work for all of you. It’s time to deliver a victory for the American people. But to do that, we must break free from the petty politics of the past.

    America is a nation of believers, dreamers, and strivers that is being led by a group of censors, critics, and cynics.

    Remember: all of the people telling you that you can’t have the country you want, are the same people telling you that I wouldn’t be standing here tonight. No longer can we rely on those elites in media, and politics, who will say anything to keep a rigged system in place.

    Instead, we must choose to Believe In America. History is watching us now.

    It’s waiting to see if we will rise to the occasion, and if we will show the whole world that America is still free and independent and strong.

    My opponent asks her supporters to recite a three-word loyalty pledge. It reads: “I’m With Her”. I choose to recite a different pledge.

    My pledge reads: “I’M WITH YOU – THE AMERICAN PEOPLE.”

    I am your voice.

    So to every parent who dreams for their child, and every child who dreams for their future, I say these words to you tonight: I’m With You, and I will fight for you, and I will win for you.

    To all Americans tonight, in all our cities and towns, I make this promise: We Will Make America Strong Again.

    We Will Make America Proud Again.

    We Will Make America Safe Again.

    And We Will Make America Great Again.

    THANK YOU.

     

     

     

     

    * * *

    Earlier

    Following Cruz' "career-ending speech" last night, the moment everyone has been waiting for has arrived. A year after after announcing his run for president, billionaire Donald Trump takes the stage Thursday night to deliver what few pundits thought would ever happen: His acceptance speech for the presidential nomination of the Republican Party. While many will be interested in Peter Thiel and Tom Barrack, Ivanka Trump will introduce her dad whose theme – “Make America One Again” – centers on unity.

    Here’s what The Hill believes are the most important things to watch for during the final Republican National Convention session, which starts at 7 p.m. Eastern Time, as the real estate mogul takes hold of the party’s banner for the general election.

    Will the Donald deliver?

    All eyes will be on Trump’s keynote address, the climax of the weeklong event. Even for a man who has dominated media coverage for the greater part of a year, Trump’s Thursday speech will almost certainly be his most watched. He has sworn off his preferred free-wheeling style for a safer scripted address, a decision that will please the party’s wary establishment but could limit the opportunity for both viral moments and potentially damaging ones. Expect Trump to speak to both wings of the party—enthusiastic members of the Trump train as well as those who refuse to leave the station. He’ll need both if he wants to overtake Hillary Clinton’s lead in the polls and win the Oval Office.  

    Ivanka testifies for her father 

    Thursday also marks a major moment for Ivanka Trump, the eldest Trump daughter who is poised to emerge from this presidential cycle as a potent force. Ivanka has already served a key role in the campaign—she’s often deployed to soften her controversial father’s rough edges and has been called upon as his close adviser. Trump has already previewed the theme of his daughter’s speech—gender equality. As it stands in the polls, he could use a lifeline with female voters who have fled him in droves. It’s a tough mountain to climb, but Ivanka will be tasked with flipping the common perception of her father on its head and selling him as a compassionate father and, in her words earlier this month, a “feminist.” Even if she fails to stop a mass exodus of female support, a strong speech will reinforce her strong performance as a surrogate and potentially stoke the rumors of her potential political future.  

    Make America One Again

    The final spin on Trump’s theme, “Make America One Again” centers on unity. That’s no surprise considering the handful of notable Republicans reluctant to support Trump’s candidacy. While many of the party’s standard-bearers won’t be in attendance, Republican National Committee chairman Reince Priebus will take to the stage in the hopes of convincing delegates and Republicans across the country to fall in line, no matter their view on Trump. It’s a role Priebus has played for months—declaring Trump the party’s presumptive nominee back in May and working both in public and private to get Republicans on board. And it's a role that becomes even more important after Ted Cruz stunned the convention crowd on Wednesday by not endorsing Trump, a decision that dominated the night. Look for a healthy reliance on one thing bound to resonate with every delegate and attendee—an aggressive critique of Hillary Clinton. This week’s best-received speeches hammered home the case against Clinton—notably Chris Christie’s “indictment” of the presumptive Democratic nominee. So as he looks to motivate the party’s loyalists around the country, he’ll likely find no greater force than distaste for Clinton. 

    GOP looks to expand its appeal

    Trump’s precarious favorability numbers with women and minorities has prompted worries that he needs to expand his appeal or else he may lose the White House and take down-ticket Republicans with him. Thursday’s schedule of speakers is engineered to fight back and includes a handful speakers meant to shore up support among different constituencies. Along with Ivanka Trump, Rep. Marsha Blackburn (Tenn.) and Gov. Fallin (Okla.) will likely speak to discontented female voters and look to draw them back into the arms of the Grand Old Party. Jerry Falwell Jr. aims to rally Christian conservatives who may feel lukewarm about their nominee’s commitment to issues like abortion and gay rights. And Lisa Shin, a New Mexico small business owner and member of the National Diversity Coalition for Trump, will try to tell minority voters who have largely steered clear of Trump why he can “Make America Great Again” for them too.  

    Billionaires for Trump

    The speaking roster will also include two of Trump’s supporters from the business world—venture capitalist Peter Thiel and investor Tom Barrack. Thiel is best known as one of Facebook’s earliest outside investors and the head of security software firm Palantir Technologies. An openly gay man, he’s received some criticism from the liberal tech bubble for his support of Trump and the GOP despite the party’s stance against gay marriage. But Trump has been much more accepting of the LGBT community in his rhetoric, despite calling for the court to overturn the Supreme Court decision supporting gay marriage, so Thiel’s speech could shine an interesting light on how the party plans to reconcile the differences.

    Barrack’s relationship with Trump apparently dates back to before his political bid and to his real estate career. He also served as Deputy Undersecretary in President Ronald Reagan’s Department of Interior, giving him additional credibility at an event where Reagan is revered. He hosted Trump’s first major fundraiser in May, and recently released his own economic treatise"Opaque global monetary policies combined with unfocused, poorly negotiated international trade agreements are undermining the entire project of globalization as proponents of these policies face a growing backlash among voters," he writes.

    Citizens everywhere are unhappy with their governments and angry with their leaders. They are no longer interested in a political rhetoric that they do not understand and that has no value in their lives. Monetary policy, trade policy technological disruption and the array of issues that make up globalization are simply a parade of unintelligible horribles to the average working class citizen.

     

     

    Until recent times, central bank activities were mostly technical, marginal, and unreported. Today central bankers utilize exotic new tools such as Quantitative Easing (“QE”) and massive asset purchases to manipulate markets to conform to macroeconomic mandates and political leaders' preferences. The driving force behind US economic policy is no longer the Secretary of the Treasury or Chairman of the President's Council of Economic Advisors; it is the new breed of central banker on steroids. Foreign exchange, QE, asset purchases and the printing of money unanchored to any external standard, and other technical monetary tools are today’s “super trade weapons.”

     

    In the early stages of the financial crisis, central banks acted quickly, decisively and effectively to provide liquidity and help avert another Great Depression. These actions reinvigorated the payments and settlements system, established a floor on value and forced banks to restructure. Yet instead of curtailing emergency policies as economies recovered, central banks have all but monopolized the economy policies of many nations. As a result, investment has stalled and savings rates are pressing historic lows. Middle- and lower-income workers see no benefits from these policies, while the holders of capital, just as with globalization, enjoy burgeoning investment portfolios and bank accounts. At this point, central bank actions seem mainly to impact asset prices while only marginally influencing the true drivers of the economy, such as real investment, productivity expansion and job growth. We have reached the point where central banks – which are a lot better at emergency responses than steering long-term policy – have become the problem, not the solution.

     

     

    The dramatic swelling of Wall Street asset prices has not been accompanied by a revival of the real economy or rising middle class incomes. Unconventional monetary policy is not a reliable force for robust growth in a time of economic stagnation. Instead, it encourages riskier investment, compounding the rising wealth effects from expanding equity markets and real estate prices, which primarily benefit the affluent.

     

    Policies like QE also favor net borrowers over net savers, again benefitting debt-burdened governments and corporations that have the ability to borrow, while middle-class workers with limited borrowing capacity stagnate. This is the primary reason why corporate profit margins and equity markets are at historic highs, while real wage growth remains historically low. Employment data show a resentful workforce feeling despair and doomed to irrelevance in a technologically advanced global marketplace, even as investors enjoy the bull run of the century.

     

    In today’s globalized economy, elected leaders who decide fiscal policy, on which long-term economic growth is predicated, make little sustained effort to reform outdated personal or business tax policies or exercise spending restraints needed to reduce government debt. Monetary policy, for which elected leaders disclaim responsibility, leaving it to unelected central bankers, is king. Central banks are frantically seeking market share through currency devaluations, desperately hoping that lower nominal exchange rates will boost exports and reduce imports – part of a zero-sum rush-to-the-bottom.

     

     

    As the central bankers continue down their road without a GPS, no one knows what the effects will be: financial bubbles, a debt bust, an equity bust, a disorderly exit from the sale of trillions of dollars sitting on central bank balance sheets, emerging market capital outflows or increased inequality and disenchantment. Financial engineering by itself cannot achieve the kind of sustainable, inclusive growth that will extend economic benefits to America’s hard-pressed middle class. Opaque global monetary policies combined with unfocused, poorly negotiated international trade agreements are undermining the entire project of globalization as proponents of these policies face a growing backlash among voters.

     

     

    The world is moving at warp speed, as are all the things within it. In order to keep up, we too need to move and adapt or be lost in the black hole of entrenchment and entitlement. Many decades ago, Winston Churchill wrote a series of essays predicting the ever more dizzying pace of change in the modern world. It could not and must not be stopped, but he worried that mankind might have so much more, yet be unhappier than before. "Their hearts will ache, their lives will be barren, if they have not a vision above material things," he wrote. We need to be reminded about the "simple questions which man has asked since the earliest dawn of reason," about the meaning, purpose, and ends of mankind – in other words, the same kind of questions that led America's Founders to declare the self-evident truth that all human beings are created equal. As we question the status quo and chip away at the corrosion that attends old thoughts, ideas, and institutions, we must not fail to keep in mind the difference between material things that are always changing and the abiding truths that have made America great.

    Full Economic Treatise here…

  • 9/11: Bush's Guilt, And The 28 Pages

    Authored by Eric Zuesse via Strategic-Culture.org,

    On Friday July15th, as the national news media were either on vacation or preparing for the opening of the Trump National Convention on Monday the 18th, the long-awaited release of the ‘missing’ 28 pages from the US Senate’s 9/11 report occurred («DECEMBER 2002: JOINT INQUIRY INTO INTELLIGENCE COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES BEFORE AND AFTER THE TERRORIST ATTACKS OF SEPTEMBER 11, 2001»). The official title of this document is «PART FOUR – FINDING, DISCUSSION AND NARRATIVE REGARDING CERTAIN SENSITIVE NATIONAL SECURITY MATTERS», and it constitutes pages 6-34 of a pdf. (Some writers mistakenly call it «29 pages».)

    It «was kept secret from the public on the orders of former President George W. Bush», and remained secret under Bush’s successor Barack Obama, until that Friday night late in Obama’s Second Administration, right before a week of Republican National Convention news would be dominating the news (along with any racial incidents, which would be sure to distract the public even more from any indication of Bush’s guilt). The pdf was of a picture-file so as to be non-searchable by journalists and thus slow to interpret, and thus would impede press-coverage of it. The file was also of a very degraded picture of the pages, so as to make the reading of it even more uninviting and difficult. Well, that was a skillful news-release-and-coverup operation! The Federal Government had plenty of time to do this right, but they evidently had plenty of incentive to do it wrong. They’re not incompetent; the reasonable explanation is something worse than that. (After all, this information has been hidden from the public for all of the 13+ years since that report was published without the 28 pages at the end of 2002.)

    What these 28 long-suppressed pages revealed was well summarized by one succinct reader who wrote:

    "The Inquiry discloses that there is a very direct chain of evidence about financing and logistics… [that] goes from the Saudi Royal family (Amb. Bandar's wife and Bandar's checking account) and Saudi consulate employees (al Thumiari) to the agent handlers (Basnan and al Bayoumi) to some of the 9/11 hijackers (Khalid al-Mihdhar, Nawaf al-Hazmi)."

    In other words, Prince Bandar bin-Sultan al-Saud, known in Washington as «Bandar Bush» (for his closeness to the Bush family), and who served at that time as Saudi Arabia’s Ambassador to the United States, paid tens of thousands of dollars to Saudi Arabia’s «handlers» who were directing two of the hijackers, Khalid al-Mihdhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi. Also, one of Bandar’s subordinates at the Embassy, named al-Thumiari, was likewise paying the person who was paying and managing those two jihadists.

    The report said:

    "FBI files suggest that al-Bayoumi provided substantial assistance to hijackers Khalid al-Mihdhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi after they arrived in San Diego in February 2000… According to an October 14, 2002 FBI document, al-Bayoumi has ‘extensive ties to the Saudi Government’… According to the FBI, al-Bayoumi was in frequent contact with the Emir at the Ministry of Defense, responsible for air traffic control… Al-Bayoumi was receiving money from the Saudi Ministry of Defense… Al-Bayoumi was known to have access to large amounts of money from Saudi Arabia, despite the fact that he did not appear to hold a jobAl-Bayoumi’s pay increased during the time that al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar were in the United States."

    Also, an FBI agent testified on 9 October 2002 regarding al-Bayoumi, and said Bayoumi: 

    "acted like a Saudi intelligence officer, in my opinion. And if he was involved with the hijackers, which it looks like he was, if he signed leases, if he provided some sort of financing… then I would say that there’s a clear possibility that there might be a connection between Saudi intelligence and UBL [Usama bin Laden]."

    Moreover: «The FBI has now confirmed that only Osama Bassnan’s wife received money directly from Prince Bandar’s wife, but that al-Bayoumi’s wife attempted to deposit three of the checks from Prince Bandar’s wife, which were payable to Bassnan’s wife, into her own accounts… Bassnan was a very close associate of Omar al-Bayoumi’s and was in telephone contact with al-Bayoumi several times a day».

    Furthermore: «Bassnan’s wife received a monthly stipend from Princess Haifa».

    And: «On at least one occasion, Bassnan received a check directly from Prince Bandar’s account. According to the FBI, on May 14, 1998, Bassnan cashed a check from Bandar in the amount of $15,000. Bassnan’s wife also received at least one check directly from Bandar… for $10,000… FBI Executive Assistant Director D’Amuro commented on this financing: «I believe that we do have money going from Bandar’s wife, $2,000 a month up to about $64,000».

    Also:

    "On March 28, 2002, US and coalition forces retrieved the telephone book of Abu Zubayda, whom the US Government has identified as a senior al-Qa’ida operational coordinator. According to an FBI document, ‘a review of toll records has linked [to] ASPCOL Corporation in Aspen, Colorado… ASPCOL is the umbrella corporation that manages the affairs of the Colorado residence of Prince Bandar, the Saudi Ambassador… The US Government also located another Virginia number at an Usama bin Laden safehouse in Pakistan… [where a person was] interviewed by the FBI in June 2002. He could not explain why his number ended up at a safehouse in Pakistan, but stated that he regularly provides services to a couple who are personal assistants to Prince Bandar."

    This has to be seen in the context of George W Bush’s very close and longstanding personal friendship with Prince Bandar, and also in the context of Bandar’s career.

    Bandar has long been involved, both officially and unofficially, in the intelligence operations of the Saud family (which own Saudi Arabia). During October 2005 through January 2015, he served as secretary general of Saudi Arabia’s National Security Council, and he also was director general of the Saudi Intelligence Agency from 2012 to 2014. Furthermore, the just-released report asserts:

    «The FBI also received reports from individuals in the Muslim community alleging that Bassnan might be a Saudi intelligence agent. According to a CIA memo, Basnan reportedly received funding and possibly a fake passport from Saudi Government officials. He and his wife have received financial support from the Saudi Ambassador to the United States and his wife… A CIA report also indicates that Bassnan traveled to Houston in 2002 and… that during that trip a member of the Saudi royal family provided Bassnan with a significant amount of cash… FBI information indicates that Bassnan is an extremist and a supporter of Usama bin Laden».

    Regarding Shaykh al-Thumairy, he was «an accredited diplomat at the Saudi Consulate in Los Angeles and one of the ‘imams’ at the King Fahd Mosque… built in 1998 from funding provided by Saudi Arabia’s Crown Prince Abdulaziz. The mosque… is widely recognized for its anti-Western views».

    The 28 pages also include lots more, but those facts give at least some solid indications of the links that Prince Bandar had to 9/11.

    And other FBI offices than in San Diego were basically not even covered in the 28 pages; this was a rush-job by a Senate Committee, and with enormous resistance from the White House, which did everything they could to block the investigators.

    Furthermore: none of this information is as solid as the sworn court-testimony of the captured former bagman for al-Qaeda, their bookkeeper who personally collected each one of the million-dollar cash donations to the organization and named many donors, including Prince Bandar, as having been among the people from whom he picked up those suitcases full of cash. He said of their donations: «It was crucial. I mean, without the money of the – of the Saudi you will have nothing». The authors of the Senate investigation report, never got any wind of this, because that man was in a US prison and held incommunicado until that court-case in October 2014. But it was virtually the entire Saud family – not merely Bandar – who funded 9/11.

    So, we know that Bandar «Bush» was practically like a brother to George W Bush, but what other indications do we have of GWB’s guilt in the planning of the 9/11 attacks?

    First of all, if he wasn’t involved in the attack’s planning, then he was grossly incompetent and uncaring, to the point of criminal negligence for the numerous attempts that the CIA had made to warn GWB that such an attack was being planned and would occur soon – that he simply ignored those warnings. Criminal negligence, however, isn’t the same as being a traitor. That’s far more serious, and it would entail Bush’s conscious desire for such an attack to occur. Such evidence does exist. Here it is:

    Researcher Chris Whipple headlined at Politico, on 12 November 2015, «‘The Attacks Will Be Spectacular’», and he reported:

    «Bin Laden Determined to Strike in US» The CIA’s famous Presidential Daily Brief, presented to George W. Bush on August 6, 2001, has always been Exhibit A in the case that his administration shrugged off warnings of an Al Qaeda attack. But months earlier, starting in the spring of 2001, the CIA repeatedly and urgently began to warn the White House that an attack was coming.

    By May of 2001, says Cofer Black, then chief of the CIA’s counterterrorism center, ‘it was very evident that we were going to be struck, we were gonna be struck hard and lots of Americans were going to die.’ ‘There were real plots being manifested,’ Cofer’s former boss, George Tenet, told me in his first interview in eight years…

    The crisis came to a head on July 10. The critical meeting that took place that day was first reported by Bob Woodward in 2006. Tenet also wrote about it in general terms in his 2007 memoir At the Center of the Storm.

    But neither he nor Black has spoken about it publicly in such detail until now — or been so emphatic about how specific and pressing their warnings really were. Over the past eight months, in more than a hundred hours of interviews, my partners Jules and Gedeon Naudet and I talked with Tenet and the 11 other living former CIA directors for The Spymasters, a documentary set to air this month on Showtime.

    The drama of failed warnings began when Tenet and Black pitched a plan, in the spring of 2001, called «the Blue Sky paper» to Bush’s new national security team. It called for a covert CIA and military campaign to end the Al Qaeda threat — ‘getting into the Afghan sanctuary, launching a paramilitary operation, creating a bridge with Uzbekistan.’ ‘And the word back,’ says Tenet, ‘was «we’re not quite ready to consider this. We don’t want the clock to start ticking». (Translation: they did not want a paper trail to show that they’d been warned.)»

    Five days later, I wrote an article interpreting that, titled «Politico Reports Bush Knew 2001 Terror-Attack Was Imminent and Wanted It». Readers here are referred to that, for the continuation of the case here.

    For additional information on the bonding between the Saudi aristocracy and the US aristocracy, see this and this. It’s important to understand in order to be able to understand why Obama helped to set up the 21 August 2013 Syrian sarin attack to be blamed on Bashar al-Assad, who is allied with Russia. The US is allied with the Saud family, against Russia; and Syria is allied with Russia and refuses to allow pipelines for gas from Qatar and oil from Saudi Arabia through Syria to replace gas and oil that Russia has been selling to the EU. (Like RFK Jr. properly headlined on 25 February 2016, «Syria: Another Pipeline War». That’s why the Sauds want Assad dead.)

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 21st July 2016

  • Sharia In Denmark

    Submitted by Judith Bergmann via The Gatestone Institute,

    • "All the bullying happens in Arabic… The hierarchy of the Arab boys creates a very violent environment. … I have filmed the particularly vile bullying of a Somali boy. You can see the tears in his eyes. They are destroying him; it is very violent. " — From a dissertation by Jalal El Derbas, Ph.D.

    • Danish teachers are the least respected and are spoken of in denigrating and humiliating terms.

    • "I am not saying that all the Arab children did ugly things, but we witnessed on a regular basis… using derogatory Arabic language towards Somalis and girls." — Lise Egholm, former head of the Rådmandsgade school in Copenhagen.

    • Whether Danish parliamentarians wish to acknowledge this problem or not, they are up against far wider issues than that of religious incitement in mosques by radical preachers.

    After the television documentary, "Sharia in Denmark", embarrassed Danish authorities by revealing how widespread the preaching of sharia is in mosques in Denmark; the Danish government, in May, concluded a political agreement about "initiatives directed against religious preachers who seek to undermine Danish laws and values and who support parallel legal systems."

    "We are doing everything we can without compromising the constitution and international agreements," Bertel Haarder, the Minister for Culture and Church, said about the political agreement.

    The agreement centers on a number of initiatives, which are supposed to compensate for the detrimental effects of all the years in which sharia was allowed to spread in Denmark while most authorities paid only scant attention to what was happening. Part of the new effort, therefore, will be the mapping of all existing mosques in Denmark.

    It will now be obligatory, according to the agreement, for all priests, imams and others who are not part of the Church of Denmark, and who wish to be able to perform weddings — as well as for foreign preachers who apply for residence permits — to learn about Danish family law, freedom and democracy. At the end of the course, all will have to sign a statement that they will accept Danish law, including freedom of speech and religion, gender equality, freedom of sexual orientation, non-discrimination and women's rights.

    The government will examine how to create more transparency in foreign donations to faith communities in Denmark, including controlling and, if necessary, preventing such donations. As part of this work, on May 4 the government presented a law making it a crime to receive funding from a terror organization to establish or run an institution in Denmark, including schools and mosques.

    Another element in the political agreement is the establishment of national lists with the names of traveling foreign (non-EU) religious preachers who will be excluded from entry into Denmark on the grounds that they are a threat to public order in Denmark. These named preachers will not be granted an entry visa and will be denied entry at the border. In addition, a non-public list, containing the names of such preachers who are EU citizens, will be established. The purpose of this list is to create awareness of the existence of these preachers, as, due to EU rules on free movement, they cannot be denied entry.

    The final component of the agreement is the criminalization of certain speech. According to the agreement, it will become illegal explicitly to support terrorism, murder, rape, violence, incest, pedophilia, the use of force and polygamy as part of religious training, and whether or not the speech was made in private or in public. Both the activities of religious preachers and the activities of others, who speak as part of religious training, are included in the criminalization.

    The political agreement is expected to become law when the Danish parliament reconvenes after the summer vacation.

    Danish parliamentarians are aware that it will be difficult to measure whether these initiatives have any effect — how do you measure whether religious preachers are indeed not explicitly supporting terrorism, murder, rape and pedophilia, unless you place them under constant surveillance? But lawmakers are nevertheless confident that the new initiatives will have an effect. "This will have an impact on what people put up with from their religious leaders." Culture and Church Minister Bertel Haarder says.

    Another parliamentarian, Naser Khader, who appears more realistic, says,

    "We are well aware that more initiatives are needed. But this stops hate preachers from coming to Denmark, preachers who only want to come here in order to sow discord between population groups and who encourage violence, incest and pedophilia."

    After the documentary "Sharia in Denmark" embarrassed Danish authorities, the government reached a new a political agreement, which Danish Member of Parliament Naser Khader supported, saying, "this stops hate preachers from coming to Denmark, preachers who only want to come here in order to sow discord between population groups and who encourage violence, incest and pedophilia."

    While Danish politicians have taken yet another step on an uncertain road that may or may not succeed in stemming the rise of sharia in Denmark, other problems abound, which compound the impression that this initiative will not amount to much more than a symbolic band-aid.

    A recent Ph.D. dissertation by Jalal El Derbas, as reported by the Danish newspaper, Berlingske Tidende, shows that in several Danish schools with Arab students, the latter, mainly boys, use Arabic as a means to sexually and racially harass and bully other students as well as their teachers, especially girls, Somalis and ethnically Danish teachers, who do not understand the insults hurled at them in Arabic.

    According to the article, El Derbas was shocked when he went through the video footage of 12- and 13-year-olds in two different Danish public schools with a majority of pupils with minority background. The purpose of his Ph.D. was to examine the possible causes of why bilingual boys — who speak both Danish and Arabic — continue to lag behind other Danish students. He wanted to see what those bilingual boys actually do in the classroom. The footage was taken over five months and it displayed a world characterized by hierarchy, sexual and religious harassment, bullying and racism, in which the first language of the students, Arabic, played a central and leading role. According to El Derbas:

    "I could see that the students used Arabic as a secret code and they only used it negatively to disturb the schoolwork. If they did not want to do the work, they simply shifted to Arabic. The schools were very flexible and allowed the students to use Arabic both inside and outside the classroom. But all that this freedom accomplished was that the students shifted from Danish to Arabic if they were getting into a fight and if there was a teacher nearby whom they did not want to understand what they were saying."

    The video footage also revealed a hierarchy consisting of sexual harassment and racism, because the Arab boys consider themselves higher-ranking than girls and Somali students.

    "All the bullying happens in Arabic. All the ugly and mean words are uttered in Arabic. The hierarchy of the Arab boys creates a very violent environment. I have video footage of severe sexual harassment against Arab girls and I have filmed the particularly vile bullying of a Somali boy. You can see the tears in his eyes. They are destroying him; it is very violent."

    According to El Derbas, Sunni and Shia Muslim strife is also imported into the grounds of these Danish schools. With the majority of the boys being Sunni Muslims, they look down on the Shia Muslim students and a teacher who is a Shia Muslim is called "Satan" or "witch", whereas a Sunni Muslim teacher is addressed courteously as "uncle" or "aunt". Danish teachers are the least respected, and are spoken of in denigrating and humiliating terms.

    El Derbas, stressed that the pupils come from ghetto areas, saying:

    "Many of the teachers have given up on engaging the parents in any way, but if this is to change it has to happen through the parents. Maybe it would help if the parents took turns of being present in the classroom to see how their children behave. Most of them [the parents] are not working or studying anyway. I think that could lead to an improvement. Because no parents will accept that their children behave in this manner".

    The results of the dissertation come as no surprise to Lise Egholm, now retired, but who for 18 years, until 2013, was the head of Copenhagen's Rådmandsgade school, which has many Arab students.

    "I am not saying that all the Arab children did ugly things," says Egholm, "but we witnessed on a regular basis exactly the phenomenon of using derogatory Arabic language towards Somalis and girls… Back then the biggest group of children in the school was Arabic speaking, and the words which in Arabic mean 'whore' and 'f— your mother' they all knew."

    In a written statement to Berlingske Tidende, Minister of Education, Ellen Trane Nørby, wrote,

    "It is never all right to bully, whether this happens in Danish, Arabic, or in a third language. That is why I have initiated a large initiative, which has as its purpose to prevent and combat bullying. The teachers have to signal very strongly that there has to be room for all children and that you have to treat other pupils with respect. If some pupils do not understand this and speak in 'code language' or use a language that excludes and bullies other pupils, the schools must intervene. Danish is the language used for teaching in Denmark, and pupils should not be excluded or bullied because of parallel languages in school".

    However, what the minister of education fails to mention is that the problems with this kind of behavior are not likely to remain inside the school, but will inevitably spill into the streets. Then what? No amount of lists of radical religious preachers and laws is going to change that fact.

    Whether Danish parliamentarians wish to acknowledge this problem or not, they are up against far wider issues than that of religious incitement in mosques by radical preachers. Notably, El Derbas's findings have not caused any debate remotely resembling that, which was caused by the "Sharia in Denmark" documentary. They should.

  • Ted Cruz Booed For Refusing To Endorse Trump; Heidi Cruz Escorted Out To Shouts Of "Goldman Sachs"

    Update 3: Chris Christie unloaded on Cruz(as Politico reports)

    Chris Christie did not mince words for Ted Cruz after the Texas senator refused to endorse Donald Trump on the prime-time convention stage Wednesday night.

     

    “It was an awful, selfish speech by someone who tonight, through the words he said on that stage, showed everybody why he has richly earned the reputation that he has on Capitol Hill,” Christie said to reporters on the floor of the convention.

     

    The New Jersey governor put a formal voice to the many delegates who greeted Cruz’s failure to endorse Trump in his 23-minute speech with widespread boos.

     

    “If you love our country and love your children as much as I know that you do, stand and speak and vote your conscience,” Cruz said. “Vote for candidates up and down the ticket who you trust to defend our freedom and to be faithful to the Constitution.”

     

    Christie mocked that rhetorical flourish. “I don’t understand how someone can present themselves as a person of integrity and then come into this room tonight and give that cute speech,” he said. “And that was cute.”

    *  *  *

    Update 2: Cruz's actions appear to be backfiring

    *  *  *

    Update 1: RNC sources are reporting that Ted Cruz' "speech was different than the version he gave RNC in advance." Furthermore, officials and Cruz had to be physically separated after his speech.

    *  *  *

    As we detailed earlier, those who had predicted that the third day of the RNC would unveil with yet another scandal, they were right.

    Moments ago, Donald Trump's former rival, Ted Cruz was roundly booed after failing to endorse Trump during an address to the Republican National Convention, an obvious jab from the Texas lawmaker at the real estate mogul, who tormented him as "Lyin' Ted" during the primary.

    Instead of urging the crowd to vote for Tump, Cruz instead told delegates and voters to "vote your conscience" in November and never specifically said that people should cast their ballots for the Republican nominee. During the course of his speech, Cruz only mentioned Trump once, to congratulate him on getting the nomination.

    "To those listening, please, don’t stay home in November. If you love our country, and love your children as much as I know you do, stand, and speak, and vote your conscience, vote for candidates up and down the ticket who you trust to defend our freedom and to be faithful to the Constitution," Cruz said. As he continued speaking, and the crowd began to realize that an endorsement seemed less likely, the cheers that marked the early part of the speech became boos.

    "I appreciate the enthusiasm of the New York delegation," Cruz said to the vocal Trump home-state supporters who were placed right in front of the stage. They were yelling "We want Trump! We want Trump!"

    One reason why Cruz' speech was among the most anticipated, is due to the level of vitriol that enveloped the closing days of the GOP primary campaign. Trump labeled Cruz “Lyin’ Ted,” falsely accused his father of being involved in the assassination of President Kennedy, and threatened to “spill the beans” on Cruz’s wife, Heidi. In turn, Cruz called Trump a “sniveling coward,” a “pathological liar” and a “narcissist at a level that I don’t think this country has ever seen.”

    Cruz's wife, Heidi, was seen leaving the arena when the booing started getting very loud. Former Virginia Attorney General Ken Cuccinelli told ABC News that he escorted Heidi Cruz out of the convention hall because “it was volatile and the Trump folks were physically approaching and confrontationally yelling,” he said via text.

    According to CNN's Manu Raju, as Heidi was being escorted out, one angry Trump supporter was shouting "Goldman Sachs" at her.

     

    After leaving the floor, Heidi Cruz also reportedly got into a verbal altercation with the head of the Washington delegation, who had berated Ted Cruz following his speech.

    Or perhaps it was all intentional, and yet another dramatic sequence orchestrated to provide the next speaker, Trump's son Eric, with a crowd that needed an outlet for affirmation.

    According to Mashable, reports before Cruz spoke indicated that he did not plan to endorse Trump, although he did congratulate the nominee and admonished the crowd to vote for the candidate that will be "faithful to the constitution." That wasn't enough for the crowd, which loudly booed Cruz and chanted for Trump.

    As ABC writes, the fact that Cruz spoke at all came as a surprise to some considering how bitter the primary campaign became towards the end. At one point, Trump insinuated that Cruz's wife Heidi was less attractive than his own wife Melania, and later he made suggestions that Cruz's Cuban father was somehow connected to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.

    He also questioned whether Cruz was eligible to run for the presidency because he was born in Canada.

    Shortly after Cruz exited the stage to a growing round of boos, Trump entered the arena on the opposite side to sit with his family and watch his son Eric address the crowd.

  • Wikileaks Is About To Expose The Turkish 'Coup', But Someone Is Trying To Silence Them

    Submitted by Carey Wedler via TheAntiMedia.org,

    Wikileaks claimed Monday it was under attack after it announced it would release hundreds of thousands of documents related to Turkey and the failed military coup attempted Friday, CNET reported.

    The organization, which has released information on everything from war crimes to Hillary Clinton’s email scandal, announced Sunday it would be releasing 100,000 documents related to Turkey’s “political power structure,” some of which detail the “leadup” to the coup.

     

    Wikileaks anticipated the release would be censored in Turkey, cautioning in a three-part tweet posted Monday:

    Turks will likely be censored to prevent them reading our pending release of 100k+ docs on politics leading up to the coup. We ask that Turks are ready with censorship bypassing systems such as TorBrowser and uTorrent and that everyone else is ready to help them bypass censorship and push our links through the censorship to come.

     

    The Turkish government, headed by President Recep Tayyip Erdogan, has increasingly ramped up censorship efforts against journalists, lending credibility to Wikileaks suspicions their release may not fully reach Turkish citizens—especially considering the latest leak concerns his ruling party, AKP.

    As CNET noted:

    Facebook, Twitter and YouTube were reportedly blocked in Turkey during the attempted coup Friday, but many residents appear to have gotten around the blocks, posting messages and videos, likely using VPNs or other anonymizing services.”

    Throughout Monday, Wikileaks continued to promote the release.

    They then tweeted that instead of 100,000 documents, they would actually be releasing far more. “Our pending release of 100k docs on Turkish political power? Just kidding. The first batch is 300k emails, 500k docs,” they announced.

    But just hours later, they alerted followers their website was being attacked. “Our infrastructure is under sustained attack,” they tweeted, alongside the hashtag, #TurkeyPurge.

     

    We are unsure of the true origin of the attack. The timing suggests a Turkish state power faction or its allies. We will prevail & publish,” Wikileaks tweeted shortly after.

     

    An hour later, the organization remained resolute in its determination to publish the hundreds of thousands of documents. “Coming Tuesday: The#ErdoganEmails: 300 thousand internal emails from Erdo?an’s AKP – through to July 7, 2016,” they tweeted.

    After tweeting further about the ongoing cyber attacks, Wikileaks eventually announced Tuesday they had released the first installment of emails, which can be viewed here. The emails are from the server of the AKP.

     

    The failed military coup in Turkey over the weekend heightened tensions within the country, where President Erdo?an has grown increasingly autocratic. The Turkish government has also been implicated in the rise of ISIS and has been accused of allowing fighters to cross through their borders and providing them with medical assistance.

    The coup, which continues to be mired in uncertainties, accusations, and conflicting reports, left Turkish citizens between a rock and a hard place—a military coup or an increasingly oppressive democratically-elected leader who has now overseen 50,000 suspensions or detainments of government employees regarding the military’s failed attempt to seize power.

    It seems Wikileak’s release of information on Turkish power structures could not come at a more vital time—that is, so long as it reaches the Turkish people.

  • US To Seize $1 Billion In Embezzled Malaysian Assets Which Goldman Sachs Helped Buy

    The last time we wrote about the long-running saga of the scandalous collapse and constant corruption at the Malaysian state wealth fund, 1MDB, which also happened to be an unconfirmed slush fund for president Najib, was a month ago when we learned that the NY bank regulator was looking into fundraising by the fund’s favorite bank, Goldman Sachs. Then overnight, the story which already seemed like it has every possible angle of crime and corruption covered for a series of Hollywood action-adventure blockbusters, got a new twist when the DOJ announced it would seek to seize some $1 billion in assets from individuals affiliated with the fun as part of one of the largest seizures in US history.

    The expected asset seizures would be the U.S. government’s first action tied to the 1MDB investigation. Among the properties the US is looking to confiscate, are Van Gogh paintings, Beverly Hills properties, a private jet, ultra high end real estate in NYC and LA, and the rights to profits from the hit movie The Wolf of Wall Street.

    The move by U.S. authorities to seize assets tied to an investment fund run by a foreign government would be a major escalation in Washington’s global efforts to fight corruption and block allegedly illegally obtained funds, facilitated by Goldman Sachs, from moving through the world’s financial system the WSJ adds.

    The case represents the most detailed and sweeping allegations to be brought in the multinational probe into a global scheme to siphon more than $3.5bn from the Malaysian government fund.  As the FT adds, it is also the first time Malay prime minister, Najib Razak, has been officially tied to the scandal, and while he has not been by name in court documents the description of “Malaysian Official 1” matches his biography and job responsibilities. In what may develop into a major diplomatic row, the DOJ states that that “official” received funds misappropriated from 1MDB, prosecutors say. Najib has repeatedly denied any wrongdoing.

    The actions by U.S. authorities also threaten to upend the country’s relationship with Malaysia, a moderate Muslim nation that has long been an important U.S. ally in Southeast Asia, and may force Malaysia to enter China’s sphere of influence in exchange for protection from US retaliation. Malaysia has deep ties to the Middle East and has been seen as a bulwark against China, which has increasingly asserted its power across Asia. President Barack Obama cultivated a relationship with Mr. Najib, including playing golf together in Hawaii over the Christmas holidays in 2014, something we reported at the time.

     

    Amid the controversy, the Malaysian leader now was likely to focus on his domestic political survival rather than retaliate against the Obama administration, said James Keith, US ambassador to Malaysia from 2007 to 2010. Malaysia is a key regional partner for the US, backing a proposed trans-Pacific trade deal and hosting a digital centre to counter Islamic State propaganda. “I don’t think this is unexpected from Najib’s perspective,” said Mr Keith. “His approach is: batten down the hatches; we’re going to survive this, no matter what. He’ll do everything he can just to pretend this didn’t happen.”

    * * *

    Political fallout notwithstanding, the case reveals just how extensive money-laundering by the fund, the Malay prime minister, and a handful of affiliated individuals, often with US bank assistance, has been ever since 1MDB was created in 2009 as a government-owned vehicle to promote economic development through global partnerships and foreign investment.

    Ironically, it ended up anything but as funds intended to benefit the Malaysian people were instead diverted to buy real estate, works of art and jewellery, pay casino bills and hire musicians and celebrities for the conspirators’ “lavish lifestyles”,  the complaint says. More than $200m was spent on art alone, prosecutors allege.

    As part of the complaint, US authorities accuse Malaysian officials and business executives with receiving laundered 1MDB funds through banks in Singapore, Switzerland, Luxembourg and New York. The Malaysian officials “treated this public trust as a personal bank account”, said Loretta Lynch, US attorney-general. The misappropriation occurred over four years beginning shortly after Mr Najib set up the fund, according to the complaint. According to the suit, in March 2013, $681m in proceeds from a 1MDB bond offering were transferred into an account belonging to the official matching Mr Najib’s description. Five months later, $620m of that amount was shifted to a different account to which a 1MDB official was an authorised signatory.

    Officials at 1MDB and others began diverting money shortly after the fund was created in September 2009 under the guise of investing in a joint venture with a private Saudi oil extraction company, PetroSaudi International. More than $1bn was transferred to a Swiss bank account held by Good Star Ltd, which was owned by Mr Low, prosecutors allege. Andrew McCabe, deputy director of the FBI, told reporters in Washington: “The Malaysian people were defrauded on an enormous scale.”

    There is more in the full complaint, and it revolves around the three main players who, aside from the prime minister,  were instrumental in the perpetuation of this grand fraud, including, Riza Aziz, stepson of Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Razak; Jho Low, a Malaysian financier; and Khadem Al Qubaisi, a former Abu Dhabi managing director of a sovereign-wealth fund.

    Details about their involvement can be found in the WSJ.

    * * *

    Much of the above was already known, or implied, however this is the first official confirmation of just how vast the money-laundering scheme was and that it stretched to the very top. What is now also confirmed, is that at the heart of the fundraising operation was none other than Goldman Sachs.

    According to the complaint, in 2012, 1MDB officials and others fraudulently diverted $1.4bn in proceeds from two bond offerings arranged by Goldman Sachs, according to the complaint. Representing almost 40 per cent of the total raised, the funds were transferred to a Swiss account controlled by a British Virgin Islands entity called Aabar Investments PJS Limited. Aabar had been named to suggest a relationship with an Abu Dhabi company, Aabar Investments PJS, an investment arm of the Abu Dhabi government. But funds diverted to the Swiss account ultimately ended up in a Singapore bank account.

    In 2013, several officials including those from 1MDB diverted nearly $1.3bn from another $3bn Goldman bond offering. The money was supposed to be used to finance a joint venture known as the Abu Dhabi Malaysia Investment Co but was instead funnelled into a Singapore account controlled by Mr Low’s associate, the complaint says.

    Where it becomes clear that Goldman had a special arrangement with the complicit issuer and the prime minister, is that Goldman earned $192.5m or nearly 11 per cent of the principal amount on one of the 2012 bond deals, a $1.75bn offering, according to court documents, which also said that the offering circular “contained misleading statements and omitted materials facts”. Considering that a typical fee for an emerging market sovereign or quasi-sovereign bond offering between $1bn-$5bn would be between 0.1 per cent and 0.3 per cent, according to Dealogic, this is nothing short of kickback to Goldman, and raises questions about why Goldman wilfully accepted such an overblown fee for a deal which any of its competitor banks would have done for a fraction of the cost.

    This being Goldman, of course, the bank was not accused of any wrongdoing in today’s action. It may be in the future as per the DOJ’s parallel prove whether Goldman violated the Bank Secrecy Act in its handling of the proceeds of the securities offerings, but somehow the FBI was unable to link the bank to any crime conducted by the same people who were paying it exorbitant fees to keep the money flowing.

    * * *

    So once Goldman’s fundraising skills allowed corrupt Malaysian politicians and selected shady middlemen to have access to billion which they would then embezzle, what did they spend the money on? Perhaps a better question is what did they not spend on: among the purchases were Van Gogh paintings, a private jet, the rights to profits from the hit movie The Wolf of Wall Street, and real estate. Lots and lots of ultra high end real estate.

    Here are some of the details from WSJ:

    The properties allegedly bought with funds misappropriated from a Malaysian investment fund would make for a stunning house tour of high-end real estate in New York and Los Angeles. Besides flashy real estate, the U.S. government alleges that money from the fund, known as 1Malaysia Development Bhd. or 1MDB, was used to buy a $35 million private jet and a stake in EMI Music Publishing.

    The assets that the government is trying to seize were purchased by three men who had close ties to 1MDB: Jho Low, a Malaysian deal maker; Riza Aziz, the stepson of Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Razak, and Khadem Al Qubaisi, a former Abu Dhabi managing director of a sovereign-wealth fund, and occasionally the men sold or gave assets to one another.

    The properties range from a Beverly Hills mansion with a 120-foot-long pool to a string of Manhattan condos, including a seven-bedroom, five-bathroom duplex overlooking Central Park that cost $35 million.

     The complaints paint a picture of lavish spending on casinos and private jets and a taste for high-end real estate—an asset that has been an increasingly popular place for the world’s wealthy to stash their cash outside the banking system and inside stable countries. Mr. Low declined to comment. A representative for Mr. Al Qubaisi didn’t reply to requests for comment. Red Granite Pictures, a company owned by Mr. Aziz, said it and Mr. Aziz “did nothing wrong.”

    Mr. Aziz’s New York duplex is by far the most expensive property in the Park Laurel building, a prominent luxury address near Lincoln Center and overlooking Central Park. Mr. Aziz has stayed in the apartment when he visits New York, according to a doorman there.

    A home bought by Mr. Low is located in the so-called Bird Streets in Los Angeles’s Hollywood Hills—a quiet enclave of narrow, twisting roads named after different types of birds. The property on Oriole Drive is a 6-bedroom, 5-bathroom home with a swimming pool, spa and wine cellar, which Mr. Low bought in 2012 for $39 million, according to records. A tall, white wall surrounds the house.

    The Los Angeles home owned by Mr. Aziz on North Hillcrest Road— a winding street just off Sunset Boulevard—was purchased in 2010 for $17.5 million. Security guards on the site Wednesday said that they had no idea who owned the property and that no federal agents had visited.

    The Viceroy L’Ermitage Beverly Hills, the hotel Mr. Low purchased in 2009 through his family’s trust, sits discreetly on a tree-lined, residential street and features a rooftop pool and 116 newly renovated suites. Hotel staff said they hadn’t noticed any unusual activity Wednesday morning.

    Mr. Low owns a majority stake in the Park Lane Hotel, a trophy property overlooking New York’s Central Park. He put up about $240 million of the $400 million of equity provided by the investors who bought the 46-story property in 2013 in a deal that valued it at about $850 million.

    The investor group, led by New York developer Steve Witkoff, planned at the time to continue running the Park Lane as a hotel while studying the possibility of redeveloping the hotel into condominiums or a mixed-use property. But when news broke that Mr. Low was under investigation, those plans were stymied. Such a plan would require approval from the New York state attorney general’s office, an unlikely event when the property’s majority owner was being investigated.

    * * *

    And that kind of magnificent organized crime, dear New Yorkers, is why real estate in Manhattan has never been more expensive.

  • Potential Crisis Triggers Continue To Pile Up In 2016

    Submitted by Brandon Smith via Alt-Market.com,

    We are a little over half way through 2016 and, at the current rate, it will be a miracle if the year finishes without outright catastrophe in half the nations of the world. Some might call these events “Black Swans,” some might call them completely engineered threats, others might call it all a simple “coincidence” or a tragedy of errors. I stand strictly by the position that most of the dangers we see today have been deliberately escalated, if not strategically implemented.

    Here is the problem; international financiers and globalist nut-jobs are clearly operating on a timeline with the end goal of creating enough general chaos to convince the masses that complete centralized authority over every aspect of our lives is preferable to constant fear.

    For a more in-depth analysis on the schemes of the elites, see my articles Are Globalists Evil Or Just Misunderstood and Globalists Are Now Openly Demanding New World Order Centralization.

    In order to elicit this kind of thinking from the public, crisis events are required that will cause many human beings to act, for the most part, like rabid animals. How would this be accomplished? Well, what does history tell us about that which inspires people to sometimes sacrifice their moral code or to bow down to tyrants? Usually a loss of necessities is required — including a lack of employment, lack of production, lack of serviceable shelter, lack of ample food and clean water, lack of medical care, lack of overall security and a sense of safety, etc.

    The question often arises: “Why would the elites need to create crisis at all; don’t they already have control of the world?”

    The answer is no, not yet they don’t, and if you read my recent article The Reasons Why The Globalists Are Destined To Lose, you can see why they never will have total control. That said, just because the globalist plan for complete centralization is doomed to fail does not mean they will not do everything in their power to make the attempt.

    Changes in mass psychology that might take decades to achieve can be accomplished in only a few short years if the public is placed under the right amount of duress. I find that younger people (and isolated people who spend all their time on the web) in particular just don’t understand how this works. Look at it this way; you may not think crisis would be all that useful in pushing the globalist agenda forward until you find your family threatened, your children at risk or your parents in dire need. Fear of losing those we love can open the door to great collective evils, even more so than the fear of harm to ourselves.

    Those who have no concept of self defense or the will to prepare and fight are the easiest to manipulate in this way. Pacifists are an effortless meal for dedicated despots.  Hell, for some folks the simple threat of losing day-to-day comforts can cause them to make terrible choices and support destructive leaders and policies.

    Chaos is NOT the end game, it is only a tool by which the elites gain psychological leverage over the masses so that people willingly give up their rights to self determination and hand more power to the establishment.

    A perfect example would be the recent Brexit referendum, the effects of which have not even begun to rise to the economic surface yet. In light of this event, numerous political puppets and banking moguls have declared an outright need for financial centralization of all nations in order to avoid a calamity.

    Investors have been lured into a false sense of safety as equities do not yet reflect the fiscal downturn taking place in every other sector of the global economy, but time grows short nonetheless. The political can negatively affect the financial and vice versa.  Here are just a few of the latest trigger events that are piling up atop an already precarious year…

    Italian Banking Crisis

    Globalists continue to warn that the effects of the Brexit are coming soon, and that they will bring frightening instability. The latest warning comes again from the IMF, which argues that in the wake of the Brexit a banking crisis in Italy is now imminent and will initiate a “global contagion” in markets. The IMF is not wrong – probably because it had a hand in creating the crisis in the first place.

     

    Italy is the third largest economy in the EU. Current estimates project at least $400 billion in toxic debts tied to Italy’s insolvent banks (this obviously does not include the bulk of derivatives). The stock of Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena (MPS), the world’s oldest bank and Italy’s most vulnerable lender, has dropped by a staggering 43 percent. Most of the EU is inexorably chained to Italian finance through various debt obligations, bond holdings, long term investments, etc. A breakdown in Italy would indeed be a “Lehman moment” for Europe.

     

    In response, the Italian government and the Italian banking sector is seeking taxpayer bailouts from the EU under extraneous circumstances, but EU officials are questioning whether or not this is even legal under EU charter.

     

    They are also hoping that international banks like JP Morgan will successfully form a bailout response for distressed Italian assets and save Italian banks from a hard landing.

     

    It is doubtful that any bailout plan will be enough to stall the shock wave from an Italian bank crisis. I do not believe the elites even intend to defuse such a crisis. With Italy’s own constitutional referendum coming this fall, a political shakeup may result. If a banking disaster is mixed into this shift, the potential for Italy to exit the EU becomes more plausible. A refusal by the EU to save Italian banks would seal the deal.

     

    In my pre-Brexit articles outlining why I believed the Brexit vote would pass, I predicted that numerous instabilities in the global economy would be allowed to turn volatile and that the Brexit would be blamed for nearly all of them. Not surprisingly, the Italian finance minister is already placing the blame for Italy's impending bank implosion on the Brexit vote.

     

    This is the economic event that no one in the mainstream is paying much attention to. Again, as long as stocks remain in the green, the mainstream is oblivious to the underlying dangers. By the time equities begin to plummet, it will be too late for most people to do much to hedge their bets or prepare.

     

    "Failed" Coup In Turkey

    Maybe you thought 2016 was already getting weird, but this ugly party is just beginning. In what amounted to a half-day coup against Turkish president Recep Erdogen, Turkey went from corrupt cronyism to outright fascism overnight.

     

    I am not so sure that this short lived coup actually "failed"; in fact, I think it achieved exactly what it was supposed to achieve.  I am not surprised in the slightest that some believe that Erdogen fabricated the entire conflict in order to provide an excuse to root out his political opponents. The Turkish government has targeted at least 50,000 people so far, including judges, teachers, and political opposition, all in the name of combating "treason". Erdogen has been sliding into ruin for years with failed policies and an increasing penchant for human rights and free speech violations and now he has free reign to go full totalitarian.

     

    That said, I think the claims of an Erdogen false flag are missing the bigger picture.

     

    First, the coup was clearly staged. Anyone who knows anything about successful coups in history knows that you either imprison or kill the existing leadership of a government before you try to take it over militarily. Reports indicate that military insurgents had Erdogen’s plane in their sights and could have easily turned him into a cloud of flaming vapor, but for some reason did not fire.

     

    My instincts told me upon first hearing of the fleeting momentum of the coup that the whole event was not really about Erdogen. Rather, the event was about NATO, or a rationale for dividing NATO and weakening the West. Rather predictably, Erdogen’s government is now blaming the U.S. in particular for the coup attempt, as the Obama administration and the U.N. warn of civil rights violations by Erdogen.  John Kerry has openly suggested removing Turkey from NATO membership.

     

    At this time, Erdogen has allowed U.S. military operations at Incirlik Air Base to continue, but the prospect remains that this is a temporary condition.

     

    It is interesting that as the situation develops it is becoming obvious that whether the coup succeeded or failed the end result would be a rationalization for Turkey to break ranks with NATO and, in particular, America.  Turkey is a vital pivot point for NATO in dealing with the Middle East and Russia. To lose Turkish aid would mean a considerable weakening of NATO operations and open a path to more volatile confrontation between Eastern and Western powers.  Take note that no matter the ultimate outcome of the coup fiasco, the most probable result will be a Turkish break from the West.  If the latest coup is exposed as an Erdogen "false flag", this process will progress very quickly.

     

    I will be watching this situation carefully over the next few weeks, but I suspect that tensions between Erdogen and the U.S. are slated to expand and that Erdogen is about to go full-despot with human rights violations of the worst kind. I also suspect that Erdogen will begin drafting proposals for greater cooperation with Russia in the near term.

     

    The instability in Turkey is an advantage for the globalists. They can use it to undermine NATO operations if they wish. They can flood the EU with even MORE refugees and blame Turkey in the process. They can even help their Frankenstein monster, ISIS, by allowing Turkey to shut down U.S. operations out of Incirlik (as if the U.S. government had any intention of actually stopping ISIS anyway). This could be used as an impetus for a resurgence of ISIS activities.

     

    To summarize, a crisis in Turkey is not only good for Erdogen, it is also good for the globalists. Watch for this trigger event to continue mutating.

     

    Race War In The U.S.

    I have covered extensively the efforts by globalists, and George Soros specifically, to create open wounds in the American social structure and divide the public along racial lines. This has been done by promoting, and in some cases funding, operations of social justice groups (cultural Marxists) and black racist organizations. Black Lives Matter has so far been the vehicle Soros has used to lure useful idiots into championing a race war that has no basis in reality.

     

    While there is in fact a legitimate cause for concern over the militarization of state police, police abuses are in no way limited to any single race. I wrote about the best possible solution to constitutional violations by police organizations in my article The ‘Thin Blue Line’ Serves No Purpose. In it, I outlined why state police, funded by federal cash, should not exist all and that their duties should be by taken over by elected sheriff’s offices and neighborhood watches. This removes the gasoline from the fire and undermines attempts by cultural Marxists to incite race violence.

     

    Of course, this will never happen. Both Republicans and Democrats are calling for even MORE federalization of police in response to the continued shootings of random LEO’s by black activists. The Democrats want more federalization because they think it will reign in violent cops. The Republicans want more federalization because they think it will reign in violent BLM activists. Notice that no other solution is being offered other than more federal presence on American streets.

     

    Keep in mind that the shooting of random police officers is becoming an active trend and it is only going to get worse as we close in on the November elections. Watch for officers to be killed not only while on duty, but also while off duty, perhaps even in their homes.

     

    The goal here is to create an excuse for martial law without necessarily declaring martial law outright. That is to say, the government will enact the conditions of martial law incrementally. This will likely include anonymity of LEO identities — meaning ski masks, hidden badge numbers and zero public accountability, all in the name of “protecting police lives.” Groups like BLM and the social justice cultists that exploit them as a weapon are not a real threat to the public overall and could be crushed in an instant by an angry white majority and militarized police unrestrained by the constitution. But this is not the point.

     

    The militarization and federalization of the police will end in totalitarianism in the U.S. if it receives wide support by conservatives, or widespread civil war if it does not. Police need to refuse to act in an unconstitutional manner even in the face of violence directed against them, otherwise, they risk starting a fight with liberty groups as well. Black Lives Matter would be the least of their worries at that point.

     

    Quick Mention – 28 Page 9/11 Report Release: If you want my in-depth look at the growing rift between Saudi Arabia and the U.S., read my article 'One More Casualty Of The 9/11 Farce – The Petrodollar'.  I am giving this a quick mention because we have yet to hear the full Saudi response to the release of this report.  The original threat was that they would dump their U.S. treasury holdings and depeg their currency from the dollar.  This would officially end the petro-status of the dollar and eventually end the dollar's world reserve status as well.  I believe that if the Saudi's do take this action, they will do it quietly before bond markets and oil markets realize what is happening.  It is likely that a Saudi break from the U.S. will occur quickly in the event of a Trump presidency.

     

    Quick Mention – South China Sea Build Up: A prelude to WWIII?  Maybe, maybe not.  China and the U.S. have been sparring politically over the South China Sea for some time.   An international ruling has argued that China has no legitimate claims to the waters nor any territorial history.  This has led to greater tensions.  The latest build up of naval units in the region is concerning, but there has not yet been a true catalyst to instigate a war.  This is another scenario which may not materialize until next year, if it materializes at all.

    The overall purpose of these events, I believe, is first to conjure mass confusion. The globalists are turning up the heat on the citizenry much faster than ever before, and it is time to take stock of our position and response. The best defense, as I have always stated, is personal preparedness and self sufficiency, organization with friends and family, then organization of the like-minded within your neighborhood and if possible your town. Most people are self-isolated and thus weak in their defensive position. Anyone effectively organized will have far reaching advantages in the midst of social breakdown. Anyone who is organized with solid planning will become the point to which everyone else gravitates. You can either be a pillar of strength or a victim, it is your choice.

    Rest assured, there is more shock and awe to come in 2016. Now is the time to prepare if you have not done so already.

  • How Much Space Does $1,500 Rent You In America's Most Populous Cities?

    While location, location, location is something that is empasized a lot, the best places often come with compromises that are hard to come to terms with – chief among which, the financial matters. Across the 30 most populous US cities, the following chart from CafeRent.com shows how much bang you get for your buck…

    (click image for interactive version)

     

    For the record, the proportions in this infographic are correct – if San Diego seems twice as large as San Francisco, it’s because its average price per square foot is half that of the Golden Gate City. And in case you were wondering: yes, the hypothetical Manhattan studio that you’d get for $1,500/month, fits loosely inside the living room of a four-bed, three-bath Memphis home you could rent for the same amount of cash:

    In Boston’s 41 Saratoga community, one could rent a 386-square-foot studio unit for that price, and for an extra $100, that space could “grow” to 513 square feet. Although the apartments seem to lack bedroom furniture, they are brand new, featuring open floor plans with hardwood flooring, granite countertops and stainless steel appliances.

    In the right column, Southport Crossing in Indianapolis offers three-bed townhome layouts with 2.5 baths in a broad price range topping out at a little over $1,600. The amenities here include a resort-style swimming pool as part of the common space, and individual units come with up to 400 square feet of enclosed patio area.

    Read more here at RentCafe.com…

  • "My Own People Hate Me!" – Black Brooklyn Cop Slams "False Narrative Of Black Lives Matter"

    Authored by Brooklyn, NY police officer Jay Stalien (via Facebook),

    I have come to realize something that is still hard for me to understand to this day. The following may be a shock to some coming from an African American, but the mere fact that it may be shocking to some is prima facie evidence of the sad state of affairs that we are in as Humans.

    I used to be so torn inside growing up. Here I am, a young African-American born and raised in Brooklyn, NY wanting to be a cop. I watched and lived through the crime that took place in the hood. My own black people killing others over nothing. Crack heads and heroin addicts lined the lobby of my building as I shuffled around them to make my way to our 1 bedroom apartment with 6 of us living inside. I used to be woken up in the middle of the night by the sound of gun fire, only to look outside and see that it was 2 African Americans shooting at each other.

    It never sat right with me. I wanted to help my community and stop watching the blood of African Americans spilled on the street at the hands of a fellow black man. I became a cop because black lives in my community, along with ALL lives, mattered to me, and wanted to help stop the bloodshed.

    As time went by in my law enforcement career, I quickly began to realize something. I remember the countless times I stood 2 inches from a young black man, around my age, laying on his back, gasping for air as blood filled his lungs. I remember them bleeding profusely with the unforgettable smell of deoxygenated dark red blood in the air, as it leaked from the bullet holes in his body on to the hot sidewalk on a summer day. I remember the countless family members who attacked me, spit on me, cursed me out, as I put up crime scene tape to cordon off the crime scene, yelling and screaming out of pain and anger at the sight of their loved ones taking their last breath. I never took it personally, I knew they were hurting. I remember the countless times I had to order new uniforms, because the ones I had on, were bloody from the blood of another black victim…of black on black crime. I remember the countless times I got back in my patrol car, distraught after having watched another black male die in front me, having to start my preliminary report something like this:

    Suspect- Black/ Male, Victim-Black /Male.

    I remember the countless times I canvassed the area afterwards, and asked everyone “did you see who did it”, and the popular response from the very same family members was always, “Fuck the Police, I ain't no snitch, Im gonna take care of this myself". This happened every single time, every single homicide, black on black, and then my realization became clearer.

    I woke up every morning, put my freshly pressed uniform on, shined my badge, functioned checked my weapon, kissed my wife and kid, and waited for my wife to say the same thing she always does before I leave, “Make sure you come back home to us”. I always replied, “I will”, but the truth was I was never sure if I would. I almost lost my life on this job, and every call, every stop, every moment that I had this uniform on, was another possibility for me to almost lose my life again. I was a target in the very community I swore to protect, the very community I wanted to help. As a matter of fact, they hated my very presence. They called me “Uncle Tom”, and “wanna be white boy”, and I couldn’t understand why. My own fellow black men and women attacking me, wishing for my death, wishing for the death of my family. I was so confused, so torn, I couldn’t understand why my own black people would turn against me, when every time they called …I was there. Every time someone died….I was there. Every time they were going through one of the worst moments in their lives…I was there. So why was I the enemy? I dove deep into that question…Why was I the enemy? Then my realization became clearer.

    I spoke to members of the community and listened to some of the complaints as to why they hated cops. I then did research on the facts. I also presented facts to these members of the community, and listened to their complaints in response. This is what I learned:

    Complaint: Police always targeting us, they always messing with the black man.

     

    Fact: A city where the majority of citizens are black (Baltimore for example) …will ALWAYS have a higher rate of black people getting arrested, it will ALWAYS have a higher rate of blacks getting stopped, and will ALWAYS have a higher rate of blacks getting killed, and the reason why is because a city with those characteristics will ALWAYS have a higher rate of blacks committing crime. The statistics will follow the same trend for Asians if you go to China, for Hispanics if you go to Puerto Rico, for whites if you go to Russia, and the list goes on. It’s called Demographics

     

    Complaint: More black people get arrested than white boys.

     

    Fact: Black People commit a grossly disproportionate amount of crime. Data from the FBI shows that Nationwide, Blacks committed 5,173 homicides in 2014, whites committed 4,367. Chicago’s death toll is almost equal to that of both wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, combined. Chicago’s death toll from 2001–November, 26 2015 stands at 7,401. The combined total deaths during Operation Iraqi Freedom (2003-2015: 4,815) and Operation Enduring Freedom/Afghanistan (2001-2015: 3,506), total 8,321.

     

    Complaint: Blacks are the only ones getting killed by police, or they are killed more.

     

    Fact: As of July 2016, the breakdown of the number of US Citizens killed by Police this year is, 238 White people killed, 123 Black people killed, 79 Hispanics, 69 other/or unknown race.

     

    Complaint: Well we already doing a good job of killing ourselves, we don’t need the Police to do it. Besides they should know better.

     

    Fact: Black people kill more other blacks than Police do, and there are only protest and outrage when a cop kills a black man. University of Toledo criminologist Dr. Richard R. Johnson examined the latest crime data from the FBI’s Supplementary Homicide Reports and Centers for Disease Control and found that an average of 4,472 black men were killed by other black men annually between Jan. 1, 2009, and Dec. 31, 2012. Professor Johnson’s research further concluded that 112 black men died from both justified and unjustified police-involved killings annually during this same period.

    The more I listened, the more I realized. The more I researched, the more I realized. I would ask questions, and would only get emotional responses & inferences based on no facts at all. The more killing I saw, the more tragedy, the more savagery, the more violence, the more loss of life of a black man at the hands of another black man….the more I realized.

    I haven’t slept well in the past few nights. Heartbreak weighs me down, rage flows through my veins, and tears fills my eyes. I watched my fellow officers assassinated on live television, and the images of them laying on the ground are seared into my brain forever. I couldn’t help but wonder if it had been me, a black man, a black cop, on TV, assassinated, laying on the ground dead… would my friends and family still think black lives mattered? Would my life have mattered? Would they make t-shirts in remembrance of me? Would they go on tv and protest violence? Would they even make a Facebook post, or share a post in reference to my death?

    All of my realizations came to this conclusion.

    Black Lives do not matter to most black people. Only the lives that make the national news matter to them. Only the lives that are taken at the hands of cops or white people, matter. The other thousands of lives lost, the other black souls that I along with every cop, have seen taken at the hands of other blacks, do not matter. Their deaths are unnoticed, accepted as the “norm”, and swept underneath the rug by the very people who claim and post “black lives matter”.

     

    I realized that this country is full of ignorance, where an educated individual will watch the ratings-driven news media, and watch a couple YouTube video clips, and then come to the conclusion that they have all the knowledge they need to have in order to know what it feels like to have a bullet proof vest as part of your office equipment, “Stay Alive” as part of your daily to do list, and having insurance for your health insurance because of the high rate of death in your profession. They watch a couple videos and then they magically know in 2 minutes 35 seconds, how you are supposed to handle a violent encounter, which took you 6 months of Academy training, 2 – 3 months of field training, and countless years of blood, sweat, tears and broken bones experiencing violent encounters and fine tuning your execution of the Use of Force Continuum.

     

    I realized that there are even cops, COPS, duly sworn law enforcement officers, who are supposed to be decent investigators, who will publicly go on the media and call other white cops racist and KKK, based on a video clip that they watched thousands of miles away, which was filmed after the fact, based on a case where the details aren’t even known yet and the investigation hasn’t even begun.

     

    I realized that most in the African American community refuse to look at solving the bigger problem that I see and deal with every day, which is black on black crime taking hundreds of innocent black lives each year, and instead focus on the 9 questionable deaths of black men, where some were in the act of committing crimes.

     

    I realized that they value the life of a Sex Offender and Convicted Felon, [who was in the act of committing multiple felonies: felon in possession of a firearm-FELONY, brandishing and threatening a homeless man with a gun-Aggravated Assault in Florida: FELONY, who resisted officers who first tried to taze him, and WAS NOT RESTRAINED, who can be clearly seen in one of the videos raising his right shoulder, then shooting it down towards the right side of his body exactly where the firearm was located and recovered] more than the lives of the innocent cops who were assassinated in Dallas protecting the very people that hated them the most.

     

    I realized that they refuse to believe that most cops acknowledge that there are Bad cops who should have never been given a badge & gun, who are chicken shit and will shoot a cockroach if it crawls at them too fast, who never worked in the hood and may be intimidated. That most cops dread the thought of having to shoot someone, and never see the turmoil and mental anguish that a cop goes through after having to kill someone to save his own life. Instead they believe that we are all blood thirsty killers, because the media says so, even though the numbers prove otherwise.

     

    I realize that they truly feel as if the death of cops will help people realize the false narrative that Black Lives Matter, when all it will do is take their movement two steps backwards and label them domestic terrorist.

     

    I realized that some of these people, who say Black Lives Matter, are full of hate and racism. Hate for cops, because of the false narrative that more black people are targeted and killed. Racism against white people, for a tragedy that began 100’s of years ago, when most of the white people today weren’t even born yet.

     

    I realized that some in the African American community’s idea of “Justice” is the prosecution of ANY and EVERY cop or white man that kills or is believed to have killed a black man, no matter what the circumstances are.

     

    I realized the African American community refuses to look within to solve its major issues, and instead makes excuses and looks outside for solutions. I realized that a lot of people in the African American community lead with hate, instead of love. Division instead of Unity. Turmoil and rioting, instead of Peace.

     

    I realized that they have become the very entity that they claim they are fighting against.

    And ultimately, I realized that the very reasons I became a cop, are the very reasons my own people hate me, and now in this toxic hateful racially charged political climate, I am now more likely to die… and it is still hard for me to understand… to this day.

  • Visualizing The Volatile History Of Crude Oil Markets

    Crude oil is the world’s most actively traded commodity (and today’s chaos evidenced that perfectly), and oil-related markets are a staple for traders, hedgers, investors around the globe. The below infographic, put together by Aspect, covers the history of crude oil trading, while also highlighting the major events that have shaped the landscape of the oil market as we know it today.

    As VisualCapitalist’s Jeff Desjardins points out, the infographic serves as the perfect primer for all the questions about oil that you had, yet were afraid to ask. It also illustrates the impact that unexpected geopolitical events can have on the oil price – and how this volatility can be contagious to other global markets.

    Courtesy of: Visual Capitalist

  • George Soros Doubles Down: Accept 300k Refugees Costing $30Bn, Or Risk EU Collapse

    Seemingly doubling down on his comments in April (following what he called Europe's "flawed asylum policy"), George Soros has expanded his demands from four to seven fundamental pillars on how to prevent the collapse of the European Union. In an article penned for Foreign Policy titled “This Is Europe’s Last Chance to Fix Its Refugee Policy," Soros details his plan (over-riding the current "piecemeal approach") for rescuing Europe before it is too late. Simply put, the billionaire says the EU must take in hundreds of thousands of refugees a year, spend at least 30 billion euros (a minor sum, since he believes it can all be financed by debt and taxes) or Europe faces an "existential threat."

    Soros begins ominously: The EU’s piecemeal solutions are coming apart. Only a surge of financial and political creativity can avoid a catastrophe.

    The refugee crisis was already leading to the slow disintegration of the European Union. Then, on June 23, it contributed to an even greater calamity — Brexit. Both of these crises have reinforced xenophobic, nationalist movements across the continent. They will try to win a series of key votes in the coming year — including national elections in France, the Netherlands, and Germany in 2017, a referendum in Hungary on EU refugee policy on Oct. 2, a rerun of the Austrian presidential election on the same day, and a constitutional referendum in Italy in October or November of this year.

     

    Rather than uniting to resist this threat, EU member states have become increasingly unwilling to cooperate with one another. They pursue self-serving, discordant migration policies, often to the detriment of their neighbors. In these circumstances, a comprehensive and coherent European asylum policy is not possible in the short term, despite the efforts of the EU’s governing body, the European Commission. The trust needed for cooperation is lacking. It will have to be rebuilt through a long and laborious process.

     

    This is unfortunate, because a comprehensive policy ought to remain the highest priority for European leaders; the union cannot survive without it. The refugee crisis is not a one-off event; it augurs a period of higher migration pressures for the foreseeable future, due to a variety of causes including demographic and economic imbalances between Europe and Africa, unending conflicts in the broader region, and climate change. Beggar-thy-neighbor migration policies, such as building border fences, will not only further fragment the union; they also seriously damage European economies and subvert global human rights standards.

     

    What would a comprehensive approach look like? It would establish a guaranteed target of at least 300,000 refugees each year who would be securely resettled directly to Europe from the Middle East — a total that hopefully would be matched by countries elsewhere in the world. That target should be large enough to persuade genuine asylum-seekers not to risk their lives by crossing the Mediterranean Sea, especially if reaching Europe by irregular means would disqualify them from being considered genuine asylum-seekers.

     

    This could serve as the basis for Europe to provide sufficient funds for major refugee-hosting countries outside Europe and establish processing centers in those countries; create a potent EU border and coast guard; set common standards for processing and integrating asylum-seekers (and for returning those who do not qualify); and renegotiate the Dublin III Regulation in order to more fairly share the asylum burden across the EU.

    And, as ValueWalk's Jacob Wolinksy notes, specifically Soros thinks the seven points below are key…

    First, the EU and the rest of the world must take in a substantial number of refugees directly from front-line countries in a secure and orderly manner, which would be far more acceptable to the public than the current disorder…

     

    Second, the EU must regain control of its borders. There is little that alienates and scares publics more than scenes of chaos…

     

    Third, the EU needs to develop financial tools that can provide sufficient funds for the long-term challenges it faces and not limp from episode to episode…

     

    Fourth, the crisis must be used to build common European mechanisms for protecting borders, determining asylum claims, and relocating refugees…

     

    Fifth, once refugees have been recognized, there needs to be a mechanism for relocating them within Europe in an agreed way

     

    Sixth, the European Union, together with the international community, must support foreign refugee-hosting countries far more generously than it currently does

     

    The seventh and final pillar is that, given its aging population, Europe must eventually create an environment in which economic migration is welcome.

    Soros concludes as follows:

    The benefits brought by migration far outweigh the costs of integrating immigrants. Skilled economic immigrants improve productivity, generate growth, and raise the absorptive capacity of the recipient country. Different populations bring different skills, but the contributions come as much from the innovations they introduce as from their specific skills — in both their countries of origin and their countries of destination. There is plenty of anecdotal evidence for this, starting with the Huguenots’ contribution to the first industrial revolution by bringing both weaving and banking to England. All the evidence supports the conclusion that migrants have a high potential to contribute to innovation and development if they are given a chance to do so.

     

    Pursuing these seven principles is essential in order to calm public fears, reduce chaotic flows of asylum-seekers, ensure that newcomers are fully integrated, establish mutually beneficial relations with countries in the Middle East and Africa, and meet Europe’s international humanitarian obligations.

     

    The refugee crisis is not the only crisis Europe has to face, but it is the most pressing. And if significant progress could be made on the refugee issue, it would make the other issues — from the continuing Greek debt crisis to the fallout from Brexit to the challenge posed by Russia — easier to tackle. All the pieces need to fit together, and the chances of success remain slim. But as long as there is a strategy that might succeed, all the people who want the European Union to survive should rally behind it.

    Interestingly, Soros goes back hundreds of years to give us the examples Huguenots and not fifty years to when France starting letting in migrants from Algeria and Morocco – so far the much recent plan has been a failure most would agree even before the recent terror attack in Nice. While hope continues to spring eternal (for many establishmentarians) that the EU stays together, we can't help but suspect that spending 30 billion euros a year (funded by taxing or indebting EU citizens more) and letting in 'even' 300,000 refugees a year when the social fabric of the looming super-state is near collapse, terrorist attacks are increasing, and unemployment in many European countries is in double digits – will likely be a non-starter.

    Soros' full treatise can be found here…

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 20th July 2016

  • Austria Presidential Election Take II: Nice, Turkey Should Help Anti-Immigration Hofer On October 2

    Submitted by Michael Shedlock via MishTalk.com,

    Austria presidential election take II is coming up on October 2.

    It’s a rematch of the May 22 runoff that pitted anti-immigration candidate Norbert Hofer of the FPÖ party against Alexander Van der Bellen of the Greens.

    In Austria, the top two candidates go to round two of the elections if no one wins a clear majority in round one.

    Round two of the election was the first since World War II in which both the center-right and center-left candidates were knocked out in the first round.

    Hofer vs. Van der Bellen Replay

    Austria Election2

    Election evening, Hofer appeared to have won the election, but after mail-in votes were counted the next day, Van der Bellen was declared the winner.

    On 1 July, the results of the second round of voting were annulled after the Constitutional Court of Austria found that electoral rules (as stipulated in federal election law) had been disregarded in 14 out of 20 contested administrative districts (from a total of 117), resulting in over 77,900 absentee votes being improperly counted, however without any indication of votes having been fraudulently manipulated.

    Events Favor Hofer

    Events in Nice and Turkey should help anti-immigration candidate Norbert Hofer. If so, the election will be another hair-raising event for Brussels.

    The role of president is largely symbolic, with real power being held by the chancellor. However, the president can call for new national elections and it’s possible Hofer would do just that.

  • If Trump Tries To Remove ISIS, Will He Be Removed?

    Via The Daily Bell,

    Donald Trump accused his Democratic rival Hillary Clinton of enabling Islamic State’s emergence with “her stupid policies” in a joint interview with running mate Gov. Mike Pence, while pledging to “declare a war” on the terror group. “Hillary Clinton invented ISIS with her stupid policies. She is responsible for ISIS,” Trump said launching a scathing attack on Clinton’s legacy as US Secretary of State while speaking to CBS’s “60 Minutes” show host Lesley Stahl in an interview aired on Sunday.  -RT

    Saying that Hillary Clinton enabled ISIS, is an almost incomprehensible statement.

    Doesn’t Donald Trump realize that Hillary is not alone?

    She represents the most massive military and monetary forces available on this planet.

    Does he not realize they can crush him?

    Is he somehow doing their bidding?

    We know what to think of Hillary based on her associates and history. As we wrote here, she represents corporatism and militarism – the coming technocracy, in other words.

    We are less certain about Trump.

    He may have decided to run for president on his own and thus opened up possibilities for personal and political manipulation.

    But when Trump speaks bluntly about Hillary’s role in creating ISIS, he is basically making statements rarely heard in large – mainstream – venues before.

    Mitt Romney never said anything like this.

    GOP leaders, despite their supposed antagonism to Democrats, have never made such statements.

    Many GOP-ers are pro-war. Any war. Just like Hillary.

    Congressman Ron Paul was anti-war, and as a result he was eventually marginalized as a presidential candidate.

    Some of Trump’s statements have Ron Paul-like resonances.

    True, in this interview he said he would “declare a full-blown war on the group.” On the other hand, he clarified his statement.

    “I am going to have very few troops on the ground. We’re going to have unbelievable intelligence, which we need; which, right now, we don’t have,” he said.

    Trump also said negative things about NATO, as he has in the past, stating that the organization had an overly prominent role in the “war on terror” and that other nations should do more.

    If Trump really does try to wipe ISIS out – or drastically reduce the power of NATO – will he be risking his own health and well-being?

    The US is run by corporatist and military entities. Will they hesitate to intimidate or remove Trump if he tries to end ISIS?

    Western war-interests always need an enemy after all.

    When Russia began to bomb ISIS, its officials said that the Pentagon had been lying about its attacks on ISIS. Officials maintained that the US bombing was really aimed at Syrian infrastructure and thus at destroying the current regime rather than terrorist groups.

    Russian officials also said there were no moderate “terrorists” in Syria and that the Pentagon had just made it up to justify a lack of aggression in certain areas.

    This is certainly possible. After all, from what we can tell,  ISIS (and Al Qaeda before it) were essentially CIA inventions, created with the help of others: London’s City, Israel and Saudi Arabia, etc.

    At the center of the current horrible Islamic extremism is Wahhabism, jointly advanced by the US and Saudi Arabia.

    We’ve written about that here: The Internet Just Debunked the NY Post’s War on Terror.

    You can see another article here: Globalists Created Wahhabi Terrorism to Destroy Islam and Justify a Global State. We don’t endorse the article but find it interesting.

    Trump is currently attacking the West’s modern foundation. It is a combination of technocracy and authoritarianism and enormously profitable for those in control.

    Conclusion: In blaming Hillary, Trump did not fully explain how ISIS came to be. But by blaming her (when coupled with his other statements) he is opening up a “Pandora’s box” of issues relating to Western warfare. This is dangerous to those who stand behind “endless wars for endless peace.” It might be dangerous to Donald, too, if he pursues the issue to its logical conclusion.

  • 'Pokemon Go' Bubble Bursts: Nintendo Tumbles As Indonesia Issues "National Security Threat"

    Indonesian officials have warned that 'Pokemon Go' is a "national security threat," and military headquarters have banned personnel from playing the game while on duty, according to Jakarta Post. It appears the 'Pokemon Go' bubble is bursting, after surging 120% in 8 days, Nintendo is down over 12% today (as the bubble passes over to McDonalds Japan, which is up 12%, after reports of sponsoring 'Pokemon Go' in Japan).

    As Bloomberg reports,

    Indonesian Military headquarter has banned personnel from playing ‘Pokemon Go’ game while on duty, Jakarta Post reports, citing spokesman for Indonesian Armed Force, or TNI, Tatang Sulaiman.

     

    TNI says cautious as app could encourage gamers to go to restricted military facilities, record activities and post details online.

    And the bubble is bursting… tumbling 12% after doubling in 8 days…

    As UBS warns the rally is "hard to explain"…

    Nintendo’s market cap. expansion to more than 2t yen is “hard to explain” even when “substantial” billing rev. and reasonable vol. for Nintendo Plus is factored in, writes UBS analyst Sumito Takeda (sell) in note earlier.

     

    Estimates Pokémon Go Plus toy may generate direct earnings when released in future.

     

    Some expectations Nintendo may shift from hardware to software after seeing other cos. are using Nintendo IP to create popular games; believes co. should continue to invest in hardware.

     

    Maintains sell rating, 12-month price target 15,000 yen.

    But McDonalds Japan is surging…

    This follows reports from The Wall Street Journal that the company will be a sponsor of Pokemon Go in Japan, participating in the game’s release in the country and making its restaurants key locations for game players.
     

  • Terrorism Death Count Since 2015: The West 658 – 28,031 The Rest Of The World

    And the 'winner' is…

    Since the beginning of 2015, the Middle East, Africa and Asia have seen nearly 50 times more deaths from terrorism than Europe and the Americas.

    As The Washington Post reports, The Middle East and northern Africa account for over two-thirds of terrorism deaths since January 2015, with multiple attacks occurring daily, each claiming on average at least a dozen lives.

    Outside large attacks in France and Belgium, attacks in eastern Ukraine account for most terrorism casualties in Europe, according to Jane’s Terrorism and Insurgency Center. In the Americas, recent Islamic-State-inspired mass shootings make up the lion’s share of the terrorism-related deaths. Aside from that, a few scattered attacks from guerrilla groups in Colombia and Peru and some scattered violence in the Caribbean caused a handful of deaths.

    Simply put, the death tolls of attacks in Western countries pale in comparison to daily attacks in other parts of the world.

    Read more here…

  • Who Really Won The Oil Price War?

    Authored by Global Risk Insights via OilPrice.com,

    The rise in oil prices over the past six months has come as a blessing for the battered U.S. shale producers. Oil prices have risen more than 50 percent since January, giving a glimmer of hope to the U.S. oil industry that the worst of the oil crisis might finally be behind them. Moreover, it forced the shale producers to adapt by reducing production costs and increasing efficiency.

    According to data publicized by Reuters, the decline rates of oil wells in the most productive fields in the U.S. – the Permian and Bakken Basins – were almost halved over the past several years. In practice, this means that shale people will get more bang for their buck; due to slower decline of the wells, they will have to drill fewer new wells to sustain output and therefore lower their capital demands.

    After months of consecutive falls, the number of rigs has been increasing since May and companies expect additional growth if oil prices remain at $50 levels. In addition, Norwegian energy consultancy Rystad Energy’s newest estimates reveal that the U.S. holds more recoverable oil reserves than Russia or Saudi Arabia. More than 50 percent of reserves belong to unconventional shale oil.

    Low oil price has been both a blessing and a curse for the shale industry

    The key for the survival of the U.S. shale industry currently lies in its ability to raise money to finance its renewed activity. One of the shale’s weak spots was always its dependency on capital inflow and high level of debt. In the world of high oil prices and lax capital markets this did not matter so much. However, since the oil price crashed two years ago, financing has become the industry’s central problem. Bond sales of U.S. independent energy companies is currently at its lowest level in more than a decade, and the markets are still not convinced enough to devote fresh capital to new energy projects, despite the brighter outlook that came with higher prices of oil.

    A breath of fresh air could come from another side though. After the slump in prices, many oil giants such as Exxon and Chevron mothballed expensive offshore and Arctic projects and turned their attention towards cheaper and more feasible shale projects in the United States.

    No clear winner of the oil price war

    So who has won in this war of oil giants after all? It is probably a tie.

    Although the Saudis caused damage to the U.S. shale, they also hit to global oil industry hard, while they managed to preserve their market share, they paid a heavy price in terms of oil revenues. The real question however, is not whether the House of Saud is able to keep oil prices (and consequently U.S. shale production) subdued for a prolonged period of time, but how long they can do it without endangering fiscal and social stability of the Desert Kingdom and other OPEC members. Despite its ambitious Vision 2030 programme, Saudi Arabia will stay dependent on oil income to subsidize its social programmes for many years to come. Achieving restructuring at $50-60 price levels without swift and potentially painful reforms would prove a real challenge to the Saudi regime.

    On the other hand, Riyadh has done a huge favor to the U.S. shale industry by forcing it to adapt and change its business philosophy. OPEC will remain an important, and hopefully responsible, factor in oil markets, but it will have to accept the fact that the circumstances have changed over the past five years. Both the ascent of shale oil, and initiatives to reduce global carbon footprint will impose an enormous strain on the Cartel and its members, which are still a long way from having diversified economies.

  • Obama Administration Explains Its Own "Plagiarism" Was Merely "Inspiration"

    With the 'p' word being lobbed around by Republican and Democrat today as Melania and Michelle battled to the death over who is the plagiarizer-est, we are reminded that it wasn't too long ago that the media turned a blind eye when President Barack Obama was busted plagiarizing from Deval Patrick… and today The White House press secretary explained "Obama didn't plagiarize… he was 'inspired by'" the former Massachusetts Governor.

    As Fox News' Hannity reminds

    In 2008, then-candidate Obama was found to have plagiarized the speeches of former Massachusetts Governor Deval Patrick on a number of occasions.

    "I am not asking anyone to take a chance on me, I'm asking you to take a chance on your own aspirations," Patrick said in a speech delivered in June of 2006. Obama repeated the line verbatim in a speech in South Carolina in November of 2007.

     

    In addition, Obama's famous refrain of "just words" in a 2008 speech was lifted directly from a speech Governor Patrick delivered in October of 2006.

    When the Clinton campaign cried foul, The New York Times reported:

    With the next round of voters set to weigh in on the Democratic presidential race, Senator Hillary Rodham Clinton’s campaign on Monday accused Senator Barack Obama of committing plagiarism in a weekend speech. Mr. Obama dismissed the charge as absurd and desperate.

    Mr. Obama told reporters he should have credited Gov. Deval Patrick of Massachusetts, a friend, for a passage in a speech he delivered on Saturday in Milwaukee. But Mr. Obama said his rival was "carrying it too far."

    While the Obama campaign might have been dismissive of the charges, the video evidence made it absolutely clear that the then-Illinois Senator did indeed lift passages directly from Governor Patrick. Take a look for yourself:

    Perhaps the left should heed the advice that those in glass houses should refrain from throwing stones.

    But, it appears, given today's Melania-Michelle melee, the media is suddenly interested again…

    And White House Press Secretary Josh Earnest explained to the great unwashed and ignorant masses that "the president was in fact inspired by Governor Patrick's words."

    In other words, when we do it, it's "inspired thought," when you do it "it's blatant plagiarism."

  • We Need More Borders And More States

    Submitted by Ryan McMaken via The Mises Institute,

    In the context of trade and immigration, borders are often discussed as a means of excluding foreign workers and foreign goods. In one way of thinking, borders provide an opportunity for states to exclude private actors such as workers, merchants, and entrepreneurs. On the other hand, borders can also serve a far more endearing function, and this is found in the fact that borders represent the limits of a state's power. That is, while borders may exclude goods and people, a state's borders also often exclude other states. 

    For example, East Germany's border with West Germany represented the limits of the East German police state, beyond which the power of the Stasi to kidnap, torture, and imprison peaceful people was far more limited than it was within its native jurisdiction. The West German border acted to contain the East German state. 

    Similarly, the borders of Saudi Arabia delineate a limit to the Saudi regime's ability to behead people for sorcery or for making critical remarks about the blood-soaked dictators known as the House of Saud. 

    Even within a single nation-state, borders can illustrate the benefits of decentralization, as in the case of the Colorado-Nebraska border. On one side of the border (i.e., Nebraska) state police will arrest you and imprison you for possessing marijuana. They may kill you if you resist. On the other side of the border, the state's constitution prohibits police from prosecuting marijuana users. The Colorado border contains Nebraska's war on drugs. 

    Certainly, there are ways for regimes to extend their power even beyond their borders. This can be done by cozying up with the regimes of neighboring countries (or intimidating them), or through the organs of international quasi-state organizations. Or, as in the case of the US and EU, imposing broader policies upon a number of supposedly sovereign states. 

    Nevertheless, thanks to the competitive nature of states, many states will often find it difficult to project their power into neighboring states, and thus borders represent a very-real impediment to a state's power. This can then open the door to greater freedom, and even save lives as certain states impoverish or make war on their own citizens. 

    The Case of Venezuela 

    This principle was illustrated yet again this week as the Venezuelan regime opened its border with Colombia to allow Venezuelans the opportunity to purchase food and other supplies on the Colombian side of the border. The Colombian regime is by no means perfect, for all its problems, the Colombian regime has not reduced the country's population to desperate poverty amidst collapsing economic and social institutions

    Thus, it is rather easy to buy food and provisions in Colombia while store shelves sit empty in Venezuela. 

    Fortunately for Venezuelans, Venezuela is contained by the borders of the surrounding nation states, and the ability of the Venezuelan regime to arrest small-time entrepreneurs and and shopkeepers for being "class traitors" ends where Colombian territory begins. 

    Perhaps not surprisingly, the Venezuelan border with Colombia has been closed for some time. Apparently, the Venezuelan state felt there was too much freedom going on in the borderlands — where smugglers and black-market operators were able to use the frontier with Colombia to get around Venezuela's harsh anti-market policies. The closed border, of course, has only meant that law abiding citizens are excluded from free movement between the countries. Violent criminals, however, function freely in the area, making the Colombia-Venezuela border region especially hazardous. 

    In spite of all of this, the Colombian border has become a lifeline for Venezuelans now that it has become a source for basic supplies and food, and a partial escape from a life of deprivation forced on the population by the socialist policies of Nicolás Maduro and Hugo Chávez. 

    Fortunately for the people of South America (and the world), Venezuela is only a medium-sized state, with a total area one-third larger than Texas. One can only imagine how much greater misery could be inflicted on a larger population were Venezuela the size of Brazil or Russia or — worst of all — were it a world government. 

    The fact that Venezuela is physically limited in size and scope brings relief to those who are able to benefit form the proximity of the border, and those who might trade with foreigners and black-market merchants. 

    As the AP notes, though, one's "proximity" to the border can be defined according to the desperation that one endures, as illustrated by the fact that some people have traveled ten hours to the border in order to buy food. 

    The Benefits of Decentralization and Secession

    The physical realities of size and distance once again show us the benefits of political secession and decentralization: those who live a mere two hours from the border will have more opportunities to purchase food than those who live ten hours away. Those who live close to the border might also enjoy more opportunities to physically escape from Venezuelan territory were the need to arise. 

    This situation would be improved were even more decentralization realized and the western provinces of Venezuela were to secede from Venezuela, effectively moving the border eastward. 

    Imagine, for example, if the state of Zulia in western Venezuela were to expel the Venezuelan military and fully open the border with Colombia. Goods and services would immediately begin to flow into the newly liberated Zulia territory and goods would become far more plentiful. 

    But this wouldn't just benefit the people of Zulia. The new reality would also mean that the Venezuelan border would stop at Zulia's eastern border making the freedom of the border areas now more accessible to the neighboring states of Trujillo and Mérida, as well. Residents of Trujillo state, who might have been many hours from an external border before, may be now a mere hour from the border, thus allowing more people the ability to travel to the border or make more extensive use of black markets or even legal markets outside the reach of the Venezuela regime. 

    Ludwig von Mises understood the benefits of this type of piecemeal secession, noting with approval the possibility of allowing provinces and villages the opportunity to secede from one state and join another, or remain independent. The larger a state is, the more resources it controls, and the greater is its ability to impose higher costs on those who might seek to emigrate or escape the central state's rule.

    Writing on "self determination," Mises wrote that nations do not have a right to self-determination, but people do, and Mises supported "the right of the inhabitants of every territory to decide on the state to which they wish to belong." In practice, Mises reminds us, this often means breaking up states into smaller pieces: 

    Whenever the inhabitants of a particular territory, whether it be a single village, a whole district, or a series of adjacent districts, make it known, by a freely conducted plebiscite, that they no longer wish to remain united to the state to which they belong at the time, but wish either to form an independent state or to attach themselves to some other state, their wishes are to be respected and complied with. This is the only feasible and effective way of preventing revolutions and civil and international wars.

    Certainly, adopting Mises's plan in this respect would bring nearly immediate relief to many communities currently on the wrong side of the Venezuelan border. Unfortunately, the Venezuelan central government — like most national governments — has rarely shown much hesitation when it comes to brutally repressing "dissidents." Unless a significant ideological change takes place in Venezuela, it's unlikely any such local movement toward "self determination" is likely to be respected. 

    More States = More Choice 

    In practice, if we favor free choice, free movement, and the opportunity to escape from overbearing regimes, the answer lies in the creation of more borders and more states. While borders can often work to inhibit the movement of goods and human beings, they can also offer opportunities for greater freedom by limiting the power and reach of existing states.

    Moreover, since smaller states have greater trouble regulating markets and peoples beyond their borders, smaller states are more likely to have to rely on open commerce with other states in order to survive and thrive.

    Were Venezuela smaller and with more international neighbors, the people of Venezuela would have more opportunities for interacting with areas outside the control of the Venezuelan regime while facing greater opportunities in emigration and trade. In other words, the monopoly enjoyed by the Venezuelan state would be weaker, and the residents there would have more freedom of choice. 

    The answer really does lie in decentralization which leads to more choice, and thus more freedom

    [T]he practical answer to any current lack of choice (i.e., lack of "self-determination") lies not in the immediate abolition of all states (as no one has ever convincingly described how this might be done) but in the breaking down of existing states into smaller and smaller states…

     

    What Mises describes above refers to formal votes and declarations of independence, but the same effects, in practice, can be obtained through the methods of local nullification and separation as suggested by Hans-Hermann Hoppe here. And, of course, de facto secession, for practical reasons may often be preferable.

     

    The claim is often made by some doctrinaire and impractical anarchists that secession is a bad thing because it "creates a new state." This is a rather simplistic view, however, given the realities of geography on planet earth. Unless one is forming a new state completely in international waters or in Antarctica or outer space, the creation of any new state will have to come at the expense of some existing state. Thus, the creation of a new state, in say, Sardinia, would come at the expense of the existing state known as "Italy." Deprived by secession of tax revenues and the military advantages of territory, the state that loses territory would be necessarily weakened.

     

    In addition to weakening states, the advantage from the perspective of the individual, then, is that he or she now has two states to choose from where only one existed before. The individual now has more options from which to choose a place to live that best suits his or her personal lifestyle, ideology, religion, ethnic group, and more.

     

    With each additional successful act of secession, the choices from which each person has to choose grow larger and larger…

    If there's anything the people of Venezuela need right now, it's more choices.

  • Prominent Gold Skeptic Willem Buiter Says "Gold Looks Pretty Good"

    Back in November 2014, Willem Buiter, who has so far been wrong in his recent gloomier forecasts about the fallout from the Eurozone mess, or his predictions about a global economy, decided to become a commodity expert and announced that “Gold Is A 6,000 Year Old Bubble.” The irony is that while virtually every other asset class in the span of these 6,000 years has risen, risen more, in many cases indeed formed a bubble, burst, fallen, and ultimately turned to dust and forgotten, gold remains and furthermore has seen its value in recent years soar.

    What is interesting is that almost two years later, Buiter may have realized just that, and in an interview with the Epoch Times’ Valentin Schmid, the Citi strategist admits that he “would hold gold” due to the global tidal wave of negative interest rates:

    “I will never argue with a six thousand-year-old bubble. So gold, in times of uncertainty and especially in days of uncertainty laced with negative rates looks pretty good.”

    Looks like we have another post-conversion Alan Greenspan on our hands. Here is his full interview, courtesy of the Epoch Times.

    * * *

    Citigroup’s Willem Buiter Says ‘Would Hold Gold’

    Famous gold skeptic says gold wins against fiat currencies in negative rate environment

    In the books of most gold lovers, Citigroup’s chief economist Willem Buiter is noted down as the man who thinks gold is a “6,000 year bubble.”

    However, in a recent interview with Epoch Times [Skip to 38:00 in the video], he presented a much more nuanced position and said he would even own gold as part of a diversified portfolio of currencies. 

    “It competes with other fiat currencies, the dollar, the yen, the euro. And if these currencies now yield negative interest rates or are at risk of negative yields in the U.K. and the United States, then the currency that at least has a zero interest rate, looks better.”

    Gold, in times of uncertainty and especially in days of uncertainty laced with negative rates, looks pretty good.

    He still maintains that gold is a fiat commodity that has limited intrinsic value because it doesn’t have many industrial uses, and only has value because people say so. But he admits this is true of all paper currencies and bitcoin as well and gold may even have an advantage right now.

    “I will never argue with a six thousand-year-old bubble. So gold, in times of uncertainty and especially in days of uncertainty laced with negative rates looks pretty good,” he said.

    Bubbles are the essence of fiat money economies.

    His definition of a bubble is also interesting and he again includes all fiat currencies in this category.

    Citigroup Chief Economist Willem Buiter at an interview with Epoch Times in New York on July 6, 2016. (Epoch Times)

    Citigroup Chief Economist Willem Buiter at an interview with Epoch Times

    “The fundamental value of an intrinsically valueless good is zero. For every fiat currency if it’s value is positive,  it’s a bubble. There are good bubbles when they are stable. There are bad bubbles when they are exploding upwards and downwards.”

    And he says there is some positive value to having fiat money or gold for transactional purposes.

    “There is nothing wrong with a bubble. Fiat money as a positive value is a very beneficial bubble. It’s much more efficient of course to produce paper money without cost if it can be managed well, rather than the costly way to extract and store gold. But bubbles are the essence of fiat money economies.”

    Maybe what Buiter means is exactly what Scottish economist John Law explained in his work “Money and Trade Considered” in 1705.

    Instead of calling gold, paper money, or silver a “beneficial bubble” Law simply stated that precious metals (in this case silver) have value because they are the best at being money, not because they are used as a metal in industrial processes.  

    “The additional use [as] money silver was apply’d [sic] to would add to its value, because as money it remedied the disadvantages and inconveniences of barter, and consequently the demand for Silver encreasing [sic], it received an additional value equal to the greater demand its use as money occasioned,” writes Law.

    This is true of gold and paper money as well with the notable difference that paper money gains superior value as money by government decree (fiat) and because people are forced to use it.  Gold and silver have been in use as money because of their natural properties (scarcity, malleability, divisibility, and durability).

    Out of the 118 elements in the periodic table, gold and silver win as monetary instruments according to University College London chemistry professor Andrea Sella. The have just the right degree of scarcity and a low enough melting point to make them into coins he told the BBC.

    Another advantage: “Gold is unbelievably beautiful.”

    Willem Buiter agrees: “You can’t increase [the supply], maybe an advantage for those who like it … It is costly to store and all that but yes, you can put it in your nose and that makes it good.”

  • It's Official – Donald Trump Clinches Republican Nomination For President

    Millions of voices cried out in terror and were suddenly silenced…

    The Hill reports, The Republican Party officially nominated Donald Trump for president on Tuesday, capping his remarkable rise from political outsider to the standard-bearer of the GOP.

    Trump officially secured the 1,237 delegates needed to clinch the nomination after his home state of New York cast 89 delegates for the businessman.

    Trump’s adult children joined the New York delegation to cast the decisive vote that put Trump over the top. Donald Trump, Jr. was given the honor of making the announcement, and he promised his father would put the Empire State in play in November.

     

     

     

    Alabama Sen. Jeff Sessions officially offered Trump’s name into consideration for president to huge rounds of applause.

    Sessions, who is Trump’s top ally on Capitol Hill, lauded the billionaire as a disrupter who has tapped into the unease felt by Americans across the country.

     

    “The American voters heard this message and they rewarded his courage and leadership with a huge victory in our primaries,” Sessions said. “He dispensed with one talented candidate after another, momentum started and a movement started. Democrats and Independents responded. He received far more primary votes than any Republican candidate in history.

     

    “Mr. Speaker, it is my distinct honor and great pleasure to nominate Donald J. Trump for the office of president of the United States,” he said.

     

    The Quicken Loans Arena exploded into cheers and chants of “Trump.”

    And finally…

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 19th July 2016

  • Europe's Impossible Refugee Math: Brexit Was Mathematical Certainty Eventually

    Submitted by Michael Shedlock via MishTalk.com,

    In a recent GMO commentary on Immigration and Brexit, founder Jeremy Grantham laid out precise reasons why Brexit was a mathematical certainty eventually.

    Curiously, Grantham thinks Brexit was a bad idea.

    On the second sentence, I disagree strongly.

    The following snips, including bullet points are from Grantham. Subtitles are mine, not his.

    Europe’s Impossible Refugee Math

    • The truth about immigration to the EU, in my view, is bitter. As covered in earlier quarterlies, I believe Africa and parts of the Near East are beginning to fail as civilized states.
    • They are failing under the pressure of populations that have multiplied by 5 to 10 times since I was born; climate for growing food that is deteriorating at an accelerating rate; degraded soils; insufficient unpolluted water; bad governance; and lack of infrastructure. Country after country is tilting into rolling failure.
    • This is producing in these failing states increasing numbers of desperate people, mainly young men, willing to risk money and their lives to attempt an entry into the EU.
    • For the best example of the non-compute intractability of this problem, consider Nigeria. It had 21 million people when I was born and now has 187 million. In a recent poll, 40% of Nigerians (75 million) said they would like to emigrate, mostly to the UK (population 64 million). Difficult. But the official UN estimate for Nigeria’s population in 2100 is over 800 million! (They still have a fertility rate of six children per woman.) Without discussing the likelihood of ever reaching 800 million, I suspect you will understand the problem at hand. Impossible.
    • I wrote two years ago that this immigration pressure would stress Europe and that the first victim would be Western Europe’s liberal traditions. Well, this is happening in real time as they say, far faster than I expected. It will only get worse as hundreds of thousands of refugees become millions.
    • The EU and Europe may support a few years of increasing numbers of these failing state refugees, but that is all. They will fairly quickly have to refuse to take even legitimately distressed refugees. The alternative – to take all comers – would likely be not just a failed EU, but a failing Europe.

    Brexit Unnecessary?

    • Calling for an utterly unnecessary referendum by the Prime Minister for superficial and short-term political gain. He could have muddled through anyway. Referenda are dangerous. They allow for the true will of the people to be voiced, informed or ill-informed, manipulated or not. Dangerous. As Churchill said (now much quoted), “The best argument against democracy is a five-minute conversation with the average voter.” He might also have commented about the willful laziness of the one-third who never vote.
    • The UK press, the most egregiously editorialized in the developed world. The broad circulation papers goaded and badgered their readers toward Brexit.
    • As for the politicians, forget it. Whimsical theories, back-stabbing disloyalties, a glaring lack of planning and foresight. Above all, completely ignoring the precautionary principle, playing with fire like children. Now those Brexiters that haven’t run away can reap what they have sown, as unfortunately will the whole UK. If you will, the pack of dogs can now try to work out what to do with that darned car.

    Mish Comments

    In absence of prior knowledge, I would suspect few would think the same person wrote both snips.

    Given the math laid out in the first snip, and given the total stubbornness of chancellor Merkel, it was both a mathematical necessity and pragmatic result for the UK to leave the EU.

    Politicians are Dangerous

    Grantham’s statement that “Referenda are dangerous” is no different that saying “elections are dangerous“.

    Since when are politicians guaranteed to be saviors?

    A few dangerous leaders come to mind. George Bush and his ludicrous war in Iraq is a prime example. Lyndon B. Johnson and his idiotic war in Vietnam is another.

    Questions for Grantham

    1. Given a referendum on the idea of a war in Iraq, and a genuine estimate of its true cost, would US citizens have voted for war in Iraq?
    2. Would the UK have voted to follow Bush in a “coalition of the willing”?
    3. Would US citizens have voted to carpet bomb Vietnam?
    4. Would European voters approved a pact with Erdogan to allow visa-free access to the rest of Europe to 80 million Turks?

    Politicians are and their pet goals are far more dangerous than referendums. Chancellor Merkel and her inane, mathematically impossible, open arms welcome of refugees was the #1 Reason UK Voted Leave the EU.

    Let’s not blame the voters or the referendum itself.

    For more on this subject, please see Dear chancellor Merkel: When does Turkey join the EU? When do 80 million Turks have visa-free travel?

  • There Will Be No Second American Revolution: The Futility Of An Armed Revolt

    Submitted by John Whitehead via The Rutherford Institute,

    “A standing military force, with an overgrown Executive will not long be safe companions to liberty.” – James Madison

    America is a ticking time bomb.

    All that remains to be seen is who – or what – will set fire to the fuse.

    We are poised at what seems to be the pinnacle of a manufactured breakdown, with police shooting unarmed citizens, snipers shooting police, global and domestic violence rising, and a political showdown between two presidential candidates equally matched in unpopularity.

    The preparations for the Republican and Democratic national conventions taking place in Cleveland and Philadelphia—augmented by a $50 million federal security grant for each city—provide a foretaste of how the government plans to deal with any individual or group that steps out of line: they will be censored, silenced, spied on, caged, intimidated, interrogated, investigated, recorded, tracked, labeled, held at gunpoint, detained, restrained, arrested, tried and found guilty.

    For instance, anticipating civil unrest and mass demonstrations in connection with the Republican Party convention, Cleveland officials set up makeshift prisons, extra courtrooms to handle protesters, and shut down a local university in order to house 1,700 riot police and their weapons. The city’s courts are preparing to process up to 1,000 people a day. Additionally, the FBI has also been conducting “interviews” with activists in advance of the conventions to discourage them from engaging in protests.

    Make no mistake, the government is ready for a civil uprising.

    Indeed, the government has been preparing for this moment for years.

    A 2008 Army War College report revealed that “widespread civil violence inside the United States would force the defense establishment to reorient priorities in extremis to defend basic domestic order and human security.” The 44-page report goes on to warn that potential causes for such civil unrest could include another terrorist attack, “unforeseen economic collapse, loss of functioning political and legal order, purposeful domestic resistance or insurgency, pervasive public health emergencies, and catastrophic natural and human disasters.”

    Subsequent reports by the Department of Homeland Security to identify, monitor and label right-wing and left-wing activists and military veterans as extremists (a.k.a. terrorists) have manifested into full-fledged pre-crime surveillance programs. Almost a decade later, after locking down the nation and spending billions to fight terrorism, the DHS has concluded that the greater threat is not ISIS but domestic right-wing extremism.

    Meanwhile, the government has been amassing an arsenal of military weapons for use domestically and equipping and training their “troops” for war. Even government agencies with largely administrative functions such as the Food and Drug Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, and the Smithsonian have been acquiring body armor, riot helmets and shields, cannon launchers and police firearms and ammunition. In fact, there are now at least 120,000 armed federal agents carrying such weapons who possess the power to arrest.

    Rounding out this profit-driven campaign to turn American citizens into enemy combatants (and America into a battlefield) is a technology sector that is colluding with the government to create a Big Brother that is all-knowing, all-seeing and inescapable. It’s not just the drones, fusion centers, license plate readers, stingray devices and the NSA that you have to worry about. You’re also being tracked by the black boxes in your cars, your cell phone, smart devices in your home, grocery loyalty cards, social media accounts, credit cards, streaming services such as Netflix, Amazon, and e-book reader accounts.

    All of this has taken place right under our noses, funded with our taxpayer dollars and carried out in broad daylight without so much as a general outcry from the citizenry.

    It’s astounding how convenient we’ve made it for the government to lock down the nation.

    We’ve even allowed ourselves to be acclimated to the occasional lockdown of government buildings, Jade Helm military drills in small towns so that special operations forces can get “realistic military training” in “hostile” territory, and  Live Active Shooter Drill training exercises, carried out at schools, in shopping malls, and on public transit, which can and do fool law enforcement officials, students, teachers and bystanders into thinking it’s a real crisis.

    The events of recent years—the invasive surveillance, the extremism reports, the civil unrest, the protests, the shootings, the bombings, the military exercises and active shooter drills, the color-coded alerts and threat assessments, the fusion centers, the transformation of local police into extensions of the military, the distribution of military equipment and weapons to local police forces, the government databases containing the names of dissidents and potential troublemakers—have all conjoined to create an environment in which “we the people” are more distrustful and fearful of each other and more reliant on the government to keep us safe.

    Of course, that’s the point.

    The powers-that-be want us to feel vulnerable.

    They want us to fear each other and trust the government’s hired gunmen to keep us safe from terrorists, extremists, jihadists, psychopaths, etc.

    Most of all, the powers-that-be want us to feel powerless to protect ourselves and reliant on and grateful for the dubious protection provided by the American police state.

    Their strategy is working.

    The tree of liberty is dying.

    There will be no second American Revolution.

    There is no place in our nation for the kind of armed revolution our forefathers mounted against a tyrannical Great Britain. Such an act would be futile and tragic. We are no longer dealing with a distant, imperial king but with a tyrant of our own making: a militarized, technologized, heavily-financed bureaucratic machine that operates beyond the reach of the law.

    The message being sent to the citizenry is clear: there will be no revolution, armed or otherwise.

    Anyone who believes that they can wage—and win—an armed revolt against the American police state has not been paying attention. Those who wage violence against the government and their fellow citizens are playing right into the government’s hands. Violence cannot and will not be the answer to what ails America.

    Whether instigated by the government or the citizenry, violence will only lead to more violence. It does not matter how much firepower you have. The government has more firepower.

    It does not matter how long you think you can hold out by relying on survivalist skills, guerilla tactics and sheer grit. The government has the resources to outwait, out-starve, outman, outgun and generally overpower you.

    This government of wolves will not be overtaken by force.

    Unfortunately, we waited too long to wake up to the government’s schemes.

    We did not anticipate that “we the people” would become the enemy. For years, the government has been warning against the dangers of domestic terrorism, erecting surveillance systems to monitor its own citizens, creating classification systems to label any viewpoints that challenge the status quo as extremist, and training law enforcement agencies to equate anyone possessing anti-government views as a domestic terrorist.

    What the government failed to explain was that the domestic terrorists would be of the government’s own making, whether intentional or not.

    By waging endless wars abroad, by bringing the instruments of war home, by transforming police into extensions of the military, by turning a free society into a suspect society, by treating American citizens like enemy combatants, by discouraging and criminalizing a free exchange of ideas, by making violence its calling card through SWAT team raids and militarized police, by fomenting division and strife among the citizenry, by acclimating the citizenry to the sights and sounds of war, and by generally making peaceful revolution all but impossible, the government has engineered an environment in which domestic violence has become inevitable.

    What we are now experiencing is a civil war, devised and instigated in part by the U.S. government.

    The outcome for this particular conflict is already foregone: the police state wins.

    The objective: compliance and control.

    The strategy: destabilize the economy through endless wars, escalate racial tensions, polarize the populace, heighten tensions through a show of force, intensify the use of violence, and then, when all hell breaks loose, clamp down on the nation for the good of the people and the security of the nation.

    So where does that leave us?

    Despite the fact that communities across the country are, for all intents and purposes, being held hostage by a government that is armed to the teeth and more than willing to use force in order to “maintain order,” most Americans seem relatively unconcerned. Worse, we have become so fragmented as a nation, so hostile to those with whom we might disagree, so distrustful of those who are different from us, that we are easily divided and conquered.

    We have been desensitized to violence, acclimated to a military presence in our communities and persuaded that there is nothing we can do to alter the seemingly hopeless trajectory of the nation. In this way, the floundering economy, the blowback arising from military occupations abroad, police shootings, the nation’s deteriorating infrastructure and all of the other mounting concerns have become non-issues to a populace that is easily entertained, distracted, manipulated and controlled.

    The sight of police clad in body armor and gas masks, wielding semiautomatic rifles and escorting an armored vehicle through a crowded street, a scene likened to “a military patrol through a hostile city,” no longer causes alarm among the general populace.

    We are fast becoming an anemic, weak, pathetically diluted offspring of our revolutionary forebears incapable of mounting a national uprising against a tyrannical regime.

    If there is to be any hope of reclaiming our government and restoring our freedoms, it will require a different kind of coup: nonviolent, strategic and grassroots, starting locally and trickling upwards. Such revolutions are slow and painstaking. They are political, in part, but not through any established parties or politicians.

    Most of all, as I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, for any chance of success, such a revolution will require more than a change of politics: it will require a change of heart among the American people, a reawakening of the American spirit, and a citizenry that cares more about their freedoms than their fantasy games.

  • Did "China" Just Buy The Most Important Company In The World?

    In the aftermath of last night stunning announcement that Japan’s Internet giant SoftBank would acquire UK-based ARM Holdings, a company which makes chips present in virtually every mobile and “connected” device, for $32 billion, sending the semiconductor sector surging, questions emerged why the company is doing this.

    On one hand, even the founder of ARM Holdings himself, Hermann Hauser said, told the BBC he believes its imminent sale to Japanese technology giant Softbank is “a sad day for technology in Britain”. Hauser said the result of the Softbank deal meant the “determination of what comes next for technology will not be decided in Britain any more, but in Japan”.

    On the other, the stock of SoftBank has tumbled now that the Japanese market has reopened after a one-day holiday.

    Bloomberg gave the trivial answer first thing this morning in a piece titled ‘Why SoftBank Is Spending $32 Billion on U.K. Chip Designer ARM“, which concluded the following: “Softbank Chairman Masayoshi Son sees ARM’s future in being inside the legion of products that are becoming internet-connected, from street lamps to air conditioners, washing machines to drones — so-called “internet of things” devices.”

    Perhaps. However, a more provocative explanation has emerged courtesy of SouthBay Research, which when looking at the same deal, asks if China (yes China) “just acquired the most important company in the world?

    Here is SouthBay‘s explanation why:

    ARM Holdings (ARMH) holds the keys to the future of electronics  That’s not hyberbole.

    Not only does ARMH dominate the world of mobile devices, it is rapidly penetrating all electronics: from consumer electronics to the computer network.

    ARMH designs and licenses semiconductors.  Their designs are the core of the critical components of consumer electronics: smartphones, tablets, TVs, and so on.  For example, most of today’s tablets and phones run on Qualcomm chips: they did $26B in sales last year.  These chips re-package ARMH designs.

    As electronics continue to penetrate everything from cars to refrigerators, they use ARM designs.  The Internet of Things (IOT) uses ARMH technology.

    Like a spider in the web, ARMH sits firmly at the heart of the future of all electronics.

    I have reviewed ARMH two different times.

    First, as the life preserver to save Intel.  Intel is unable to survive in the post-PC world and ARMH was a way to buy their way back in.  Unfortunately, anti-trust was probably a factor in preventing the buy.

    Another time I mentioned ARMH was when discussing the future of China’s semiconductor efforts.

    After airplanes, semiconductors are a major capital outflow.  The South Korean and Taiwanese economies are driven by semiconductors.  Beyond economics, semiconductor strength enables national security strength (super computers).   For this and other reasons, the Chinese government has made a domestic semiconductor industry a major strategic goal.  Even going so far as to earmark $10B for intellectual property development.

    The fastest path is acquisition, and ARMH embodies the future.  For China that presents two problems: price (ARMH was $19B last week) and politics (China buying the crown jewels of the internet touches some nerves in the Western world).

    Today Softbank announced an offer to buy ARM Holdings.

    Softbank = China

    Softbank is a Japanese company best known for owning Yahoo Japan and Sprint.
    With their background in telecommunications and the internet, why would they want to buy a major semiconductor company?  And why, with $89B in debt, is Softbank adding another $31B?

    The answer: Softbank is not what they appear.  What isn’t as well known is that Softbank is actually a major player in China’s internet economy.
    For starters, they bankrolled Alibaba.  They control 32% of Alibaba, and through Alibaba, they dominate the Chinese internet economy because Alibaba has invested in the top internet companies in China: Weibo, for example.

    Although based in Japan, Softbank is very much a Chinese company.

    The fact remains that, despite the $10B budget, China has yet to land any major companies.

    Perhaps Softbank on its own is front-running a bigger China budget.

    Or perhaps Softbank was tapped to be the buyer, but not the ultimate buyer.  After all, who is lending them to $31B to close the deal?  And Softbank will earn a lot of political credits for doing a favor for the

    Chinese government effort to ramp-up a semiconductor company.

    Don’t be surprised if we see an announcement in a year or two that ARMH is up for sale and the buyer is a major Chinese company.

    This was a brilliant move.

  • Top Turkish Official In Charge Of Campaign Against ISIS Found Dead, Shot In The Neck

    By now only the most naive believe the official narrative behind Turkey’s Friday coup.

    We say that for two reasons: first, as even the EU commissioner dealing with Turkey’s membership bid, Johannes Hahn, said when discussing the unprecedented arrest purge in Turkey, “it looks at least as if something has been prepared. The lists are available, which indicates it was prepared and to be used at a certain stage. I’m very concerned. It is exactly what we feared.”  He did not exlaborate what exactly he had feared, but one can infer; second, as we caught Turkey’s press openly changing the narrative, Erdogan was not even able to figure out who to blame for the “coup attempt” until this afternoon, first accusing the US, then the former Turkish air force chief, before finally deciding on accusing the 77-year-old Pennsylvania resident, Fethullah Gulen, of being the frail mastermind behind it all.

    To be sure, the western media was happy to glance over these “changeovers” and to spoonfeed a false story to the masses just to maintain the illusion of the official Turkish narrative.

    An example of this is when Erdogan told CNN earlier today that “he escaped death by only a few minutes before coup plotters stormed the resort in southwest Turkey where he was vacationing last weekend. Erdogan’s interview was broadcast late Monday. He told CNN that soldiers supporting the coup killed two of his bodyguards when they stormed the resort early Saturday. “Had I stayed 10, 15 additional minutes, I would have been killed or I would have been taken,” he told CNN through a translator provided by the presidency.”

    And yet, less than a day earlier we wrote that even though “Coup Pilots Had Erdogan’s Plane In Their Sights” they did nothing, prompting a former military officer “with knowledge of the events” to ask “why they didn’t fire is a mystery.” So just hours before two F-16 had radar lock on Erdogan and decided not to kill the dictator, troops from the same alleged “coup” were scrambling to get to Erdogan – many hours after the so-called coup had already started – in his resort hotel, and where they would have killed him… had he stayed “10, 15 additional minutes.”

    We can see why not even the Europeans believe this any more.

    Then another example of the media forced – and false – narrative came from the Guardian which earlier today published a piece titled “Military coup was well planned and very nearly succeeded, say Turkish officials” which contains pearls, such as the following:

    It was midnight in the Turkish capital, just two and a half hours into the attempted coup, and the group of nine senior ministers who were gathered in a conference room at the prime ministry were convinced that they were all about to meet their end. “They probably will be successful and we will die tonight,” said one of the ministers, according to an official who was present at the meeting. “Let us be ready to die. We will all be martyred in this fight.”

    Such drama… makes you feel like you were almost there.

    Not surprisingly, the bulk of the piece by Kareem Shaheen is poor on facts but heavy on florid descriptions, interpretations, hearsay and all those other literary techniques that make for a good piece of fiction. Some more examples:

    But as Turkey picks up the pieces after the failed coup, new details are emerging of how it unfolded, and just how close the military intervention came to succeeding. Many observers have labelled the attempt amateurish, but accounts by officials contradict this characterisation, describing it as well organised and very nearly successful.

     

    In Ankara on Friday, the day of the coup, the interior minister had been invited, along with other top officials, to a high-level security meeting in military headquarters that was supposed to take place after 5pm, a ploy that turned out to be intended as a pretext to detain him. He did not go because he was too busy, and later when the coup unfolded he was stuck in Ankara’s Esenbo?a airport, setting up a crisis cell there to manage the fallout, protected by crowds that had gathered to oppose the coup.

    Again, zero actual facts. Not surprisingly, the author himself catches this tangent of his “story:

    Stories emerged of those crucial hours, between the president’s address and the successful quelling of the coup by 4am, that are sure to pass into the official mythology of the events. At 1am, officials say the police chief the city of Bursa arrested the local army commander, who possessed a 6-page list that included the names of designated judges and military officials who were to be appointed to various positions in the bureaucracy in the aftermath of the coup. Other pro-coup soldiers possessed lists of secure telephone lines to receive orders.

    Why he would give himself up knowing he would most likely face death if i) the coup was real and ii) Erdogan remained in power… well, let’s not worry about that.

    But then, painfully, we finally stumbled on something which could be factually disproven, i.e. a precious fact. And it may shine a far different light on what happened during the chaos of the staged coup. It was the following:

    The top counter-terrorism official responsible for Turkey’s campaign against Islamic State did go to a “meeting” at the presidential palace in Ankara. He was later found with his hands tied behind his back, shot in the neck, according to a senior official.

    And suddenly so many pieces of the Turkish “puzzle” fall into place, because while the rest of the narrative about the coup is so glaringly fabricated and literally made up on the spot, the death of Turkey’s chief anti-ISIS counter-terrorism official being quietly killed, makes so much sense sense for a country where as we first presented back in November, “The Man Who Funds ISIS is Bilal Erdogan, The Son Of Turkey’s President” followed by “ISIS Oil Trade Full Frontal: “Raqqa’s Rockefellers”, Bilal Erdogan, KRG Crude, And The Israel Connection“, and of course, “Erdogan Says Will Resign If Oil Purchases From ISIS Proven After Putin Says Has “More Proof.”

    Having arrested 20,000 people already, Erdogan’s witch hunts are just starting. However, it appears he had some very loose ends he had to take care of already on Friday night. One such loose end was the man who fought ISIS on behalf of Turkey, the same Turkey which – incidentally – funded and armed ISIS.

    We eagerly look forward to finding out what else will emerge as the fascinating story of Erdogan’s getting rid of all loose ends, is finally revealed.

  • RNC Day 1: Make America Safe Again – Live Feed

    After four months of primaries and barely 12 months after Donald Trump first announced his candidacy for president of the United States, the Republican National Committee’s convention has officially kicked off today in Cleveland with the theme – Make America Great Again. While the 'main event' is not until Thursday; Day 1 of the Republican National Convention's sub-theme is "Make America Safe Again" with Melania Trump headlining (introduced by her husband) along with Duck Dynasty's Willie Robertson, 'Lone Survivor' Marcus Luttrell, Governor Rick Perry, outspoken Milwaukee Sheriff David Clark, and Mark Geist & John Tiegen (Benghazi security team members).

    *  *  *

    Some highlights from earlier in the day include:

    Gingrich Slams Bushes…

    Newt Gingrich says the Bush family is behaving "childishly" for skipping this week's Republican National Convention.

     

    In a Monday morning interview with ABC's "Good Morning America" at the RNC site in Cleveland, the former GOP House speaker said "the Republican party has been awfully good to the Bushes and they're showing remarkably little gratitude."

     

    He says the family needs to "get over" former Florida Governor Jeb Bush's loss to presumptive GOP nominee Donald Trump in the primary race.

     

    Gingrich also says he's not disappointed that he was passed over by Trump for the vice presidential slot on the Republican ticket in favor of Indiana Governor Mike Pence. He says if the job is to court support from "regular Republicans," then Pence "will do a much better job."

    Dissidents…

    A group of dissident conservatives says it's gathered the signatures needed to force a showdown vote over Republican rules on the GOP national convention's first day.

     

    Party leaders have been trying to avert the clash in hopes of projecting an image of a united party as delegates gather to formally nominate Donald Trump to be president. They've been lobbying to try to head off the clash, and expect to win if such a vote occurs.

     

    But just after the convention was gaveled into session on Monday, a dissident group called Delegates Unbound said in an email that it had gathered statements calling for a roll call by a majority of delegates from 10 states. Under GOP rules, a roll call can be demanded if most delegates from seven states sign such a statement.

    *  *  *

    Live Feed (main event due to start at 1950ET):

    *  *  *

    Conventions give candidates a second chance to make a first impression, even candidates who have been covered by the media as obsessively as Donald Trump. The Republican convention in Cleveland gives Trump that chance. NPR details six things to watch this week…

    1. Will the Cleveland convention stick to a script?

    Successful conventions drive home a message relentlessly, with every speech, video and testimonial designed to highlight the strengths of the candidate and minimize his weaknesses. Trump has shown that he is allergic to this kind of discipline. Even the rollout of his vice presidential pick was shambolic and off message. Reince Priebus, the Republican National Committee chairman, told the Washington Post that one goal of the convention is to make Trump more "likable." After all, electing a president is more about "Like" Q than IQ.

    Trump has promised to add some "showbiz" to what he says is the usual boring convention formula. He'll have a lot of eyeballs this week. Most analysts predict record audiences, and viewers are expecting something pretty fantastic from the king of reality TV. A boring convention packed with B-list celebrities could drive voters away, or motivate Trump to do or say something even more outrageous to keep their attention.

    2. Does Trump expand his message?

    Trump has shown time and time again that he's more comfortable with a spontaneous stream of consciousness rant than reading a speech from a teleprompter. And he's been phenomenally successful at capturing the emotions of people upset about a way of life they feel is being eroded by wage stagnation, demographic change and terrorist attacks.

    The convention gives him a chance to lay out an actual agenda, to explain with specificity what he would do to improve their lives. The Trump campaign sees its path to the White House running through the Rust Belt — boosting turnout of white-working class men to historic levels. But the message for those voters may clash with what Trump needs to do to attract swing-state voters, suburban women and minorities. The convention will give us a good idea of whether Trump feels he has to modify his message to reach both his base and beyond — or not.

    3. Breakout stars?

    Conventions can give a rising star a chance to break out. That's what happened in 2004 when Barack Obama electrified the Democratic convention in Boston. The absence of so many leading Republicans in Cleveland may give others a chance to shine. We're watching to see if there is a 2004 Obama in the GOP lineup — maybe Ivanka Trump? Tom Cotton, the Arkansas senator? Pro-golfer Natalie Gulbis?

    4. Will Mrs. Trump connect?

    Wives are the best validators a candidate has. They can humanize a politician — the way Ann Romney and Michelle Obama both did in 2012. Melania Trump, with her unusual background as a supermodel, could come across as affecting or too exotic.

    5. Unity — will it happen or not?

    "Never Trump" is nevermore, but there is still less enthusiasm about the nominee than at any modern presidential convention. Trump himself has been ambivalent about whether he really needs a unified party, but he has acknowledged that he doesn't have it yet. And he has admitted that party unity was the reason he chose Mike Pence as his running mate.

    Polls show that Trump is getting the support of only about three-quarters of Republicans, a very low number. Conventions are often derided as four-day infomercials, but they serve an important purpose — getting an entire political party fired up behind the nominee. Will Cleveland do that for Trump?

    6. Will Trump get a bump?

    The average convention poll bounce for Democrats since 1964 is 6.8 percent; for Republicans, it has been 5.3 percent, according to Gallup. Sometimes a candidate gets no bounce at all. Romney didn't in 2012.

    Trump is currently running a few points behind his Democratic opponent, Hillary Clinton. Cleveland gives him a chance to close that gap.

    *  *  *

    Full Republican National Convention Schedule:

  • How Aristocracies Benefit Both From Racism And From Anti-Racism

    Submitted by Eric Zuesse via Strategic-Culture.org,

    A good example of the way in which aristocracies benefit both from racism and from anti-racism, is Hillary Clinton’s campaign for the US Presidency, which is heavily backed by America’s aristocracy, and which is fueled not only by their money but also by the widespread racism in American culture, and especially by the equally widespread repudiation by many Americans against racism.

    Her opponent in the Democratic Party primaries, Bernie Sanders, was loathed by America’s aristocracy, because he was accusing them of destroying the country and was proposing policies to restore democracy to America, by means of various governmental interventions to reverse the existing undemocratic government’s wealth-transfers «from the masses to the classes». Sanders was publicly acknowledging that any government is a societal-prioritizing instrument, and that it therefore transfers wealth from some to others, via taxes and other essential policies, and so the wealth-distribution needs to be an independent focus of governmental policies – not simply ignored by government and subsumed within the «economic growth» concern.

    Here is how Hillary Clinton won the Democratic nomination in the primaries: She won 84% of the Black vote in the crucial South Carolina primary, where 61% of the voters, in that Democratic primary, were Blacks. Sanders won 58% of Whites voting there. Clinton won, of the total SC primary vote, 73% to Sanders’s 26%, a crushing 47% margin of victory. And then in the later southern primaries, her margins of victory among the overwhelmingly high proportion of Blacks in the Democratic Parties those states, were similar, which fact (her numerous primaries crushing him, especially on Super Tuesday) cemented Sanders’s loss, and her win, of the Democratic nomination.

    Whereas both of the primaries that preceded South Carolina (the caucus in Iowa, and the election in New Hampshire) were in overwhelmingly White northern states, which had been little shaped by the legacy of slavery, the racial situation was much more tense in SC, and also in the other southern states, where the culture of slavery still persists, more than a century after the Civil War that was fought over slavery.

    Sanders’s message, that economic inequality is the linchpin of America’s increasing inequality of economic opportunity, was a colossal flop among southern Blacks, for whom the pervasive anti-Black racism amongst their local non-Blacks, seemed to be far more the cause of Blacks’ suppressed economic opportunities than did the existing economic inequality itself. To them, Sanders’s argument (that economic inequality is self-perpetuating, and thus needs specific governmental policies to address) seemed false (because the racism there is so intense). They couldn’t understand rich-versus-poor, because what they saw around them every day was Black-versus-White. As Hillary and Bill Clinton’s, and Barack Obama’s, friend and chief economic advisor, Lawrence Summers, taught to his students at Harvard, «I think we can accept, I think we should accept inequality of results, recognizing that those who earn more are in a better position to contribute more to support society».

     It’s standard aristocratic propaganda, that economic inequality doesn’t result from economic inequality. The aristocracy want the public to believe the lie that inequality of the wealth-distribution isn’t self-perpetuating and thus doesn’t need governmental policy-changes in order to be reduced – wealth-redistribution by means of conscious targeted governmental policy in order to redistribute it. The aristocracy, and their agents, at Harvard and elsewhere, hide from the public (and from students) the fact that wealth-redistribution doesn’t occur on its own and can’t be addressed by policies that also help aristocrats (such as «more spending on infrastructure» etc. – the standard liberal growth-oriented policies, which don’t also really affect the wealth-distribution, which the aristocracy want to remain tilted in their favor). This lie – that economic inequality doesn’t itself stunt the economic opportunity for the public in the future – also caused Sanders’s support to be less among people who had PhD’s and other post-college degrees, than among mere college-graduates. Clinton won biggest among people with no education beyond high school, and with PhD’s and other post-college degrees. Upper-level education is strongly dependent upon funding from the aristocracy, so the more of it one had, the less progressive and more authoritarian one tended to be, and this showed in the vote. Clinton’s high support also among the low-educated mass of Democrats (ones with no exposure to college) resulted from the primacy there of two other stanchions of conservatism: religion and family (including ancestry, which brings in also clan and tribe). Furthermore, those voters are usually working so hard just to stay alive; they haven’t the time to be able to see politics beyond the mass-media, which of course are owned by the aristocrats and thus slanted toward Clinton, against Sanders.

    Clinton also benefited (though only to a lesser extent) from the fact that most of the voters in the South Carolina Democratic primary were women, to whom she was likewise targeting an anti-bigotry pitch: in that case, anti-sexist.

    By «racism» in the title here, is meant also any discrimination against a racial, ethnic, gender, religious, or any other non-economically-defined segment of the population; so, it includes also gender-discrimination and other forms of discrimination. In other words: all forms of bigotry, and of opposition to bigotry, distract from the oppression of the public by the aristocrats (the billionaires and centi-millionaires and their agents), and focus the attention instead against bigotry (or in favor of a particular type of bigotry, against a particular group); and, thus, bigotry and anti-bigotry benefit the aristocracy.

    Clinton’s basic message is that America’s inequality of economic opportunity isn’t a class-phenomenon, but a bigotry-phenomenon, such as discrimination against Blacks, against women, against gays, etc. This message won among the Democratic Party’s many minority-groups (Blacks, Hispanics, etc.), even though the economic inequality that her financial backers foster (and which here policies advance) has produced these people’s rotten education, inability to get out of debt, high assessed interest-rates, high rates of illness, etc. These conceptual connections as blockages against economic opportunity are abstract, whereas the incidences of bigotry against these people are concrete, blatant blockages.

    Clinton’s contest against the other Party’s nominee, the Republican Party’s Donald Trump, is against an aristocratic candidate who has largely been pitching to bigots for his votes – especially to bigots against Muslims, and against Hispanics. He now is faced with two contradictory demands: he can either focus more on the economic-class divide (hoping to draw off some of the Sanders voters), and thereby antagonize America’s aristocracy even more than he already has (by his opposition against Clinton’s record as a war-monger, and against her blatant lying and corruption, things that are mainstays in any aristocracy and thus insult aristocrats including himself), or else he can continue to focus on bigots; but, if he does the latter, then the contest will largely become one between bigots (voting for him) and anti-bigots (voting for Clinton), in which case there will continue to be many aristocrats who (unlike the aristocrat Trump himself) flee from any public association with any form of bigotry (almost all aristocrats pretend to be opposed to it, just as the Clintons and Obama so prominently do) and so (in addition to Hillary’s being an ideal nominee for aristocrats) they’ll starve Trump’s campaign of cash, and he’ll then almost certainly lose – or, at least, that’s the scenario.

    This is not a prediction that he will lose. The current US Presidential contest has no clear historical precedent, although the strategic realities in it are the standard ones in political contests. Trump is an extremely formidable campaigner, who has beaten all of his opponents so far and also every one of the ‘experts’ or pundits. (I’m actually expecting him to win; but that’s neither here nor there.)

    The irony is that what the current contest displays with especially stark clarity is the historically well-established reality, that aristocracies benefit both from racism and from anti-racism. It has hardly been clearer than it is here, despite the other, highly unusual, aspects of the current US Presidential contest.

    One thing that rather directly displays the undemocratic reality of today’s American politics is that both Trump and Clinton have (and throughout the contest did have) exceptionally high net-disapproval ratings from the American public, and that the only two candidates, of either Party, who had net-positive approval-ratings, were Bernie Sanders, and (the Republican candidate) John Kasich. If this country had been a democracy, then those were clearly the most-preferred candidates, and so the final contest would have been between those two, but neither of them even made it to the final round. This fact is yet another example showing that, at the present stage in American history, the US is a dictatorship by its aristocracy (who disliked both of the nation’s most-preferred candidates).

    In theocratic Iran, the clergy determine what final choices the public will have; in aristocratic-dictatorial US, the aristocracy do. Bigotry, and its natural response – anti-bigotry – both advance the cause of the aristocracy, anywhere. It’s not just divide-and-conquer. It’s also redirect-and-distract.

  • The Hamptons Housing Market Has Crashed: Luxury Home Sales Drop By Half As Prices Plunge

    It is not looking good for the US housing market.

    One week ago, when we reported that “On Manhattan’s “Billionaire’s Row”, A Death Knell Just Tolled For Luxury Real Estate“, we documented the sudden trapdoor that opened beneath the ultra-luxury segment in the Manhattan housing market. Then several days later, we observed that it is not just the luxury NYC market that is in trouble, but the broader market across all of the US, when we noted three “Red Flags” that the broader US housing market was starting to roll over, among which i) a surge in inexperienced, third-party “mom and pop” auction buyers who were arriving just as institutional investors are starting to flee the auction market, ii) a collapse in retail purchases for home goods and furniture – traditionally a coincident or slightly lagging indicator of home purchasing activity, and iii) a plunge in housing buyer traffic according to the Credit Suisse real-estate agent survey.

    Then this afternoon, another flashing red flag emerged when we learned that overall sales in the Hamptons plunged by half and home prices fell sharply in the second quarter in the toniest enclaves of the Hamptons, New York’s weekend haunt for the wealthy. Reuters blamed this on “stock market jitters earlier in the year” which  damped the appetite to buy, however one can also blame the halt of offshore money laundering, a slowing global economy, the collapse of the petrodollar, and the drastic drop in Wall Street bonuses. In short: a sudden loss of confidence that a greater fool may emerge just around the corner, which in turn has frozen buyer interest.

    And frozen it has.

    According to realtor Town & Country Real Estate, total sales volume in East Hampton fell 53% from a year ago to $44.7 million as the median sale price fell 54% to $2.38 million. In fact, a drop this steep has not been observed since the financial crisis. 

    A beachfront residence is seen in East Hampton, New York, March 16, 2016.

    In Southampton, total sales fell 48% from the second quarter of 2015 to $45.3 million, with the median sale price falling 21 percent to $1.65 million, data showed.

    In East Hampton, only 12 homes were sold and 17 in larger Southampton, due to a lack of inventory and because sales typically lag when the stock market underperforms, said Judi Desiderio, chief executive at Town & Country.

    “This is just a shift of the needle that I expected because 2014 was a high cycle for the high end,” said Desiderio, who says luxury home sales in the Hamptons run in seven-year cycles. The stock market surged 30 percent in 2013, with record sales in excess of $100 million set the following year.

    In the 12 submarkets that make up the Hamptons, sales volume slipped 18 percent from a year ago, with the median price falling to $999,000 from $1.1 million, Town & Country data showed.

    Sales in the Hampton submarkets of Shelter Island and Sag Harbor surged after several years of poor performance. The median sale price in Sag Harbor jumped 37 percent to $1.43 million, and 27 percent to $950,000 in Shelter Island.

    Despite the clear crash, local tealtors remain hopeful: third-quarter sales should pick up, in part because Wall Street touched record highs the past week and because the summer months are usually better, Desiderio said.  Then again, if they don’t, what is merely a trickle of selling now will become an all out liquidation as the greater fool bid is now officially dead.

  • It Is A Smoking Gun – Prince Bandar And Other Saudis Financed The 9/11 Terrorists

    Submitted by Justin Raimondo via Anti-War.com,

    News reports about the recently released 28 pages of the Joint Inquiry into the 9/11 attacks are typically dismissive: this is nothing new, it’s just circumstantial evidence, and there’s no “smoking gun.” Yet given what the report actually says – and these news accounts are remarkably sparse when it comes to verbatim quotes – it’s hard to fathom what would constitute a smoking gun.

    To begin with, let’s start with what’s not in these pages: there are numerous redactions. And they are rather odd. When one expects to read the words “CIA” or “FBI,” instead we get a blacked-out word. Entire paragraphs are redacted – often at crucial points. So it’s reasonable to assume that, if there is a smoking gun, it’s contained in the portions we’re not allowed to see. Presumably the members of Congress with access to the document prior to its release who have been telling us that it changes their entire conception of the 9/11 attacks – and our relationship with the Saudis – read the unredacted version. Which points to the conclusion that the omissions left out crucial information – perhaps including the vaunted smoking gun.

    In any case, what we have access to makes more than just a substantial case: it shows that the Saudi government – including top officials, such as then Saudi ambassador to the US, Prince Bandar bin Sultan, and other members of the royal family – financed and actively aided the hijackers prior to September 11, 2001.

    Support for at least two of the hijackers when they arrived in the US was extended by three key individuals:

    • Omar al-Bayoumi – Bayoumi was clearly a Saudi intelligence agent: the FBI all but identifies him as such. His salary was paid for by companies directly owned and operated by the Saudi government, although he apparently rarely showed up for “work.” He was directly subsidized by the wife of then Saudi ambassador Prince Bandar, and these subsidies were substantially increased when the hijackers arrived in the US. It was Bayoumi who hovered over two of the hijackers – Nawaf al-Hamzi and Khalid al-Midhar – as soon as they arrived in the United States. He got them an apartment, co-signed the rental agreement, chauffeured them around – and helped them obtain information on flight schools.

    • Osama Bassnan – This individual, who, according to the report, has “many ties to the Saudi government,” boasted to an informant that he did more for the two hijackers than Bayoumi. He was certainly in a position to do so, since he lived directly across the street from them in San Diego. The FBI characterized him as “an extremist and supporter of Osama bin Laden”: like Bayoumi, his longtime associate – with whom he was in constant communication at the time of the hijackers’ American sojourn – Bassnan was subsidized by the Saudi royal family, and specifically Prince Bandar and his wife. A search of Basnan’s apartment turned up indications that he had cashiers checks amounting to $74,000. Bandar’s wife’s account had a standing arrangement to send monthly checks to Basan’s wife for “nursing services.” There is no evidence that such services were ever performed. The suppressed 28 pages cite direct payments from Prince Bandar to Basnan:

      “On at least one occasion, Bassnan received a check directly from Prince Bandar’s account. Accordion to the FBI, on May 14, 1998, Bassnan cashed a check from Bandar in the amount of $15,000. Bassnan’s wife also received at least one check directly from Bandar She also received one additional check froth Bandar’s wife, which she cashed on January 8, 1998 for 10,000.”

    • Shayk Fahah al-Thumairy – He was a diplomat at the Saudi consulate in Los Angeles and imam of the King Fahad mosque, which is a focal point of Muslim-Saudi activity in the area. US intelligence avers that “initial indications are that al-Thumairy may have had a physical or financial connection to al-Hamzi and al-Midhar.” Both attended the King Fahad mosque. Thumairy was interviewed by US law enforcement after fleeing to Saudi Arabia, and denied having any contact with the two hijackers – in spite of evidence that he was in telephonic contact with them. This, he asserted, was an attempt to “smear” him.

    The two hijackers had extensive contacts with Saudi naval officers in the United States, according to telephone records. And when Abu Zubaydah, one of the accused 9/11 conspirators, was captured in Pakistan, they found the phone number of a Colorado company that managed “the affairs of the Colorado residence of the Saudi Ambassador.” Prince Bandar is practically the star of the suppressed 28 pages – no wonder the Bush administration, which had close ties to him, fought so hard to keep this secret.

    The 28 pages also reveal that an individual – name redacted – associated with al-Qaeda and the hijackers sneaked into the US, avoiding Customs agents and the INS due to the fact that he was traveling with a member of the Saudi royal family. We are also told that “Another Saudi national with close ties to the Saudi Royal Family, [redacted], is the subject of FBI counterterrorism investigations and reportedly was checking security at the United States’ southwest border in 1999 and discussing the possibility of infiltrating individuals into the United States.”

    The Saudi government’s financial and operational ties to at least two of the 9/11 hijackers are myriad, and largely substantiated. Furthermore, although some of these links as detailed in the 28 pages are tentative, it’s important to remember that this report was written in 2002, and that the intelligence community was strongly admonished to follow up because lawmakers deemed the lack of investigation into the Saudi connection “unacceptable.” So what did they find out in the fourteen years after that admonition was delivered? Inquiring minds want to know….

    Prince Bandar went on to become head of Saudi intelligence: his personal relationship with the Bush family is well-known, and his access to US government officials – and his powerful influence in Washington – makes his starring role in the nurturing of the two hijackers into a gun that, while not quite smoking, is exuding vapors of a highly suggestive nature.

    “Circumstantial evidence”? Perhaps – but people have been convicted of murder on the basis of such evidence, and, in this case, there is such a preponderance of evidence that a guilty verdict is unavoidable.

    It would not be stretching the evidence to bluntly state that the suppressed 28 pages of the Joint Inquiry report on the 9/11 terrorist attacks places agents of the Saudi government at the epicenter of the plot. In short, there’s no two ways about it: the Saudis did 9/11.

    Why did our government cover up this shocking evidence for so long?

    The reason is because they had no desire to retaliate against the real perpetrators of 9/11. Instead, as we now know, they were determined to pin the blame on Saddam Hussein: indeed, the Bush administration pressed this talking point relentlessly, until it was forced to backtrack. We attacked Iraq, in the words of neocon grise eminence and top Bush administration official Paul Wolfowitz, because it was “doable.” A years long neoconservative campaign to target Iraq gained new impetus in the wake of 9/11, and the administration and its journalistic camarilla pushed the lie that Iraq was behind the attack. The evidence that the Saudis were involved had to be suppressed – because the Bush administration’s war plans depended on it.

    Now that we know the truth, what do we do about it?

    To begin with, if any other government had connections to a terrorist attack on the US of this nature, their capital would’ve been a smoking ruin. I’m not suggesting we do that, but at the very least the Saudis must be made to pay a high price for their complicity, starting with a moratorium on all US aid and arms sales to the Kingdom. We imposed trade sanctions on Russia for far less. Cutting off the Saudis from the US banking system should put a crimp in their extensive international network of terror-financing and money-laundering. And I know it’s too much to expect a public statement from our President pointing out that a US “ally” aided and abetted those who murdered over 3,000 people on 9/11, but I can dream, can’t I?

    The Saudis aren’t our allies: as the 28 pages make all too clear, they are our deadly enemies. And they ought to be treated as such.

  • Millennials Face An Existential Crisis: "It Won't Be A Short Period Of Difficulty"

    Authored by John  Mauldin, originally posted at MauldinEconomics.com,

    Psychologists from Sigmund Freud forward have generally agreed: our core attitudes about life are largely locked in by age five or so. Changing those attitudes requires intense effort.

    Neil Howe and William Strauss took this obvious truth and drew an obvious conclusion: if our attitudes form in early childhood, then the point in history at which we live our childhood must play a large part in shaping our attitudes.

    It’s not only early childhood, however, that forms us. Howe and Strauss think we go through a second formative period in early adulthood. The challenges we face as we become independent adults determine our approach to life.

    These insights mean we can divide the population into generational cohorts, each spanning roughly 20 years. Each generation consists of people who were born and came of age at the same point in history.

    These generations had similar experiences and thus gravitated toward similar attitudes.

    At this year’s Strategic Investment Conference, Howe illustrated the point with this cartoon. (I think we should now add an illustration of a couple texting on their phones, saying “Let’s tell our friends online first.”)

    Amusing, yes, but true. Young love, a universal experience, took different forms for Americans who grew up in the 1950s vs. the 1970s vs. the 1990s. Ditto for many other aspects of life.

    Four generational archetypes: Heroes, Artists, Prophets, & Nomads

    In their book The Fourth Turning, Howe and Strauss identified four generational archetypes: Hero, Artist, Prophet, and Nomad. Each consists of people born in a roughly 20-year period. As each archetypal generation reaches the end of its 80-year lifespan, the cycle repeats.

    Each archetypal generation goes through the normal phases of life: childhood, young adulthood, mature adulthood, and old age. Each tends to dominate society during middle age (40–60 years old) then begins dying off as the next generation takes the helm.

    This change of control from one generation to the next is called a “turning” in the Strauss/Howe scheme. The cycle repeats on a “fourth turning” as a new hero generation comes of age and replaces the nomads. Each fourth turning, however, is a great crisis.

    (The turnings have their own characteristics, which I describe in detail in this article. Today’s economic and political landscape, unfortunately, makes it clear we are about halfway through the fourth turning.)

    Now, let’s get back to the archetypes and see how they match the generations alive today.

    The characteristics of each archetype aren’t neatly divided by the calendar; they are better seen as evolving along a continuum. (This is a very important point. It’s why we get trends and changes, not abrupt turnarounds. Thankfully.) People born toward the beginning or end of a generation share some aspects of the previous or following one.

    Hero generations are usually raised by protective parents. Heroes come of age during a time of great crisis. Howe calls them heroes because they resolve that crisis, an accomplishment that then defines the rest of their lives.

     

    Following the crisis, heroes become institutionally powerful in midlife and remain focused on meeting great challenges. In old age, they tend to have a spiritual awakening as they watch younger generations work through cultural upheaval.

     

    The G.I. Generation that fought World War II is the most recent example of the hero archetype. They built the US into an economic powerhouse in the postwar years and then confronted youthful rebellion in the 1960s.

     

    Further back, the generation of Thomas Jefferson and James Madison, heroes of the American Revolution, experienced the religious “Great Awakening” in their twilight years.

     

    Artists are the children of heroes, born before and during the crisis. They are, however, not old enough to be an active part of the solution. Highly protected during childhood, Artists are risk-averse young adults in the post-crisis years.

     

    They see conformity as the best path to success. They develop and refine the innovations forged in the crisis. Artists experience the same cultural awakening as heroes but from the perspective of mid-adulthood.

     

    Today’s older retirees are mostly artists, part of the “Silent Generation” that may remember World War II but were too young to participate. They married early and moved into gleaming new 1950s suburbs.

     

    The Silent Generation went through its own midlife crisis in the 1970s and 1980s before entering a historically affluent, active, gated-community retirement.

     

    Prophet generations experience childhood in a period of post-crisis affluence. Having not seen a real crisis, they often create cultural upheaval during their young adult years. In midlife, they become moralistic, values-obsessed leaders and parents. As they enter old age, prophets lay the groundwork for the next crisis.

     

    The postwar Baby Boomers are the latest prophet generation. They grew up in generally comfortable times with the US at the height of its global power. They expanded their consciousness when they came of age in the “Awakening” period of the 1960s. They defined the 1970s/1980s “yuppie” lifestyle and are now entering old age, having shaped the culture by virtue of sheer numbers.

     

    Nomads are the fourth and final archetype. They are children during the “Awakening” periods of cultural chaos. Unlike the overly indulged and protected prophets, nomads go through childhood with minimal supervision and guidance. They learn early in life not to trust society’s basic institutions. They come of age as individualistic pragmatists.

     

    The most recent nomads are Generation X, born in the 1960s and 1970s. Their earliest memories are of faraway war, urban protests, no-fault divorce, and broken homes.

     

    Now entering midlife, Generation X is trying to give its own children a better experience. They find success elusive because they distrust large institutions and have no strong connections to public life. They prefer to stay out of the spotlight and trust only themselves. Their story is still unfolding today.

    Millennials are a new hero generation

    After the nomad archetype, the cycle repeats with another hero generation: the Millennials (born from 1982 through about 2004) are beginning to take root in American culture.

    They are a large generation numerically, filling schools and colleges and propelling new technology into the mainstream. If the pattern holds, they will face a great crisis. It will influence the rest of their lives… just as World War II shaped the G.I. Generation heroes.

    It’s not going to be a short period of difficulty. It will be an existential crisis, one in which society’s strongest institutions collapse (or are severely challenged and stressed) and national survival is in serious doubt. The Crisis can be economic, cultural, religious, military, or all the above.

    Using Neil Howe’s timeline, we are currently about halfway through the fourth turning. We may have another decade to go. Maybe not. We’ll figure this out soon.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 18th July 2016

  • Why Hillary Clinton's Email Case Is Still Not Closed

    Authored by Eric Zuesse, originally posted at Strategic-Culture.org,

    Normally, when the head of the FBI under one President says something like «no reasonable prosecutor would bring such a case», as the FBI reported regarding Hillary Clinton's emails, that would be the end of the matter; but Clinton actually still isn’t off the prosecutorial hook of this criminal case, unless and until she becomes President herself.

    The decision as to whether or not to prosecute her on this matter is not made by the FBI Director, but by the Attorney General. The current one, Loretta Lynch, was appointed by (and holds her job at the discretion of) the man who has endorsed Ms Clinton to become his own successor: the current US President, Barack Obama. If Clinton doesn’t become the next President, the next Attorney General won’t be appointed by Clinton, and that person will then be making any decision as to whether or not to present the Clinton emails case to a grand jury; and, if an indictment results, then to present it to a trial jury.

    Even the Obama appointee to be the FBI’s chief, Mr Comey, introduced his statement there, by acknowledging that «there is evidence of potential violations of the statutes regarding the handling of classified information». As regards his opinion that «no reasonable prosecutor would bring such a case», reasonable prosecutors already have brought such cases, and they have won convictions on these cases. So, just based on that record, Mr Comey clearly lied there.

    The independent journalist who goes by the pseudonym 'Tyler Durden' headlined, only a day after Mr Comey on July 5th exonerated Ms Clinton, «Meet Bryan Nishimura, Found Guilty For ‘Removal And Retention Of Classified Materials’», and that conviction was won on the same statute for which Comey as Clinton’s would-be policeman, jury, and judge, has peremptorily exonerated her (exonerated his own next boss if she becomes President). «Durden», at his famous Zero Hedge site, noted: «Here is the FBI itself, less than a year ago, charging one Bryan H. Nishimura, 50, of Folsom [California], who pleaded guilty to ‘unauthorized removal and retention of classified materials’ without malicious intent, in other words precisely what the FBI alleges Hillary did (h/t@DavidSirota)». He linked to this case. If that’s not the spitting-image of what Clinton was investigated by the FBI for, then nothing is – but Nishimura did far less of that crime than Clinton did – and yet he was sentenced «to two years of probation, a $7,500 fine, and forfeiture of personal media containing classified materials. Nishimura was further ordered to surrender any currently held security clearance and to never again seek such a clearance». As America’s President, Ms Clinton wouldn’t even qualify to receive the CIA’s daily national security brief. But, according to Mr Comey, «no reasonable prosecutor would bring such a case». He simply lied.

    Furthermore, even before Comey had announced Clinton’s exoneration, Josh Gersten at Politico had already headlined on 27 May 2016, «Sub sailor’s photo case draws comparisons to Clinton emails», and he reported that, «A Navy sailor entered a guilty plea Friday in a classified information mishandling case that critics charge illustrates a double standard between the treatment of low-ranking government employees and top officials like former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton and ex-CIA Director David Petraeus … To some, the comparison to Clinton’s case may appear strained. Clinton has said none of the information on her server was marked classified at the time. In many cases, it was marked as unclassified when sent to her by people in the State Department more familiar with the issues involved».

    However, even Mr Comey noted in his statement of exoneration of Ms Clinton, that, among the tens of thousands of Clinton’s emails that were able to be recovered after she had tried to destroy them all, were the following: «Eight of those [email]chains contained information that was Top Secret at the time they were sent; 36 chains contained Secret information at the time; and eight contained Confidential information, which is the lowest level of classification. Separate from those, about 2,000 additional e-mails were 'up-classified’ [by the State Department during its reconstruction of her email record] to make them Confidential; the information in those had not been classified at the time the e-mails were sent». Some of the emails that Clinton had tried to destroy had, in fact, been marked «Confidential», «Secret», and even «Top Secret».

    Consequently, when Politico’s reporter, Mr Gersten, exonerated Clinton by saying (and leaving it at that), «Clinton has said none of the information on her server was marked classified at the time. In many cases, it was marked as unclassified when sent to her by people in the State Department more familiar with the issues involved», he was quoting (without even challenging) a liar. That standard (Hillary’s having been sending and receiving information that was classified at the time) was reported by Mr Comey to have actually been met, for her prosecution – Comey simply chose to deny that reality, by then saying, «no reasonable prosecutor would bring such a case». He undeniably lied.

    On July 6th (the same day as the report from «Tyler Durden»), the Hillary Clinton propaganda-site Slate headlined, from their Fred Kaplan, «The Hillary Clinton Email Scandal Was Totally Overblown: We learned nothing new from the investigation or James Comey’s statement». He wrote: «Did she commit a crime? Would anyone else – a lower-ranking official, someone who’s not a presidential candidate, someone who’s not named Clinton – have been charged with a crime? Absolutely not. And Comey said as much. ‘Our judgment,’ he said, ‘is that no reasonable prosecutor would bring such a case.’ In the annals of the Justice Department’s history, he went on, ‘we cannot find a case that would support bringing criminal charges on these facts’». That type of ‘reporting’ is called stenographic ‘journalism’: it’s exactly what America’s press did with regard to ‘Saddam’s WMD,’ for which fabricated reason we invaded Iraq in 2003. Stenographic ‘journalism’ is still the US norm. The American press hasn’t changed since then.

    On July 9th, Salon bannered «DOJ veterans weigh in on FBI Director James Comey’s handling of Clinton email probe», and reported many serious irregularities – and false assertions by Comey – in the FBI Director’s handling of this matter.

    However, the huge scandal of the FBI’s handling of this matter goes far deeper than any of this, because the real mega-scandal here is that the FBI were extremely selective in regards to what federal criminal laws they would investigate her for having possibly broken. There are at least six federal criminal laws which accurately and unquestionably describe even what Ms Clinton has now publicly admitted having done by her privatized email system, and intent isn’t even mentioned in most of them nor necessary in order for her to be convicted – the actions themselves convict her, and the only relevance that intent might have, regarding any of these laws, would be in determining how long her prison sentence would be.

    I have already presented the texts of these six laws (and you can see the sentences for each one, right there), and any reader can easily recognize that each one of them describes, without any doubt, what she now admits having done. Most of these crimes don’t require any intent in order to convict (and the ones that do require intent are only «knowingly… conceals», or else «with the intent to impair the object’s … use in an official proceeding», both of which «intents» would be easy to prove on the basis of what has already been made public – but others of these laws don’t require even that); and none of them requires any classified information to have been involved, at all. It’s just not an issue in these laws. Thus, conviction under them is far easier. If a prosecutor is really seeking to convict someone, he’ll be aiming to get indictments on the easiest-to-prove charges, first. That also presents for the prosecutor the strongest position in the event of an eventual plea-bargain. As Alan Dershowitz said, commenting on one famous prosecution: «They also wanted a slam-dunk case. They wanted the strongest possible case». Comey didn’t. His presentation was simply a brazen hoax by him. That’s all.

    That’s the real scandal, and nobody (other than I) has been writing about it as what it is – a hoax. But what it shows is that maybe the only way that Clinton will be able to avoid going to prison is by her going to the White House. Either she gets a term in the White House, or else she gets a (much longer) term in prison – or else our government is so thoroughly corrupt that she remains free as a private citizen and still above the law, even though not serving as a federal official.

    If Donald Trump doesn’t soon start talking about each one of those six laws, then his supporters should be asking him whether he himself is hiding something, because those six laws make crystal-clear that Hillary Clinton committed serious crimes, such that, even if she is convicted only on these six slam-dunk statutes (and on none other, including not on the ones that Comey was referring to), she could be sentenced to a maximum of 73 years in prison (73=5+5+20+20+3+10+10). Add on others she might also have committed (such as the ones that Comey was referring to, all of which pertain only to the handling of classified information), and her term in prison might be lengthier still.

    Motive is important in Ms Clinton’s email case, because motive tells us why she was trying to hide from historians and from the public her operations as the US Secretary of State: was it because she didn’t want them to know that she was selling to the Sauds and her other friends the US State Department’s policies in return for their million-dollar-plus donations to the Clinton Foundation, and maybe even selling to them (and/or their cronies) US government contracts, or why? However, those are questions regarding other crimes that she might have been perpetrating while in public office, not the crimes of her privatized email operation itself; and those other crimes (whatever they might have been) would have been explored only after an indictment on the slam-dunks, and for further possible prosecutions, if President Obama’s people were serious about investigating her. They weren’t. Clearly, this is selective ‘justice’.

    So, the basic question here is: Is this a democracy, at all? Or, are some people just brazenly above the law?

     

    The character and content of this country are at stake here. This issue is important not only as substance, but as symbolism. Of course, that’s also true with any criminal conviction or refusal even to prosecute; but, in Clinton’s email case, the symbolism is simply enormous: it’s a bold statement, to the entire world, about today’s America, and about whether this government’s routine pontifications, regarding other nations’ not being «democratic», are little – if at all – more than a very black pot deriding some kettle for not being sufficiently white. A crony-capitalist country is in no moral position to dictate anything to the rest of the world. Hiding what it is (a foul oligarchy), only makes what it is, even worse, and more dangerous. Its allies – in NATO, the EU, and elsewhere – are then members of an international gang, which has no justifiable reason even to exist, and which is incredibly harmful not only to their own people, but to all nations. And, if the next US President refuses to prosecute this case, then the continuation of hiding it, the continuation of that cover-up, will not only be blatant; it will show, to the entire world, that nothing short of a revolution can rectify the situation in America. If this country is that crooked at the top, what can it be down below?

     

  • A Message To Pokemaniacs: "Think About Your Life Choices"

    Now that a Google april fools’ joke appears to have spawned the zombie apocalypse, one local landlord has finally had enough.

    h/t @StigAbell

    Then again, where else will the non-Pokemummified part of the population apply all those anti-zombie skills acquired while watching the Walking Dead…

  • Baton Rouge Killer Was Racist Member Of "Nation Of Islam", Railed Against 'Crackers' On YouTube

    The 29 year old ex-marine, Gavin Eugene Long, who ambushed and killed three unsuspecting Baton Rouge police officers on Sunday morning, hated those who did not share his skin-tone and harbored a particular hatred for the police. As revealed in the hours after the shootings, a Youtube account operated by Long under the handle I Am Cosmo where the alleged killer posted dozens of clips, provides insight into what motivated the young man to kill three police officers and wound  three more on his 29th birthday.

    In the Youtube videos, Long rants against “crackers, and makes multiple references to the July 5th killing of Alton Sterling at the hands of police officers only five miles away from Sunday’s attack. The videos also detail that Long is a member of the Nation of Islam, labelled a hate group by the Southern Poverty Law Center for its black supremacist and racist views towards Jews, Asians, and whites which the group’s leaders argue have “sucked the blood from and exploited the black community.

    As Daily Caller details, the 29-year-old was a native of Kansas City, Missouri and was honorably discharged from the Marines in 2010 after reaching the rank of E-5. He preferred to go by the name Cosmo Ausar Setepenra rather than Gavin Eugene Long.

    In a video published on Thursday, the racist shooter says that “If I would have been there with Alton – Clap” before promoting a book that he wrote that discusses black liberation ideology. “I wrote it for my dark-skinned brothers,” said Long. “If you look at all the rebels like Black Panthers, Huey P. Newton, Malcolm X, and Elijah Muhammad, they was light-skinned. But we know how hard y’all got it.”

    Phone numbers on buildings in the video show that it was filmed in Baton Rouge. Calls placed to the numbers were not answered because they were out of service.

    “I just got here I’m not really into the protesting. I do education because that’s our real freedom,” he is heard telling two men in the video. He called protesting “emotional” and “for the women.”

    In another video recorded while Long was in Dallas after the police shooting, he laid out his thoughts on protesting, oppresion and how to deal with bullies. Nothing too earthshattering there.

     

    Long, who operated a self-motivation website called “Convos with Cosmo,” also appears to have tweeted hours before the attack unfolded. In one video posted in recent weeks, Long left a cryptic message that may have foretold Sunday’s attack. And though he said he was once a member of the Nation of Islam, the radical sect led by Louis Farrakhan, Long also said that he had no affiliations with outside groups.

     

    “I thought my own thoughts. I made my own decisions. I’m the one who’s got to listen the judgement. That’s it. And my heart is pure,” he said.

    “If anything happens with me, because I’m an alpha male, I stand up, I stand firm, I stand for mine, until the end,” he said. “Yeah, I also was a Nation of Islam member. Don’t affiliate me with it. Don’t affiliate me with anything.”

    Just 4 days ago on his Twitter account (under the handle @ConvosWithCosmo), Long wrote that violence is not the answer but “at what point do you stand” up so your people dont become extinct. Four days later he answered his own question.

    Another time he tweeted “have u ever seen white people march for the things they needed”?

    The assailant also suggested that the black community should buy only from black-owned businesses rather than “working for the white people.”

    In one video Long is heard lamented “working for the white people.” He encouraged one man riding in his vehicle as he filmed using a body camera to shop only at black-owned businesses. He brought up a hypothetical scenario in which a family member who wanted to buy carpet was forced to buy from non-black business owners saying – “Who’s she going to f— with? The cracker, the Arab, the Chinese?”

    “These Arabs, these Indians, they don’t give two fucks about us,” said the shooter.

    Come to think of it, he may have a point.

  • America Wastes Half The Food It Produces While Hunger Runs Rampant Around The Globe

    Submitted by Michael Snyder via The Economic Collapse blog,

    Is the United States the most wasteful nation on the entire planet?  We are all certainly guilty of wasting food.  Whether it is that little bit that you don’t want to eat at the end of a meal, or that produce that you forgot about in the back of the refrigerator that went moldy, the truth is that we could all do better at making sure that good food does not get wasted.  It can be tempting to think that wasting food is not a big deal because we have so much of it, but an increasing number of people around the world are really hurting these days.  In fact, it has been estimated that there are more than a billion hungry people around the globe right now.  So as a society we need to figure out how to waste a whole lot less food and how to get it into the mouths of those that really need it.

    According to the U.S. Department of Agriculture, close to a third of all food in the United States gets wasted after it gets to the store.  This is commonly referred to as “downstream” waste.  When you add all of this “downstream” waste up, it comes to a grand total of 133 billion pounds of food each year

    Nearly a third of the 430 billion pounds of food produced for Americans to eat is wasted, a potential catastrophe for landfills and a wake-up call to officials scrambling to feed the hungry, according to a stunning new report from the Department of Agriculture.

     

    The just-issued report revealed that in 2010, 31 percent, or 133 billion pounds, of food produced for Americans to eat was wasted, either molded or improperly cooked, suffered “natural shrinkage” due to moisture loss, or because people became disinterested in what they purchased.

    How many people do you think we could feed with 133 billion pounds of food?

    But that isn’t all of the food that we waste.  In addition to “downstream” waste, we also have to add “upstream” waste to the equation.  Massive amounts of food are wasted each year because American consumers don’t want to eat fruits and vegetables that are “imperfect”.  The following comes from the Guardian

    Americans throw away almost as much food as they eat because of a “cult of perfection”, deepening hunger and poverty, and inflicting a heavy toll on the environment.

     

    Vast quantities of fresh produce grown in the US are left in the field to rot, fed to livestock or hauled directly from the field to landfill, because of unrealistic and unyielding cosmetic standards, according to official data and interviews with dozens of farmers, packers, truckers, researchers, campaigners and government officials.

    And I know that as a consumer I am guilty of this.  Just yesterday, I was picking through the apricots at the grocery store looking for the prettiest ones that I could find.  Of course they were all good to eat, but most of us are in the habit of wanting produce that looks as “perfect” as possible.

    As a result, a lot of perfectly good food that may look a little ratty ends of being wasted

    “Sunburnt” or darker-hued cauliflower was ploughed over in the field. Table grapes that did not conform to a wedge shape were dumped. Entire crates of pre-cut orange wedges were directed to landfill. In June, Kirschenman wound up feeding a significant share of his watermelon crop to cows.

    As the Guardian article quoted above noted, when you add “downstream” waste and “upstream” waste together, we end up wasting about half our food.

    This is tragic, because there are a whole lot of people in our own country that could use this food.  According to one estimate, there are 49 million Americans dealing with food insecurity.  But if we didn’t waste nearly half our food, we could likely feed just about everyone sufficiently.

    Globally, about one-third of all food is wasted. That is better than the U.S. number, but it is still way too high.

    At this point, we just don’t have a lot of resources to waste.  So many people are suffering these days, and this includes an explosion of crushing poverty in the country that is hosting the Olympics this summer.  Just yards away from the primary stadium that will be used by the Olympic games, people actually have raw sewage running through their homes

    In the Mangueira ‘favelas’ no more than 750m away from the Maracana stadium in Rio de Janeiro, which will host the Rio 2016 Olympic Games, young families are living in makeshift houses with no sanitation.

     

    The stadium will stage both the opening and closing ceremonies for the Olympics in August, and as global superstars such as Usain Bolt, Mo Farah, Jessica Ennis-Hill and Justin Gatlin take to the track, the favela residents will be dealing with raw sewage running through their homes.

    It has been estimated that more than 20 percent of the population of Rio lives in “favelas”.  But instead of doing something for those people, the government of Brazil has spent hundreds of millions of dollars hosting the World Cup and the Olympics.

    What is wrong with that picture?

    Meanwhile, things continue to get even worse elsewhere in South America.  In Venezuela, 47 percent of the country can no longer provide three meals a day for their families, and the lack of toilet paper has become a national crisis

    Venezuela’s government said it occupied Kimberly-Clark Corp.’s local plant, days after the company had halted operations because of shortages of raw materials in the socialist crisis-stricken country.

     

    “Kimberly-Clark will continue producing for all Venezuelans and is now in the hands of the workers,” Labor Minister Oswaldo Vera said Monday in a televised address from the company’s plant in central Aragua state, before signing an order to take it over, according to WSJ. The labor ministry claims Kimberly-Clark had violated Venezuelan law by firing more than 900 workers without consulting the government.

     

    “It doesn’t matter who’s running the factory,” said Henkel Garcia, director of the Caracas business consultancy Econometrica told WSJ. “The bottom line is that there are no raw materials that anyone can afford to import.”

    As the global economy continues to deteriorate, the need to waste less food and less resources will become even more acute.  Over the past several decades, we have grown accustomed to not even thinking twice about wasting food.  In fact, I rarely come across parents that insist that their children finish everything on their plates these days.

    But in the not too distant future, things are going to completely change.  Even in the United States, we will eventually get to the point where every scrap of food is considered to be precious.

    We are moving into a time when wasting nearly half our food will no longer be an option, and so we should start coming up with better ways of doing things as soon as we can.

  • PoCa-HYPoCRiTe, PACToNS and $HiTTiNG BuLL…

    DNC PLAYERS 2016

  • "Not A White Problem"

    Submitted by Jim Quinn via The Burning Platform blog,

    The statistics in the chart below are representative of every Democrat controlled urban shithole city in America. Obama and his anti-gun activist minions are peddling a false narrative about guns because they understand most Americans are dumber than a sack of hammers and easily manipulated by propaganda. Obama uses every high profile shooting to blame guns, in order to deflect people from seeing the truth. And the truth is guns are not a problem in white America.

    It’s only a problem in the urban ghettos with the toughest gun laws run by Democrat mayors and city councils. Chicago is a perfect example of Obama ignoring the real problem. Fifty years of welfare programs and treating black people like victims has created a dysfunctional system leading to hopelessness, crime, and perpetual poverty. Chicago is 32% white, but they commit only 3.5% of the murders. Over 96% of the murders are committed by non-whites. Essentially, it is young black men murdering other black men. White people are not in the equation and are not part of the problem. It’s a black problem framed as a gun problem by Obama and his lying apparatchiks.

     

    There are approximately 8,000 gun related homicides annually in the U.S. The vast majority occur in the urban ghettos and are committed by blacks and hispanics against other blacks and hispanics. They use illegally acquired guns, so more gun laws will do nothing. Their lawless culture, requiring no personal responsibility by those who father children, creates the dysfunction and crime. The urban ghetto kill zones all have the same thing in common – run by liberal Democrats for decades, with poverty created by their welfare policies, dreadful public schools, and a black population who don’t work and take no personal responsibility for their lives or their children.

    Here are the murders by city for a sampling of these shitholes:

    • Los Angeles – 587
    • Chicago – 508
    • NYC – 333
    • Detroit – 316
    • Phila – 248
    • Baltimore – 233
    • New Orleans – 150
    • Indianapolis – 129
    • Memphis – 124
    • St. Louis – 120
    • Newark -112
    • Milwaukee – 104
    • Washington DC – 103

    There are dozens of other shitholes like Camden, Kansas City, Atlanta, Oakland, Pittsburgh, and Miami with extremely high murder rates, and in every case more than 90% are committed by non-whites. Why don’t you hear Obama giving speeches about black communities policing themselves and taking responsibility for the crime, drugs and murder in their neighborhoods? He has no problem with proclamations about white people clinging to their guns in middle America where there are virtually no murders.

    The entire gun narrative peddled by liberals is false. The crime rate has been falling for 25 years. There were 24,703 murders in 1991 when the population was 253 million. Murders in 2014 totaled 14,249 with a population of 317 million. The willfully ignorant American public completely buys the falsehoods presented by Obama and believes murders and crime are skyrocketing.

    Today, the national crime rate is about half of what it was at its height in 1991. Violent crime has fallen by 51 percent since 1991, and property crime by 43 percent. In 2013 the violent crime rate was the lowest since 1970. And this holds true for unreported crimes as well. According to the National Crime Victimization Survey, since 1993 the rate of violent crime has declined from 79.8 to 23.2 victimizations per 1,000 people.

    So, with homicides at a 25 year low and completely confined to the urban ghettos where young black men kill other young black men, we need new gun laws to restrict what white people can own? It makes you wonder. Why has the government militarized local police forces across the country in white communities when crime and murder is virtually non-existent in those communities? Why is Obama and his liberal nazi hordes trying to ban any gun capable of providing defense against a tyrannical government? Why has this become a war on whites when it is solely a black problem? It’s almost as if the government is treating working class whites with guns as the enemy. I wonder.

  • 29-Year-Old Black Male Dead After Killing 3 Cops, Wounding 3 More In Baton Rouge "Cowardly" Ambush

    Summary:

    • Three police officers were shot to death Sunday and three others wounded in Baton Rouge, the same city where Alton Sterling was killed two weeks ago, after they responded to a call of shots fired when they were attacked by at least one gunman, Baton Rouge Mayor Kip Holden said. The three officers had died in what he described as "an ambush-style deal."
    • The gunman, who has been killed, has been identified as 29 year old, black male named Gavin Eugene Long of Kansas City, Missouri. CBS News reports the suspect gunned down three Baton Rouge police officers on his birthday. He was born July 17, 1987.
    • According to CBS News, Long was honorably discharged from the Marines in 2010.
    • Authorities initially believed that two other assailants might be at large, but hours later said the dead gunman was the only person who fired at the officers. However, a state police spokesman said investigators were unsure whether he had some kind of help from others. “We are not ready to say he acted alone,” Major Doug Cain said.
    • President Barack Obama condemned the "attack on law enforcement in Baton Rouge" and vowed that justice would be done. "We may not yet know the motives for this attack, but I want to be clear: There is no justification for violence against law enforcement. None. These attacks are the work of cowards who speak for no one," Obama said in a statement.
    • Sen. Bill Cassidy told CNN “there’s a war right now on police.”

    A timeline of today's events:

    • About 9 a.m.: Less than one mile from police headquarters, shots fired at police officers from the Baton Rouge Police Department and the East Baton Rouge Sheriff's Office. Five officers are rushed to Our Lady of the Lake Hospital. Three are dead on arrival, one is in serious condition and another in fair condition. One gunman is killed while two other possible suspects are at large. The scene of the shooting remains active as police continue their search of the area. State SWAT officers arrive, and a robot is sent in to scan for explosive devices.  A witness told television station WAFB that he saw a masked man in black shorts and shirt running from the scene where the three officers were killed.
    • 12:06 p.m.: Louisiana Gov. John Bel Edwards tweets a statement calling the act "unspeakable" and "unjustified."
    • 12:30 p.m.: Dallas police chief David Brown, whose department lost five officers last week in their own ambush of police, tweets support to Baton Rouge.

    Live Feed:

     

    Update 18: Hillary Clinton condemned the attack on law enforcement in Baton Rouge. In a statement on Sunday afternoon the Democratic presidential nominee said, "There is no justification for violence, for hate, for attacks on men and women who put their lives on the line every day in service of our families and communities."

    * * *

    Update 17: A spokesman for the Louisiana state police says they believe the gunman who killed three officers in Baton Rouge was the only shooter but that officials are unsure whether he had accomplices.

    Major Doug Cain said Sunday, "we are not ready to say he acted alone." Cain says two people had been detained in another town called Addis, which is near Baton Rouge, and called them "persons of interests."

    * * *

    Update 16: Baton Rouge gunman identified as 29 year old, black male named Gavin Eugene Long of Kansas City, Missouri.

    * *  *

    Update 15:   The governor of Louisiana says the attack on law enforcement in Baton Rouge was unjustified. Gov. John Bell Edwards told media Sunday afternoon that the gunman committed, "an absolutely unspeakable, heinous attack."  Edward says the hatred has got to stop.Three officers are confirmed dead in the attack outside a store in Baton Rouge about a mile from police headquarters early Sunday morning. Three others are injured. The gunman was fatally shot.

    Police added there is no active shooter in Baton Rouge where three police officers were killed Sunday morning. Col. Mike Edmonson told media, "We believe that the person who shot and killed our officers that he was the person that was shot and killed at the scene.

    * * *

    Update 14 –  Attorney General Loretta Lynch, responding to the police shootings Sunday in Baton Rouge, Louisiana, says there is no place in the United States for such appalling violence.

    In a statement issued Sunday, Lynch says she condemns the shooting deaths of three officers and the wounding of several others "in the strongest possible terms." She also is pledging the full support of the Justice Department as the investigation unfolds. The attorney general says Agents from the FBI and Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms are on the scene, and Justice Department will make available victim services and federal funding support, and provide investigative assistance to the fullest extent possible.

    Lynch says everyone's hearts and prayers are with the fallen and wounded officers, their families and the entire Baton Rouge community in "this extraordinarily difficult time."

    * * *

    Update 13 – The White House releases a statement proclaiming "There is no justification for violence against law enforcement. None."

    *  *  *

    Update 12 – Confirmation of multiple suspects:

    A sheriff's spokesman in Baton Rouge said earlier that one suspect is dead and two others are believed to be at large.

    *  *  *

    Update 11 – Louisiana GOP delegation issues statement from Cleveland on BatonRouge: "We will stand united and prayerful against evil"

    *  *  *

    Update 10 – Donald Trump respons to Baton Rouge police shootings… (via Facebook)

    We grieve for the officers killed in Baton Rouge today.

     

    How many law enforcement and people have to die because of a lack of leadership in our country?

     

    We demand law and order.

    *  *  *

    Update 9 – It just got serious – President Obama has been made aware of the murders…

    The White House says President Barack Obama has been briefed on the shooting of police officers in Baton Rouge, Louisiana, and has asked to be updated throughout the day as more details become available.

     

    The White House has been in contact with local officials in Baton Rouge and offered any assistance necessary.

     

    Obama spent most of last week focused on trying to reduce tensions and helping build trust between police and the communities they serve.

    It's not working!

    *  *  *

    Update 8 – Police in Louisiana say they are using a specialized robot to check for explosives near the body of a suspect who was shot and killed in Baton Rouge early Sunday.
     

     

    The suspect is believed to have been involved in the shooting of law enforcement officers in the Louisiana city early Sunday. Three officers are dead and three are hospitalized with injuries. The shooting occurred less than 1 mile from police headquarters

    *  *  *

    Update 7 – Reports of shots fired at Cortana Mall in Baton Rouge

    *  *  *

    Update 6 – BATON ROUGE OFFICERS ARE IN AN ARMED STANDOFF WITH ONE OF THE SUSPECT via @pzf

    * * *

    Update 5 CBS adds that while 1 suspect is dead, 2 other suspects may still be at large.

    * * *

    Update 4 – the East Baton Rouge Sheriff's office reports that while the scene is still active, it is now "contained"

    Update 3 – BREAKING NEWS: BATON ROUGE POLICE CONFIRM THREE SHOOTERS INVOLVED. ONLY 1 DETAINED – BREAKING NEWS FEED

    * * *

    Update 2 – AT LEAST 8 POLICE OFFICERS SHOT IN BATON ROUGE – WAFB

    Update 1 – CNN is reporting

    Three officers are feared dead after a shooting in Baton Rouge, Louisiana, officials said.

    Kip Holden, the mayor-president of East Baton Rouge Parish, said authorities were still trying to get a handle on the situation, but added, "The count is three officers dead possibly."

    The victims may include police officers and sheriff's deputies.

    "There is still an active scene. They are investigating," he said. "Right now we are trying to get our arms around everything."

    *  *  *

    As we detailed earlier, police have closed streets between Baton Rouge Police Headquarters and I-12 where at least three law enforcement officers have been shot. According to local media WBRZ, shots were fired around 9 a.m. Sunday morning kicking off a manhunt for the shooter or shooters. There is an active shooter situation in the area of Airline and Old Hammond Highways according to The Advocate. A police spokesperson was not ready to release specifics as of yet.

    Obviously, police-community relations in Baton Rouge have been especially tense since the killing of 37-year-old Alton Sterling, a black man killed by white officers earlier this month after a scuffle at a convenience store.

    A witness told WBRZ News 2, a man was dressed in black with his face covered shooting indiscriminately when he walked out between a convenience store and car wash across from Hammond Air Plaza.

    “The scene seems to be contained right now,” said Sgt. Don Coppola, Baton Rouge Police Department. “We’re asking everyone to stay out of the area.”

    * * *

    While we hope it is unrelated, it is notable that ovenright WBRZ reported that Baton Rouge residents gathered Saturday afternoon to form the newest chapter of the New Black Panther Party.  The New Black Panthers arrived in Baton Rouge last Saturday to protest the officer-involved shooting death of 37-year-old Alton Sterling. Two videos of the shooting sparked national outcry and protests across Baton Rouge.

    Jerald Justice said the group was approached by local residents like Edwin Smith to help establish a Baton Rouge chapter. 

     

    “It is time for new leadership and a new organization to step forward in Baton Rouge,” Smith said. “I feel like the New Black Panther Party is the organization that can bring new leadership to Baton Rouge.”

     

    Founders met Saturday to formally establish the chapter as well as gather names for new members. WBRZ News 2’s Earl Phelps was able to briefly attend the event on the condition that he does not reveal the meeting’s location.

     

    “With the help of the New Black Panther Party, these members should be able to handle any or everything in their city,” Justice said.

     

    Over the course of five days, authorities arrested 185 protesters in Baton Rouge. Friday, District Attorney Hillar Moore said that his office will not prosecute 100 protesters who were only charged with misdemeanor crimes.

     

    Justice said that the Black Panthers were involved in the protests, but none of their members were arrested or were carrying guns during the demonstrations.

    * * *

    Live Feed:

    *  *  *

    SWAT now on scene…

     

     

  • U.S. Warships Surround Disputed Chinese Waters, Prepared For War: "WWIII At Stake"

    Submitted by Mac Slavo via SHTFPlan.com,

    Territorial disputes are a delicate thing… and potentially deadly as well.

    That’s why the U.S. is backing up its positions with an ever-increasing presence of warships  in the South China Sea.

    China is very touchy about these territories, and unwilling to give up what they perceive as their waters, even as a UN tribunal just denied their claims and strengthened the U.S. hand.

    Indeed, the entire situation is combustible and very dangerous.

    As James Holbrooks of the Underground Reporter noted:

    In a congressional hearing on Wednesday, former Director of National Intelligence and retired Navy admiral Dennis Blair told the panel that the United States should be prepared to use military force to oppose Chinese aggression in the South China Sea.

     

    “I think we need to have some specific lines and then encourage China to compromise on some of its objectives,” Blair, who headed the U.S. Pacific Command while in the Navy, said at the hearing.

     

    The admiral’s recommendation came the day after a United Nations tribunal invalidated China’s claim of territorial rights to nearly all of the waters in the South China Sea.

     

    The U.S., citing the territorial dispute and security concerns raised by its allies in the region, have for months been sending warships into the South China Sea as a check against Chinese hostility.

     

    Beijing, acutely aware of the military buildup off its coast, has publicly warned the U.S. it’s more than ready to defend against provocations. “China hopes disputes can be resolved by talks… but it must be prepared for any military confrontation.”

    It seems that the situation is being deliberately stoked into conflict, and that tensions are programmed to reach a boiling over point. If true, there is no indication of where the point of no return would be.

    The U.S. has the excuse of protecting its ally, and former territory, the Philippines, and thus has a pretext to play policeman in the region.

    But in turn, that is only a thinly-veiled ruse to amplify the military pressure, and let bloated speech and menacing saber-rattling episodes set the tone for ‘diplomacy’ with the Red Dragon.

    Now, there is not only an escalation, but an acknowledgement on both sides of the Pacific that things are headed towards war – and it is being openly discussed in those stark terms:

    “If our security is being threatened, of course we have the right to demarcate a zone,” Vice Foreign Minister Liu Zhenmin said Wednesday at a briefing in Beijing. “We hope that other countries will not take this opportunity to threaten China and work with China to protect the peace and stability of the South China Sea, and not let it become the origin of a war.”

     

    And war, it appears, is becoming increasingly likely by the day — with other countries in Southeast Asia beginning to take sides.

     

    […]

     

    So, with the U.S. demanding compromise from a China who refuses to bow down — and forcing local powers to choose sides in the process — it seems the stage is being set for a potential military conflict in the South China Sea that could engulf the entire region.

    Are we really to expect a looming world war from China, who has played the parts of villain, ally, trade partner and rival all at the same time?

    No one can say, but there is plenty of worry that war could really happen. Even billionaire George Soros warned that the potential danger of WWIII breaking out with China was ‘not an exaggeration’:

    The US government has little to gain and much to lose by treating the relationship with China as a zero-sum game. In other words it has little bargaining power. It could, of course, obstruct China’s progress, but that would be very dangerous. President Xi Jinping has taken personal responsibility for the economy and national security. If his market-oriented reforms fail, he may foster some external conflicts to keep the country united and maintain himself in power. This could lead China to align itself with Russia not only financially but also politically and militarily. In that case, should the external conflict escalate into a military confrontation with an ally of the United States such as Japan, it is not an exaggeration to say that we would be on the threshold of a third world war.

    And yet, President Obama and numerous other U.S. officials have been deliberately stoking the tension and adding fuel to the fire with provocation in the disputed waters.

    As Michael Snyder wrote several months ago:

    Barack Obama sent a guided missile destroyer into disputed waters in the South China Sea to see if the Chinese would start shooting at it. Yes, this is what he actually did. Fortunately for us, the Chinese backed down and did not follow through on their threats to take military action. Instead, the Chinese have chosen to respond with very angry words. The Chinese ambassador to the United States, Cui Tiankai, says that what Obama did was “a very serious provocation, politically and militarily.” And as you will see below, a state-run newspaper stated that China “is not frightened to fight a war with the US in the region”. So why in the world would Obama provoke the Chinese like this? Yes, the Chinese claims in the South China Sea are questionable. But there are other ways to resolve things like this.

     

    Most Americans assume that an actual shooting war between the United States and China is not even within the realm of possibility, but many of our leaders see things very differently. For instance, just check out what CIA Deputy Director Michael Morell thinks…

     

    The current posturing in the area has led to heightened tensions between the world’s preeminent military powers, and in May Former CIA Deputy Director Michael Morell told CNN that the confrontation indicates there is “absolutely” a risk of the U.S. and China going to war sometime in the future.

    Not long ago, the U.S. also demonstrated ballistic missiles – armed with nuclear warheads – over the coast of California in an apparent demonstration towards China regarding the readiness and seriousness of their clash.

    Though it isn’t on the front burner right now amid other sensational headlines, keep an eye to the fact that World War III is slowly being brewed on the back burner. Someday, it could ignite into a full blown nightmare. Stay vigilant. Hope for peace, prepare for war.

  • The Struggling Norwegian Economy Illustrated in Charts

    Submitted by Alexander Grover in Oslo, Norway

    The Norwegian Economy Illustrated in Charts

    Norges Bank continues to hold rates at .5%, signaling an upward bias but willing to cut if needed, depending on unforeseen external shocks like BREXIT. In my opinion, they really don’t know what to do while the country heads for stagflation (simultaneous rising unemployment and inflation).  They are in a “damned if they do and damned if they don’t situation.”

    As the currency weakens, import prices rise.  If they raise rates to quell inflation, they will slow down an already lethargic economy and may burn down the housing market in the process. If they cut, inflation will continue to accelerate.  Staying put appears to be the best option, waiting for the oil sector continues to recover.  However, then they are betting against the engineering profession, determined to drive down extraction costs or make oil irrelevant. Rising rig counts in America and the return of Iran and Libya to the marketplace further dim hope for North Sea oil.

    Siv Jensen (Finance Minister) stated that the Norwegian economy is “Rock Solid.”  Instead, it is more like ice (in reverse): solid only under specific (temperature and pressure) conditions and wobbly otherwise, unable to support a meaningful load.   Above the $70/barrel threshold, the Norwegian economy is invincible, able to support generous social programs while making deposits to sovereign wealth fund (referred to as The Fund). Below $70, “the ice melts;” the rate of which depends on the ambient temperature above freezing.  If the oil is only slightly below $70, The Fund could cover budget gaps indefinitely, replenishing the drawdown with capital gains, interest and dividend payments.  Perhaps they could levy some new taxes as well.  However, when substantially below the key threshold, the melting accelerates, drawing down the fund quicker than it can be restored.  

    Although, The Fund holds over $800 billion, covering near-term budget gaps with ease. Waiting for $70/barrel is like waiting for hell to freeze over or the Americans to join the EU.  Also, The Fund carries various risks, investing mostly in US and European based assets.  The big question is when will Norwegian housing prices peak and reverse course. That day is impossible to predict.

    The goal of this article is to give normal hardworking people insight into what is happening around them, which is difficult to comprehend. The following charts and commentary examine the underlying economy:

    Real Interest Rates:


    Sources: Norges Bank (The Norwegian Central Bank) and SSB.no (Norwegian Statistics Bureau)


    Sources: US Federal Reserve and Bureau of Labor Statistics

    The real interest rate, which subtracts inflation from the nominal one, is already negative, meaning that saving is losing. The weakening currency also makes Norwegian companies susceptible to foreign takeover, sending the profits abroad. Real interest rates should be at least zero and ideally positive, enticing people to put their money into the bank.  Compared to the USA, which is also facing headwinds, Norway’s negative rate situation is accelerating.  Negative rates make it difficult to sell bonds and the public starts to lose trust in the currency. People generally want to be rewarded for parting with their cash during a given period.  Moreover, negative rates cause the public to question their government.  Central banks and Governments can normalize rates to zero either by either raising rates or quelling demand, which brings down inflation, using various methods: allowing unemployment to rise, raising taxes or “open mouth operations.” Central bankers often posture, talking a lot, attempting to maintain the delicate balancing act without actually touching anything.

    In Layman’s terms: I would never lend money to any person or entity, knowing that I will get back less in the future, even if guaranteed or “risk-free.” I would prefer to invest in whiskey, cigarettes or keep my money in the mattress.  

    Negative interest rates, combined with digitalized currency (most transactions in Norway are cashless), raises an important question: What is a “bank?” In the past, it was a place with a secure vault where people could deposit their cash. The banks would lend this money, after doing extensive due diligence, to those who needed to buy a home or wanted to start a business. Since there were many banks, they had to entice depositors by paying interest. If the currency is digital, potentially storable on a USB stick, on iTunes or in my Dropbox account, and bank interest rates are negative, charged to store your money, then what is the bank’s purpose? Perhaps lending? However, with peer to peer lending platforms like Viventor, an investor can lend directly to a borrower, authenticated and verified during the signup process. The investor and borrower can work out interest rates and collateral agreements between themselves or with a lawyer, arranged by the platform, signing documents at the notary or even online, using Altinn and electronic signatures.  The investor can be an individual with some “bits” socked away on a USB stick, hidden in the attic, or a cash-rich company, like Leroy Seafood Group.  So, once again, ask yourself, “what is a bank?” 

    It is worth noting that it’s better to pay the one-time 2% fee (1% in and 1% out and no storage fees) with the new BitGold platform than it is to deposit money in a bank or buy bonds. (this is not a paid endorsement nor advice but a simple observation. It remains to be seen if BitGold is legitimate or another Mt.Gox). 

    Real Economic Growth


    Sources: Norges Bank and SSB.no

    Even with negative interest rates, supposedly encouraging people to withdraw their money from the bank and spend, the economy continues to decline when accounting for inflation. Stating economic growth, without considering inflation, is a common parlor trick. Although goods and services production increased, it is discounted by the cost of inputs rising faster. 

    In Layman’s terms, one gets a pay raise for 200 NOK per month, but rent goes up by 210 per month.  You may feel richer, but you are falling behind. 

    Oil Prices

    Source: Baker Hughs and EIA

    Source: Rystad Energy via CNN

    As oil approaches $50/barrel, American rig counts (mainly fracking) started to recover.  The idle rigs are portable and able to be restarted with ease. The other 1400 may either end up in Ukraine or Poland or moved to new locations. This scenario is plausible since the US now has more untapped oil than Saudi Arabia or Russia. Therefore, Øystein Olsen’s (Head of Norges Bank) prediction last year, oil recovering to $65, may be another case of misplaced optimism. Although oil has recovered, it seems to be having difficulty in the high $40’s. Recently there was a surprise inventory build in the US, supporting the thesis that betting against innovation is risky at best.     


    Source: Government.no and Statsbudsjettet.no  

    70% of lottery winners end up bankrupt: Sudden wealth creates a sense of euphoria, making the lottery winner think they are invincible and powerful, like Batman. They often give away too much money to friends and family. They start expecting more and more, becoming difficult to turn off the spigot and reverse course. New millionaires often neglect to seek help, managing their fortune for the long term. Norway won the lottery back in 1969. Initially, they managed responsibly, creating a The Fund, adding surpluses on the back of consistently strong oil prices.

    Perhaps, to get elected or appointed, politicians told voters that they could sit back and collect the dividends when the oil is gone.  They assumed that stocks, bonds and real estate, in financial centers, are constants or absolutes and not variables, subject to natures whims.  Life in paradise would go on. Economic diversification would take care of itself.  Selling apps to iPhone users would be the new economy, replacing petroleum. There was nothing to worry about. After all, “even when it rains in Norway, the sun is still shining!” Nevertheless, the budget is more or less the same, ticking up, while tax revenues decline, falling $3 billion (25 BNOK) year-over-year, and The Fund’s holdings are at risk.  Let’s hope that Norway does not go the way of most lottery winners.   

    Unemployment, Oil Prices & Inflation:

    Sources: EIA (Energy Institute of America) and SSB.no

    The Norwegian economy mostly depends on oil and therefore unemployment rises as oil falls.  Normally, rising unemployment mitigates inflation, cooling demand, causing prices to fall. However, this inflation is from the supply side and not demand driven.  The cost of imported inputs, priced in foreign currencies, are rising regardless of demand.

    Consumer Debt:


    Source: SSB.no

    All the while, consumer debt keeps rising, mostly driven by lending for apartments. Debt levels are higher now than they were during the 2007-2008 financial crisis. If Norges Bank were forced to raise interest rates by ca. 3%, getting real rates to zero, safeguarding the Krone, it would be catastrophic to the average person. Their loan payments would skyrocket. We can expect debts to rise since many have “Champaign taste but only beer money.” There may be other troubles ahead for indebted consumers. DnB, Norway’s largest bank, reported huge and unexpected loan losses, attributed to the struggling oil sector. DnB and other banks may be forced to make this up by raising consumer rates and fees.

    Trade Balance


    Source: Google Finance


    Sources: SSB.no and EIA


    Sources: Norges Bank and SSB.no

    Declining currency theoretically boost exports. That has not been the case for Norway. Although fish and knit sweaters have seen the benefit, the overall balance is down because no one needs expensive oil (the leading export). These charts indicate that there is an urgent need for new and substantial export related industries.

    Conclusions & Thoughts:

    Norges Bank, although seeming reluctant to cut rates, may have to do so, trying to stimulate the economy and postpone housing’s day of reckoning (defined as the price when real rates are zero). To correct the current imbalances, either productivity will have to grow by leaps and bounds, getting more done with less or interest rates will have to jump, guarding the Krone against people like Kyle Bass and George Soros (currency shorts).  Norges Bank has already joined the BREXIT bailout party, injecting $2.73 billion into the banks and readying rate cuts, indicating that going negative to support GDP growth is an option.  

    We are also seeing the introduction of socialist solutions applied to free market problems, predicted last year.  The Oslo Municipality purchased 154 properties for ca. $60 million (514 MNOK), mostly in the more affluent west side of the city, to house refugees. The total 2016 budget for this programs is ca. $105 million (885 MNOK).  The European/Bernie Sanders approach, giving people free stuff without responsibility and incentive, does nothing to empower them. Being unemployed in a good neighborhood, where everyone knows the government pays or subsidizes the rent, could make things worse for both the refugees and society as a whole.  Consider that there are 24 hours in a day.  Eight are for sleep; two are for getting ready and meals and another two for fitness and transportation. What are the consequences of idling people for the remaining twelve hours? Let’s be honest. At the micro (personal) level, Norwegian (in general) society is not that open or welcoming.  Winters are long and brutal, further making contact difficult. Isolation, alienation, combined with not much to do in a culture that generally discourages achievement, being the best you can (Janteloven), can’t lead to anything good. Only a person with incredible will power and a strong “compass” can overcome such barriers.  If Norway is going to continue with their ideological approach, saving the world, perhaps they need to re-examine their culture at the individual level. People need the pursuit or hunt when obtaining income. It is rewarding, building confidence. The culture may need an adjustment, embracing merit, defining character through hard work and encouraging upward mobility, encouraging immigrants to get in the game and excel. The current welfare society model only works when there is money growing on trees (North Sea Oil).

    In my opinion, the better approach, mimicking the US Homestead Act, would be to settle them in areas where there are labor shortages, giving them an opportunity to earn their way. Northern Norway (Nordland and Finnmark) needs thousands of people as of May 2016.  America takes refugees. In fact, it’s the top country for resettlement.  However, I never heard of refugees being settled in Midtown Manhattan – all expenses paid.  If this happened, I am sure many Americans would toss their identification, quit their jobs and line up at the refugee center, claiming to be from somewhere else.

    When I was in college, I had an Afghan roommate. His parents settled as refugees in central Kansas, taking a job at a meat packing factory.  The saved their money and eventually started their own business. Through the process of work, dealing with adversity, and moving forward, day by day, they became an integral part of the community, paying taxes and adding to the economy. The process of struggle and advancement made them stronger, self-assured and, eventually, affluent. Hence, a proper integration strategy, matching economic needs and limitations, needs to be developed.

    Øystein Olsen stated, in September 2015, that he has no problem with inflation hitting 3.5% and saw it moderating to 3%. He is also predicted better times in 2017 with unemployment peaking at 3.4%. It is already H2-2016, and the latest inflation print (June 2016) is 3.7%.  As of June 2016, unemployment hit 4.6%, still considered full employment. Nevertheless, the rate of increase is worrisome.   If unemployment continues to rise, the national and local governments may have to buy more apartments, supporting housing while tax and oil revenues decline. That will further stress the budget, resulting in withdrawals from The Fund.

    Skepticism is very much ingrained into the Norwegian psyche. Hence, I remain skeptical that the Norwegian Government and Central Bank can deal with the coming crisis in a way where the people, who did honest work but were tricked into “drinking the Kool-Aid,” are least affected, and those responsible take the brunt of the damage. I suspect that they will tell the public to sacrifice for the greater good (banks and large corporations) without telling the whole story. 

    Bankruptcy means that those who fail in business or banking must liquidate their assets, selling to those who were saving and living modestly, to get their debts forgiven. Those who got them in debt may also be at risk for irresponsible lending. They attempt to build an enterprise with a better business model at lower cost, catering to current needs. In the case of a bank failure and housing. The failed bank would liquidate their loan portfolio at a discount, passing on the benefit to borrowers. For example, the buyer of this paper acquires a loan with a 4 MNOK obligation, paying 3% interest, for a distressed price. Let’s say 2 MNOK. They could then settle with the struggling homeowner, offering a revised loan of 2.2 MNOK at 4% interest. Both sides win while asset prices move to sustainable levels. (It’s the same things as when a pizzeria in New Jersey goes bankrupt, selling their equipment for pennies on the dollar to an aspiring entrepreneur. The new guy gets into the game, starting a new business at lower cost, and life goes on. Often, he will hire failed entrepreneur because he still knows how to make a good pizza but not allow him near the cash register.) 

    Oil prices (Brent on EIA.gov) averaged $77/barrel from the beginning of 2007 to the end of 2009 whereas they are hovering under $50 per barrel today – well under the $70/barrel threshold.  Therefore, managing that crisis compared to the coming one is the difference between misplacing your wallet, finding it a few hours later with $50 missing, versus losing your job at middle age to robot automation while having a huge mortgage and spoiled kids enrolled in a private college.  Sounding an alarm, Tine Choi, Nordea analyst, located in Denmark, warned about negative interest rates leading to hyper-inflation (article in Danish). She warns that we are in uncharted territory. She warns that a massive bond sell-off would spike inflation, causing interest rates could explode. Hence, the concern is extending past those of us seen as “wearing tin foil hats.” 

    I still do not foresee Norges Bank buying gold to hedge against unprecedented times or working with Stortinget (parliament) to engineer a soft landing, bringing us back to balance.  I do not see the Cultural Ministry acknowledging that the current Bernie Sander’s like approach to society lacks the necessary mathematical foundation for long-term sustainability. I only see a lot more inflation than forecast.  

    So what to do?

    Start by aiming your skepticism towards the government instead of those wearing tin foil hats or living in bunkers. Contact your politicians and voice concerns about the banks, potentially having a monopoly to store your digital money, at a forced loss (real negative interest rates). Also push for gold and silver to get status as money instead of as an asset, ensuring personal inflation protection. That is possible in a democracy. The British did BREXIT, and the predicted fallout appears to have been hyped. Already, Americans, Chinese and Indians are “lining up” to make agreements. The GBP is already moving back up; The Bank of England did not panic.  Moreover, don’t forget that the Icelanders voted in a new government after a major banking scandal. I have faith that Norwegians will start waking up and using their democracy, preserving the way of life.

           

    Description

    4-Jan-16

    15-Jul-16

    Change

    GOLD in NOK (per ounce)

    9,536

    11,345

    19%

    Oslo Børs (Stock Exchange)

    601

    622

    4%

    Oslo Apartments (NOK/sqm)*

    60,606

    68,883

    14%

    Oslo Apartments (USD/sqm – calculated)

    6,846

    8,226

    20%

    Oslo Apartments (Oz Gold/sqm – calculated)

    6.36

    6.07

    -4%

    USDNOK

    8.8525

    8.3737

    -5%

    * SSB.no Table 05963 Freeholder – average apartment price per sqm.
    Price from 2015 Q4 (YE) to 2016 Q2

           

    Source: See Links – There are alternatives to dollars, housing, and stocks.


    Source: BitGold.com – When you buy gold, you are ”buying the inflation” and then some.  

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 17th July 2016

  • Surging "Intercommunity Confrontations" In France Mean "Civil War Is Inevitable"

    Submitted by Yves Mamou via The Gatestone Institute,

    • For French President François Hollande, the enemy is an abstraction: "terrorism" or "fanatics".

    • Instead, the French president reaffirms his determination to military actions abroad: "We are going to reinforce our actions in Syria and Iraq," the president said after the Nice attack.

    • So confronted with this failure of our elite who were elected to guide the country across nationals and internationals dangers, how astonishing is it if paramilitary groups are organizing themselves to retaliate?

    • In France, the global elites made a choice. They decided that the "bad" voters in France were unreasonable people too stupid to see the beauties of a society open to people who often who do not want to assimilate, who want you to assimilate to them, and who threaten to kill you if you do not. The elite took the side against their own old and poor because those people did not want to vote for them any longer. They also made a choice not to fight Islamism because Muslims vote collectively for this global elite.

    "We are on the verge of a civil war." That quote did not come from a fanatic or a lunatic. No, it came from head of France's homeland security, the DGSI (Direction générale de la sécurité intérieure), Patrick Calvar. He has, in fact, spoken of the risk of a civil war many times. On July 12th, he warned a commission of members of parliament, in charge of a survey about the terrorist attacks of 2015, about it.

    French police shoot dead a Tunisian-born Islamist terrorist who murdered 84 people in Nice, France, July 14, 2016. (Image source: Sky News video screenshot)

    In May 2016, he delivered almost the same message to another commission of members of parliament, this time in charge of national defense. "Europe," he said, "is in danger. Extremism is on the rise everywhere, and we are now turning our attention to some far-right movements who are preparing a confrontation".

    What kind of confrontation? "Intercommunity confrontations," he said — polite for "a war against Muslims." "One or two more terrorist attacks," he added, "and we may well see a civil war."

    In February 2016, in front of a senate commission in charge of intelligence information, he said again: " We are looking now at far-right extremists who are just waiting for more terrorist attacks to engage in violent confrontation".

    No one knows if the truck terrorist, who plowed into the July 14th Bastille Day crowd in Nice and killed more than 80 people, will be the trigger for a French civil war, but it might help to look at what creates the risk of one in France and other countries, such as Germany or Sweden.

    The main reason is the failure of the state.

    1. France is at War but the Enemy is Never Named.

    France is the main target of repeated Islamist attacks; the more important Islamist terrorist bloodbaths took place at the magazine Charlie Hebdo and the Hypercacher supermarket of Vincennes (2015); the Bataclan Theater, its nearby restaurants and the Stade de France stadium, (2015); the failed attack on the Thalys train; the beheading of Hervé Cornara (2015); the assassination of two policemen in Magnanville in June (2016), and now the truck-ramming in Nice, on the day commemorating the French Revolution of 1789.

    Most of those attacks were committed by French Muslims: citizens on their way back from Syria (the Kouachi brothers at Charlie Hebdo), or by French Islamists (Larossi Abballa who killed a police family in Magnanville last June) who later claimed their allegiance to Islamic State (ISIS). The truck killer in Nice was Tunisian but married to a French woman, whith whom he had three children together, and lived quietly in Nice until he decided to murder more than 80 people and wound dozens more.

    After each of these tragic episodes President François Hollande refused to name the enemy, refused to name Islamism — and especially refused to name French Islamists — as the enemy of French citizens.

    For Hollande, the enemy is an abstraction: "terrorism" or "fanatics". Even when the president does dare to name "Islamism" the enemy, he refuses to say he will close all Salafist mosques, prohibit the Muslim Brotherhood and Salafist organizations in France, or ban veils for women in the street and at university. No, instead, the French president reaffirms his determination for military actions abroad: "We are going to reinforce our actions in Syria and Iraq," the president said after the Nice attack.

    For France's president, the deployment of soldiers in the homeland is for defensive actions only: a deterrent policy, not an offensive rearmament of the Republic against an internal enemy.

    So confronted with this failure by our elite — who were elected to guide the country through national and international dangers — how astonishing is it if paramilitary groups are organizing themselves to retaliate?

    As Mathieu Bock-Côté, a sociologist in France and Canada, says in Le Figaro:

    "Western elites, with a suicidal obstinacy, oppose naming the enemy. Confronted by attacks in Brussels or Paris, they prefer to imagine a philosophical fight between democracy and terrorism, between an open society and fanaticism, between civilization and barbarism".

    2. The Civil War Has Already Begun and Nobody Wants to Name It.

    The civil war began sixteen years ago, with the second Intifada. When Palestinians executed suicide attacks in Tel Aviv and Jerusalem, French Muslims began to terrorize Jews living peacefully in France. For sixteen years, Jews — in France — were slaughtered, attacked, tortured and stabbed by French Muslim citizens, supposedly to avenge Palestinian people in the West Bank.

    When a group of French citizens who are Muslims declares war on another group of French citizens who are Jews, what do you call it? For the French establishment, it is not a civil war, just a regrettable misunderstanding between two "ethnic" communities.

    Until now, no one wanted to establish a connection between these attacks and the murderous attack in Nice against people who were not necessarily Jews — and name it as it should be named: a civil war.

    For the very politically correct French establishment, the danger of a civil war will begin only if anyone retaliates against French Muslims; if everyone just submits to their demands, everything is all right. Until now, no one thought that the terrorist attacks against Jews by French Muslims; against Charlie Hebdo's journalists by French Muslims; against an entrepreneur who was beheaded a year ago by a French Muslim; against young Ilan Halimi by a group of Muslims; against schoolchildren in Toulouse by a French Muslim; against the passengers on the Thalys train by a French Muslim, against the innocent people in Nice by an almost French Muslim were the symptoms of a civil war. These bloodbaths remain seen, to this day, as something like a tragic misunderstanding.

    3. The French Establishment Considers the Enemy the Poor, the Old and the Disappointed

    In France, who most complains about Muslim immigration? Who most suffers from local Islamism? Who most likes to drink a glass of wine or eat a ham-and-butter sandwich? The poor and the old who live close to Muslim communities, because they do not have the money to move someplace else.

    Today, as a result, millions of the poor and the old in France are ready to elect Marine Le Pen, president of the righ-wing Front National, as the next president of the Republic, for the simple reason that the only party that wants to fight illegal immigration is the Front National.

    Because, however, these French old and poor want to vote for the Front National, they have become the enemy of the French establishment, right and left. What is the Front National saying to these people? "We are going to restore France as a nation of French people". And the poor and the old believe it — because they have no choice.

    Similarly, the poor and the old in Britain had no choice but to vote for Brexit. They took the first tool given them to express their disappointment at living in a society they did not like anymore. They did not vote to say, "Kill these Muslims who are transforming my country, stealing my job and soaking up my taxes". They were just protesting a society that a global elite had begun to transform without their consent.

    In France, the global elites made a choice. They decided that the "bad" voters in France were unreasonable people too stupid, too racist to see the beauties of a society open to people who often do not want to assimilate, who want you to assimilate to them, and who threaten to kill you if you do not.

    The global elites made another choice: they took the side against their own old and poor because those people did not want to vote for them any longer. The global elites also chose not to fight Islamism, because Muslims vote globally for the global elite. Muslims in Europe also offer a big "carrot" to the global elite: they vote collectively.

    In France, 93% of Muslims voted for the current president, François Hollande, in 2012. In Sweden, the Social Democrats reported that 75% of Swedish Muslims voted for them in the general election of 2006; and studies show that the "red-green" bloc gets 80-90% of the Muslim vote.

    4. Is the Civil War Inevitable? Yes!

    If the establishment does not want to see that civil war was already declared by extremist Muslims first — if they do not want to see that the enemy is not the Front National in France, the AfD in Germany, or the Sweden Democrats — but Islamism in France, in Belgium, in Great Britain, in Sweden — then a civil war will happen.

    France, like Germany and Sweden, has a military and police strong enough to fight against an internal Islamist enemy. But first, they have to name it and take measures against it. If they do not — if they leave their native citizens in despair, with no other means than to arm themselves and retaliate — yes, civil war is inevitable.

  • Friday Night Lights – Another Brexit moment for FX

    It seems that such events are always planned for the weekend.  News of the attempted Turkish coup reached FX investors just hours before the close.  

    Turkey’s currency is an exotic currency, commonly traded against USD, EUR, and JPY.  Near the close, a huge spike in USD/TRY:

    Just as FX traders were worried about not having another Brexit moment for a few more years, only weeks later here’s another.  But this time it happened just before Friday’s close at 5pm NYT so we’ll see how the market opens Sunday night.  

    EUR/USD sold off on the news as well, but only reached its channel lows.

    From CNBC: 

    The U.S. dollar gained as much as 5.5 percent against the Turkish lira after a group within Turkey’s military apparently attempted to overthrow the government on Friday.

    The dollar was last up 4.72 percent against the lira.

    It seems this FX event is a sign, that Europe is going to be full of “Brexit” moments in the coming years, and that FX is going to be the market defining this next epoch of investing.  

    For those who don’t understand Forex, the above chart represents the US Dollar against the Turkish Lira, that means when you see a spike UP, it means US Dollar going UP and Turkish Lira going DOWN.  

    So, here’s another boost to the good ol’ USD, who is now being accused of the coup itself.

    FX traders patiently wait for markets to open, 24 hours from now.

    To learn more about Forex, checkout Splitting Pennies – Understanding Forex the book

  • Erdogan's Arch-Enemy Accuses Turkish President Of Staging Coup, Compares Him To Hitler

    Long before Turkey’s president Recep Tayyip Erdogan accused Fethullah Gulen, a Turkish cleric who lives in self-imposed exile on 1857, Mt.Eaton Road in  Saylorsburg, Pennsylvania, last night and again today of being the “terrorist” mastermind behind Friday’s failed coup attempt and demanding – unofficially, on prime time TV but not via diplomatic channels – that the US extradite the 77 year old, he was doing precisely that. For years, Erdogan had used the cleric as a scapegoat punching bag, who had somehow managed to create an entire “parallel state” in Turkey which was just waiting for its opportunity to pounce and snatch Turkey from Erdogan. Hence the perpetual (fake) fear of coups. Hence the public displays of (fake) paranoia. Hence the relentless – and all too real – concentration of power.

    And as many expected, Erdogan once again accused Gulen of being responsible for the Friday coup, no matter how ridiculous such an allegation sounded. This time Turkey went so far as accusing the US of being “behind the coup” for harboring Gulen.  “Today, after this coup attempt, I’m once again calling on you, I’m saying: Extradite this man in Pennsylvania to Turkey now,” Erdogan said on Saturday in televised remarks from Istanbul in a personal appeal to President Barack Obama. Turkey’s secretary of labor, Suleyman Soylu, went one better and told TV channel Haberturk: “The US is behind this coup.”

    As for Gulen’s position, he had denied as recently as yesterday, the accusations and said Saturday morning in an emailed statement through a spokeswoman that he denounced the overnight coup attempt. In a video released by the New York Times, a man appearing to be a doctor measured Mr. Gulen’s blood pressure, possibly to point out the cleric’s ailing health. 

    “I don’t know if they are my followers, but because of all things that have taken place (in Turkey) they may have been sympathetic…But honestly, I don’t know any of them,” Mr. Gulen said in the video, shown apparently sitting on a couch in his Pennsylvania home.

    However, for the best explanation of Gulen’s position, one which incidentally also is accurate in describing what happened in Turkey on Friday night, we go to the FT, which was granted a rare interview from Gulen’s residence in rural Pennsylvania and where a “frail Mr Gulen” said accusations by Mr Erdogan that he had masterminded the uprising were absolutely groundless.

    In fact, as the FT reports, Gulen “has tried to turn the accusation against his political rival by suggesting that Mr Erdogan’s ruling AKP party had staged the uprising.

    “I don’t believe that the world takes the accusations made by president Erdogan [against me] seriously,” the moderate Islamic preacher said from a room inside his home at the Golden Generation Worship and Retreat Center, nestled in the rolling hills of the Pocono Mountains..

    An aerial view of Gulen’s Golden Generation Worship and Retreat Center in rural PA.

    There is a possibility that it could be a staged coup [by Mr Erdogan’s AKP] and it could be meant for further accusations” against Gulenists and the military, he said.

    Considering just how poorly executed the coup was, and how much Erdogan stood to gain by crushing it with the help of a Skyped conversation as he “heroically” flew back to Istanbul, to be followed shortly thereafter by the arrest of nearly 3000 judges and prosecutors, we have a feeling Gulen is spot on in which assessment.

    Gulen then said that he was not worried about being deported from America despite Turkey putting further pressure on the US government to extradite him in the aftermath of Friday’s coup attempt. He said Erdogan’s calls for his extradition were just his latest bluff, as he compared the Turkish president’s political tactics to those of Adolf Hitler’s Nazis in 1940s Germany.

    It is very clear that there is intolerance among the leadership of the ruling party and the president,” Mr Gulen said, speaking in Turkish and communicating with reporters through a translator.

    They have confiscated properties and media organisations, broken doors and harassed people in a fashion similar to Hitler’s SS forces,” Mr Gulen said, as he described how his followers in Turkey had been mistreated over recent years by Mr Erdogan’s party.

    Come to think of it…

    Then again, maybe Erdogan will get his witch after all.

    The FT adds that in a sign of the rising tension around Mr Gulen, about a dozen people started assembling outside his compound around noon on Saturday, shattering the rural calm that usually surrounds the residence. “The US should stop protecting him,” screamed a woman wearing a headscarf and waving a Turkish flag in her right hand and a flag portraying Mr Erdogan in the other. “Gulen is a criminal,” she shouted as protesters gathered outside the Imam’s residence.

    Meanwhile, Pennsylvania state troopers and a small group of armed private security forces hired by Mr Gulen’s centre were keeping the protests at bay. Gulen told reporters that he had not received any communications from the US government about a potential extradition.

    Here Alp Aslandogan, a media adviser to Mr Gulen, repeated precisely what we said earlier today: Erdogan wants “the best of both worlds, accusing him of being a puppet for the US and also asking the US to extradite him,” Mr Aslandogan said.

    Gulen, who is aged 77, was visibly weak. He suffers from diabetes and heart disease, according to his doctor. The preacher, who has been living in self imposed exile in Pennsylvania since 1999, lives in modest conditions despite the vast expanse of the complex. The FT was able to access his bedroom and praying areas, which were ornately decorated with Islamic art and several Turkish flags.

    Despite accusing Mr Erdogan’s ruling party of having put democracy at risk in Turkey, Gulen said that he was against all kinds of military coups, as he had been a victim of such uprises in the past.

    * * *

    Meanwhile, Erdogan lives in a brand new palace which cost more than $600 million to build, with 1.6 million square feet of floorspace, 1,000 – yes, really – rooms, features thousands of trees imported from Italy at a cost of up to $10,000 each; the taxpayer-footed electricity bill from the palace will run $313K/month.

  • 'Black Lives Matter' Organizer "Triggered" By White People, Demands Money For Being A "Fat, Black Bitch"

    Authored by Paul Joseph Watson, originally posted at InfoWars.com,

    According to ‘Black Lives Matter’ organizer Ashleigh Shackelford, white people aren’t welcome at Black Lives Matter rallies and instead should just hand over “reparations” to black people so that they can purchase new cellphones and laptops.

    In an article for ‘Wear Your Voice’, an “intersectional feminist media” outlet, Shackelford says that she finds the presence of white people at Black Lives Matter rallies “triggering,” and that black people are “frightened” by whites, adding that their roles should be confined to acting as human “buffers against the police”.

    “Why are you going to a protest when you’re the oppressor?” asks Shackelford, adding, “WHITE PEOPLE ARE KILLING US. So when I see white people show up to rally excited and smiling, ready to march like it’s a hobby — I’m disgusted and absolutely fucking livid….I’m ready to fight.”

     

    Decrying the fact that white people are promoting a message of love and unity in the spirit of Martin Luther King, Shackelford complains that, “White people are 400 years too fucking late for a round of applause for a damn tweet with a hashtag, or for showing up to a damn rally.”

    She then pushes the demented dogma that white people living today owe blacks “reparations” for slavery (only 1.4 percent of white Americans owned black slaves at the height of slavery).

    “Nothing you have is yours. Let me be clear: Nothing you have is yours. Also, Let me be see through: Reparations are not donations, because we are not your charity, tax write off, or good deed for the day. You are living off of stolen resources, stolen land, exploited labor, appropriated culture and the murder of our people. Nothing you have is yours,” writes Shackelford.

    “Y’all spent hundreds of years selling, mutilating, raping and beating our bodies and labor but you think money doesn’t matter to our freedom and liberation? Cute. Write me a check for this shade because it comes with 400 years of trauma,” she adds.

    Shackelford wants white people to give blacks money so that they can buy cellphones, laptops and land, asserting, “Be ready to write checks and give up your car keys.”

    She then includes a link to her personal Paypal account at the end of the article asking people to send money to support her “emotional and intellectual labor.”

    “Whiteness operates in a way that means that using your privilege “for good” often requires Black folks to still be a position to be “saved” or “in need.” We don’t need white saviorism. We don’t need white people to speak for us. We don’t even really need white people to show up to rallies. We need our reparations, we need intentional disruption that involves high risk and we need y’all to stop playing,” concludes Shackelford, while also straying into extremist rhetoric by asking whites, “Are you willing to kill for us?”

    Shackelford describes herself as a “queer, nonbinary Black fat femme writer, artist, and cultural producer,” because of course she does.

    In some of her other articles, she chastises black men for dating white women, whines about the “backlash” she gets for being “fat and visible” and complains about the “body positivity” movement being too “white”.

    In an article entitled Fuck You, Pay Me: Reparations for Fat Black Bitches and Everything We Provide, Shackelford demands that she should be paid money for being a ‘fat black bitch’.

    “FUCK YOU. PAY ME. Pay me a check, pay me consistently, provide me safe housing, offer me a job with benefits, run me those Beyonce tickets, finance my clothes and wigs and aesthetics, cultivate accessibility to spaces and provide seats that fit me, see and validate my humanity,” she demands.

    Shackleford’s role as a ‘Black Lives Matter’ organizer comes as no surprise whatsoever given how divisive the group has become, even to the point of pushing segregation by banning white people from BLM events and rallies.

    Instead of promoting a message of unity and understanding, BLM is appealing to extremist, fringe elements of the far-left and has been completely taken over by social justice warriors like Shackleford, whose absurd and irrational drivel will thankfully ensure the entire movement’s eventual disappearance into obscurity.

  • "This Is Going To Get Very Ugly" – Former Top CIA Officer Says "Obama Has Lost Control Of The Middle East"

    With Thursday’s tragic mass killing by a resclusive, truck-driving Tunisian maniac in Nice having been violently drowned out by the frentic late Friday news of a failed (and perhaps staged) coup in Turkey, the news cycle has once again shifted its attention away from a far greater threat to the global economy than whether Erdogan can concentrate even more power in his grasp. Namely, both lone-wolf and organized terrorism in Europe (and elsewhere). And according to at least one CIA field commander, Gary Bernsten, it is all Obama’s fault.

    As the Hill reports, the decorated former CIA career officer who served in the Directorate of Operations between October 1982 and June 2005, said on Friday that Obama has lost control of the Middle East following attacks in France that left at least 84 dead.  “This is going to get very, very ugly,” Gary Bernsten said on Fox & Friends Friday.

    “The president of the United States, as Newt Gingrich has stated, has failed in his responsibilities to defend the United States. He has lost control of the Middle East. It is in flames, and that is what he will leave when he leaves office.”  One can also make the argument that it is not so much Obama, as his first secretary of state, the person who in less than 4 months may be America’s next president.

    We wonder what Bernsten would add after last night’s even more disturbing events in Turkey. As we just witnessed over the past 24 hours, the Middle East is indeed in flames, and what’s worse, the US has zero control. As Ali Watkins reported overnight,  US officials were caught completely off guard by Friday’s attempted Turkish coup.

    The State Department scrambled to alert citizens in Turkey, urging them to shelter in place and check in with family members in the U.S. The White House said President Obama had spoken with Secretary of State John Kerry, and both urged “all parties” in Turkey to support the democratically elected government of President Recep Tayyip Erdogan and “avoid violence or bloodshed,” but the statement avoided using the word “coup.” 

     

    Across Washington, it was clear that responses were purely reactionary — it took more than two hours after first reports emerged of the violence for the White House to make any public statement. In the hours immediately following the attempted overthrow, officials across the White House, State Department and Pentagon simply said they were monitoring as the situation unfolded. If the U.S. was indeed blindsided by the attempted overthrow Friday afternoon, it will have to take a long, hard look at why such a consequential event — with a NATO ally, no less— took them by such surprise.

     

    As of Friday night, the attempted coup had “no impact” on the U.S.’s military operations in the country, a U.S. official told BuzzFeed News. “[U.S.] air ops have continued from Incirlik. Literally birds in the sky.”

    As of Saturday morning, however, things are very different.

    Ironically, this time Obama lucked out on a major change in the geopolitical arena (perhaps because the entire coup attempt was staged or simply because it was very disorganized); but what happens when this – or another-  key US ally and NATO member undergoes a military coup. Will the US once again have no response? As of this moment, the CIA officer’s assessment is absolutely spot on.

    He had some parting thoughts about “eliminating” the ISIS threat: “We can take care of these ISIS thugs in about a month.” One still wonders why that hasn’t happened…

  • C.I.A. – Controlling It All

    Via The Daily Bell,

    How the CIA Hoodwinked Hollywood… Since its inception, the agency has wooed filmmakers, producers, and actors in order to present a rosy portrait of its operations to the American public.

     

    –Atlantic

    This is a good article by the Atlantic, a neo-con publication that aspires to be a “thought publication.”

    This article rehashes the history of the CIA in Hollywood and, in fact, is fairly comprehensive and touches on a number of compelling points.

    More;

    The CIA has a long history of “spooking the news,” dating back to its earliest days when the legendary spymaster Allen Dulles and his top staff drank and dined regularly with the press elite of New York and Washington, and the agency boasted hundreds of U.S. and foreign journalists as paid and unpaid assets.

     

    In 1977, after this systematic media manipulation was publicly exposed by congressional investigations, the CIA created an Office of Public Affairs that was tasked with guiding press coverage of intelligence matters in a more transparent fashion.

     

    The agency insists that it no longer maintains a stable of friendly American journalists, and that its efforts to influence the press are much more above board. But, in truth, the intelligence empire’s efforts to manufacture the truth and mold public opinion are more vast and varied than ever before. One of its foremost assets? Hollywood.

    This is an honest appraisal so far as it goes. As is the article’s conclusion:

    With few exceptions, Hollywood has long functioned as a propaganda factory, churning out jingoistic revenge-fantasy films in which American audiences are allowed to exorcise their post-9/11 demons by watching the satisfying slaughter of countless onscreen jihadis.

     

    This never-ending parade of square-jawed secret agents and bearded, pumped-up commandos pitted against swarthy Muslim madmen straight out of central casting has been aided and abetted by a newly emboldened CIA all too happy to offer its “services” to Hollywood.

    The article, thousands of words long, still managed to miss some important points, however.

    It doesn’t provide us with much in the way of a frame of reference. The control that the CIA exercises over Hollywood is multiplied many times by the control the CIA exercises over the communications industry generally.

    At the top of the CIA, executives are responsive to the City of London. Intelligences agencies were manufactured by banking families initially.

    Only later on, were their functions laid off onto governments. Now the cash flow comes from tax dollars, but the agencies themselves are still controlled out of the City.

    This goes for other countries as well, including Israel, which was created by the City, which still runs it.

    It is probably not too much of an exaggeration to say that its spooks run both Facebook and Google – especially given that the CIA invested in both companies when they were just beginning.

    Basically, the Atlantic article makes it sound as if the CIA’s control over Hollywood is evolutionary and even voluntary. This is to misstate the way the CIA works.

    Surreptitious intel operations have doubtless been in charge of Hollywood since its inception. If anyone doubts that, simply take a look at the movies Hollywood produced in the 1930s and especially in the 1940s.

    These days, Hollywood movies have staked their main franchise on superhero movies.

    These superheroes fly high in the sky fighting “bad guys” and determining whether or not the world will be safe and function properly.

    They are above the law and gratitude is always due to them for their exploits.

    The resemblance to the coming implementation of technocracy is undeniable.

    In the world, as it is to be, technocrats running vast corporations will make decisions affecting millions. In fact, they already do.

    Conclusion: This sort of organization and its privileges will not seem unusual to those regarding them. The parallels to today’s movies will already have desensitized people to what is occurring. This is the fundamental paradigm of modern Hollywood, the basic assertion of control.

  • Saturday Humor: Ten Years Later

    Presented with no comment, since we could not have said it any better…

     

    Source: @KirkDBorne

  • "Janet Yellen Sounds Like A Fumbling Idiot No Matter What She Does"

    Via FinancialRepressionAuthority.com,

    FRA Co-Founder Gordon T.Long and Jeffrey Snider, Head of Global Investment Research at Alhambra Investment Partners discuss earnings, the Chinese Yuan, Japanese Yen and the falling credibility of central banks.

     

    EARNINGS

    “It is no doubt that earnings have been under-performing.”

    What’s even more concerning is that not even is the top line falling off, but the cash flow is falling dramatically and this impacts credit along with everything else. With no earnings and no cash flow it puts us in a high risk environment. The only thing that has been holding up the market has been excessive corporate buybacks which has come out of cash flow, and to a lesser degree, borrowing. But to borrow is tough when you don’t have the cash flow to justify the credit ratings.

    “How long can buybacks continue to support a market which is standing on a fundamentally flawed premise?”

     

    We have had 4 to 5 quarters of falling revenue but the US market seems to ignore it. At some point reality has got to set in. But it is also important to note that trade problems are a systemic factor to the decline in earnings. China’s imports are down 17% year over year, but these imports are coming from basically the emerging markets and commodity markets. They have also borrowed upwards of 9 trillion USD in the last 7 years that has suddenly gotten very expensive for them, I think there is more pain to come.

    CHINESE YUAN

    “The health of the Yuan is tied into the global economy and the fact that the global economy is stumbling.”

    Less growth in China combined with less growth around the world again increases financial risk which fuels more reluctance to funnel dollars into China; it has become a vicious cycle. The Chinese have no choice but to continue going in one direction, they are in a rock in a hard place. As the Chinese Yuan has been falling, the Yen has been rising in strength. This has become a huge issue for Japan to add to their already lost list of issues to deal with. A fracture is likely around the corner, China and Japan cannot go long without devaluing the Yen.

    The markets are reassessing what central banks can actually do. And what markets found was that central banks aren’t actually as powerful as everyone believes them to be and Japan is a perfect example of that. No matter what the BOJ does that Yen continues to move on up. It fits into the paradigm of the economy, the financial risk, everyone reevaluating what central banks are capable of etc. The markets are reevaluating central banks because they see that a tight money environment despite efforts from central banks to fuel stimulation.

    “Some major European bank stocks are indicative of an incoming banking crisis. We see already low interest rates around the world getting lower with each passing day; this is indicative of tight money conditions. Low rates are not stimulating.”

    TROUBLING MATTERS OF DEBATE

    “Most troubling thing to me currently is that there are not many answers available.”

    What I see is an unstable global currency regime which we are completely unprepared for. There is no solution that has been presented that would allow for a stable currency to take over Euro dollars which clearly doesn’t work. Generally the central banks can fix liquidity problems, but they cannot fix solvency problems. We see that the credit cycle has turned from non-performing loans so on and so forth.

    The idea behind QE for Japan, America and Europe was to kick start a robust recovery. Now that central banks has lost credibility as well as support.  Then you have all the unintended consequences that come with almost zero money. We have nearly zero price discoveries and risk is greatly mispriced.

    “Policy makers and economists have simply run out of ideas.”

    Desperation is a big role of why markets are reevaluating central banks. If we go back 20 years where Alan Greenspan was a genius and he didn’t even do anything, all he did was talk and he made a career out of not talking. No matter what he did he was taken as a genius. Whereas 20 years later, Janet Yellen sounds like a fumbling idiot no matter what she does. All her actions come across as desperate because the credibility has been blown away. The Fed has been forced into action and by being forced into action it has only highlighted what the Fed can’t do.

    “Resource allocation is the main benefit of price discovery; it is the life blood of the economy. The more we damage price discovery the more fatal situations will become.”

    We need to look at this as an opportunity in the long run. Now that the power of central banks has come to surface and credibility has been shot, it in turn opens the door to credible solutions. The fact of the matter is that the economy is nothing like what it should be and people know that something is wrong and change is needed.

  • How A Google April Fools' Joke Unleashed The Zombie Apocalypse

    Remember the “Google Maps Pokemon Challenge”? Probably not. It was a one time event that took place on April Fools day in 2014.

    This is how Google explained it.

    Dozens of wild Pokémon have taken up residence on streets, amidst forests and atop mountains throughout Google Maps.

     

    To catch ’em all, grab your Poké Ball and the newest version of Google Maps for iPhone or Android. Then tap the search bar, “press start,” and begin your quest.

     

    And, follow Google Maps on Google+, Facebook or Twitter for hints and tips for the most dedicated trainers.

    The ad in question:

     

    Many laughed and quickly brushed it aside… but not Niantic Labs, a software development company founded in 2010 incidentally as one of Google’s own internal startups. Niantic – which all the way back in 2012 was developing location-based mobile games – was spun off as an independent entity in September 2015 and less than a year later released Pokemon Go together with Ninentdo (quickly resulting in Nintendo becoming the most-traded stock in Japanese history).

    And while we are delighted that Niantic CEO John Hanke has been unquestionably successful with his adaptation of an “April Fools” joke in the form of Pokemon Go, we are a little concerned that he has also unleashed the Zombie Apocalypse.

    Dont believe us? This is what USA Today wrote today, when the sighting of a rare Pokemon made hundreds of New Yorkers into Central Park-stomping zombies.

    On the one hand, this might be video evidence of people officially going insane. But, on the other hand, it’s also a Vaporeon, which are super rare Pokemon.

     

    First, some quick Pokemon background: Eevees are cute little fox-type Pokemon that, unlike other Pokemon, can evolve in eight different directions. They only evolve once, and after they do, they can’t evolve any more.

     

    What that means is that if you want to catch all the Pokemon, you have to either catch eight different Eevees and evolve them all in different ways — which is really tough to do — or you have to catch the other, rare evolutions when they do appear.

     

    And, well, one appeared in Central Park late on Saturday night. A Vaporeon. Here’s what that one looks like…

    And here’s what it looks like when a bunch of Pokemon addicts actually see one.

     

    It’s not just the Vaporeon. This is what happened when something called a Charizard appeared.

    In retrospect, if ISIS had really wanted to destroy western civilization it should have skipped all the suicide bombers and “made in the San Fernando Valley” decapitation videos, and just hired a few good programmers…

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 16th July 2016

  • India's 'Gold Shirt Man' Stoned-And-Sickled To Death By Mob

    Datta Phuge took the interwebs by storm three years ago when we introduced the $250,000 22-karat-gold-shirt-wearing 32-year-old Indian who proclaimed "I know I am not the best looking man but surely no woman could fail to be dazzled by this shirt?" showing the world that gold is much more than a barbarous relic. Sadly, as The BBC reports, "the gold man" was murdered overnight – found stoned-and-sickled to death near his home in Dighi, India.



    As ABP Live reports
    , millionaire money-lender, Datta D. Phuge, famous as ‘Pimpri Goldman’ was found clobbered to death near Dighi here on early Friday morning, police said.

    The high-profile businessman’s vehicle was accosted by some unknown persons on the outskirts of the city late on Thursday night.

     

    They reportedly dragged him out, attacked him with a sickle and then pounded him to death with huge stones before fleeing from the spot.

     

    Phuge usually moved around with armed private bodyguards, but it is not clear where they were at the time of the incident.

     

     

    Officials later came across a much-mangled head and body of the 35-year old ‘gold man’, whose wife is Seema is an ex-municipal corporator.

    The motive behind the killing is not known, but police preliminary suspect it may be linked to some business rivalries and are investigating all angles.

    The Pune Police have launched a manhunt to nab the assailants, roadblocks erected at all exit points and within the city limits as well as district boundaries.

    The police have recovered the sickle used in the crime and have sent Phuge’s body for an autopsy.

    Besides his primary business of lending money, he ran the Vakratund Chit Fund Pvt. Ltd. along with his wife and there were complaints of financial misappropriation against him in recent times.

  • US Government Releases Redacted "28 Pages" Missing From 9/11 Report

    Unleash the revisionist history. Congress released on Friday a long-classified report exploring the alleged ties of the Saudi Arabian government to the 9/11 hijackers.

    The missing 28 pages from the 9/11 report begins as follows:

    “While in the United States, some of the September 11 hijackers were in contact with, and received support from, individuals who may be connected to the Saudi Government…”

    The “28 pages,” the secret document was part of a 2002 congressional investigation of the Sept. 11 attacks and has been classified since the report’s completion. As CNN reports, former Sen. Bob Graham, who chaired the committee that carried out the investigation and has been pushing the White House to release the pages, said Thursday he was “very pleased” that the documents would be released.

    The pages, sent to Congress by the Obama administration, have been the subject of much speculation over what they might reveal about the Saudi government’s involvement in the attacks masterminded by terrorist Osama bin Laden when he led al-Qaeda.The pages were used by the 9/11 Commission as part of its investigation into the intelligence failures leading up to the attacks.

    A telephone number found in the phone book of al-Qaeda operative Abu Zubaida, who was captured in Pakistan in March 2002, was for an Aspen, Colo., corporation that managed the “affairs of the Colorado residence of the Saudi Ambassador Bandar,” the documents show.

    Osama Bassnan, who the documents identify as a financial supporter of two of the 9/11 hijackers in San Diego, received money from Bandar, and Bassnan’s wife also got money from Bandar’s wife. “One at least one occasion,” the documents show, “Bassnan received a check directly from Prince Bandar’s account. According to the FBI, on May 14, 1998, Bassnan cashed a check from Bandar in the amount of $15,000. Bassnan’s wife also received at least one check directly from Bandar.”

    The top two members of the House Intelligence Committee cautioned that much of the information in the newly released pages were not “vetted conclusions.”

    It’s important to note that this section does not put forward vetted conclusions, but rather unverified leads that were later fully investigated by the Intelligence Community,” said Rep. Devin Nunes, R-Calif. and the committee chairman, in a statement. “Many of the Intelligence Community’s findings were included in the 9/11 Commission report as well as in a newly declassified executive summary of a CIA-FBI joint assessment that will soon be released by the Director of National Intelligence.”

    Rep. Adam Schiff of California, the panel’s senior Democrat, said he hopes the newly released pages will reduce the continued speculation over Saudi involvement. “I hope that the release of these pages, with appropriate redactions necessary to protect our nation’s intelligence sources and methods, will diminish speculation that they contain proof of official Saudi Government or senior Saudi official involvement in the 9/11 attacks,” Schiff said in a statement. “The Intelligence Community and the 9/11 Commission…investigated the questions they raised and was never able to find sufficient evidence to support them.  I know that the release of these pages will not end debate over the issue, but it will quiet rumors over their contents — as is often the case, the reality is less damaging than the uncertainty.”

    Actually, a quick skim of the report indicates precisely the opposite.

    The 9/11 Commission did not actually write the newly released pages. Instead, the pages were part of the material the panel reviewed. The commission’s chairmen have described the pages in the past as information based almost entirely on raw, unvetted material received by the FBI and handed over to House and Senate intelligence committees in 2002 as part of an earlier investigation of 9/11.

    Current and former members of Congress have been calling for the pages to be declassified and released for more than a decade.

    The 9/11 Commission concluded in its report that senior Saudi officials did not knowingly support the terrorist plot to attack the United States. The panel also found “no evidence that the Saudi government as an institution or senior Saudi officials individually funded” al-Qaeda.While the 9/11 Commission found no evidence that senior Saudi officials were involved in the 9/11 attack, the report did criticize the Saudi government for tolerating and sometimes fanning the flames of radical Islam by funding schools and mosques around the world that spread extreme ideology. The report also noted that some rich Saudis gave money to charities with terrorist links.

    To be sure, what the report does provide is much circumstantial evidence that the Saudis were most certainly involved in 9/11, sufficient to convince any rational man, but perhaps not enough to launch a lawsuit against, say, the King.

    The Saudi government itself has repeated called for the pages to be made public so that it can respond to any allegations, which it has long called unfounded.

    “We’ve been saying since 2003 that the pages should be released,” said Nail Al-Jubeir, director of communications for the Saudi Embassy, ahead of Friday’s developments. “They will show everyone that there is no there there.”

    Moments after the release, Saudi Arabia has already issued its prepared press release:

    * * *

    Here are some real-time annotations of the report:

     

    The infamous Prince Bandar is also named:

    While we have yet to read the full document, one section caught our eye – the use of Saudi “charitable organizations” to finance terorrism:


    And then this:

    That names sounded familiar, and then we remembered this WMD article:

    The lawmakers noted Huma Abedin “has three family members – her late father, mother and her brother – connected to Muslim Brotherhood operatives and/or organizations. Her position affords her routine access to the secretary and to policymaking.” Last week, Republican Speaker of the House John Boehner, who admitted he hadn’t read the letters, defended Abedin, and Sen. John McCain, R-Ariz., called the accusations “sinister” and “nothing less than an unwarranted and unfounded attack on an honorable woman, a dedicated American and a loyal public servant.”

     

    * * *

    Now it has emerged that Huma [Abedin] served on the Journal of Muslim Minority Affairs’s editorial board from 2002 to 2008. Documents obtained by author Walid Shoebat reveal that Naseef served on the board with Huma from at least December 2002 to December 2003.

     

    Naseef’s sudden departure from the board in December 2003 coincides with the time at which various charities led by Naseef’s Muslim World League were declared illegal terrorism fronts worldwide, including by the U.S. and U.N.

     

    The MWL, founded in Mecca in 1962, bills itself as one of the largest Islamic non-governmental organizations. But according to U.S. government documents and testimony from the charity’s own officials, it is heavily financed by the Saudi government.

     

    The MWL has been accused of terrorist ties, as have its various offshoots, including the International Islamic Relief Organization, or IIRO, and Al Haramain, which was declared by the U.S. and U.N. as a terror financing front.

     

    Indeed, the Treasury Department, in a September 2004 press release, alleged Al Haramain had “direct links” with Osama bin Laden. The group is now banned worldwide by United Nations Security Council Committee 1267.

     

    The MWL in 1988 founded the Al Haramain Islamic Foundation, developing chapters in about 50 countries, including for a time in Oregon until it was designated a terrorist organization.

     

    In the early 1990s, evidence began to grow that the foundation was funding Islamist militants in Somalia and Bosnia, and a 1996 CIA report detailed its Bosnian militant ties.

     

    The U.S. Treasury designated Al Haramain’s offices in Kenya and Tanzania as sponsors of terrorism for their role in planning and funding the 1998 bombings of two American embassies in East Africa. The Comoros Islands office was also designated because it “was used as a staging area and exfiltration route for the perpetrators of the 1998 bombings.”

     

    The New York Times reported in 2003 that Al Haramain had provided funds to the Indonesian terrorist group Jemaah Islamiyah, which was responsible for the 2002 Bali bombings that killed 202 people. The Indonesia office was later designated a terrorist entity by the Treasury.

     

    In February 2004, the U.S. Treasury Department froze all Al Haramain’s financial assets pending an investigation, leading the Saudi government to disband the charity and fold it into another group, the Saudi National Commission for Relief and Charity Work Abroad.

     

    In September 2004, the U.S. designated Al-Haramain a terrorist organization. In June 2008, the Treasury Department applied the terrorist designation to the entire Al-Haramain organization worldwide

    In other words, the US government knew about this terrorist front all the way back in 2001, even as Hillary’s right hand (wo)man was working for an affiliated entity for years later?

    We hope to find out more after reading the full document shortly, although sadly we are convinced the important sections will be fully redacted.

    * * *

    Full 28 pages (redacted) below (link)

  • The Global Plague Of Terrorism

    Authored by Gulam Asgar Mitha via The Oriental Review,

    Pakistan, a nation of 200 million, is witnessing a plethora of oppression, injustice, tyranny, religious exploitation and blatant lying. A majority of the population live in either various forms of poverty as victims or in fear of targeted killings and kidnappings for ransom by workers of the major political parties and religious terrorists. The perpetrators – politicians and judiciary (the legal system including the upholders of law) as well as the clergy (known as ulema or mullah) are corrupt to the very hilt and this has filtered deep into the fabric of the nation’s national character. The brunt of this is being felt among the people living in villages and ghettos who’re being exploited mainly by the clergy while 6-10% of the rich and upper middle class who live in large cities continue to eat the fruits sowed with the seeds of corruption in every government heirarchy.

    Pakistan is a nation in chaos as are many other Muslim countries whose citizens are victims of terrorism, tyranny, corruption, oppression and injustice. These will be illustrated as several epitomes in the following paragraphs.

    I was going to omit reference to the corruption in the military but after receiving a rather interesting email, I decided to include the contents after investigating the authenticity of the email. In brief, during his regime, General Zia-ul-Haq of Pakistan was en route to USA on an official visit with his wife. Several gifts were loaded on the plane for distribution and among them were some marble lamps. Due to last minute plan changes, the marble lamps were not loaded in the cargo section. The Federal Investigation Agency (FIA) found the lamps left behind and after failing to trace the owner(s), broke the lamps and found them stuffed with heroin. After several arrests, the track led to Zia’s ADC Captain Qamar Zaman, the “adopted son” of the general. I traced an article in Pakistan Tribune newspaper of 11 October, 2011 as well as the book “Profiles of Intelligence” by Brigadier A.I. Tirmizi. Fascinatingly, Qamar Zaman was appointed Chairman of Pakistan’s National Accountability Board (NAB) the very authority charged to investigate corruption. Details of Qamar Zaman’s corruption are noted on the referenced article.

     

    On 9 July 2016 a noble and humble Pakistani philanthropist, Abdul Suttar Edhi, died at the age of 88 in Karachi serving humanity, the very essence of Islam. In a blog EDHI: A LIFE LESS ORDINARY in the newspaper The Dawn , filmmaker and journalist Hassan Zaidi wrote In fact, if anything made him (Edhi)  bitter it was how some mullahs (clergy) had perverted the spirit of religion with literal interpretations. He would rail many times about how the clergy only created problems for other people, never helped those in need. In another anonymous blog, Edhi’s wife Bilquis stated that “What we are doing (charity) should be done by the government and should be appreciated, but instead we are blamed.” I remember an Italian saying ‘the fish smells from the head’ – true enough.

    The corruption, tyranny, oppression, religious intolerance, terrorism and injustice in Pakistan are representative across the entire Muslim world. Muslims are fleeing from their own countries and seeking sanctuary anywhere where they can escape the horrific crimes being perpetrated against innocent men, women and children by their leaders and extremist groups like Al-Qaeda, Islamic State and Taliban.

    Ask Muslims about the roots of terrorism and they’re quick to point the fingers at the USA or Israel. They’re not thinking. They’re not thinking inwardly. The plague of terrorism is homemade, not foreign. The western countries however prop up the Muslim perpetrators with bribes and political protection so that they can extract economic benefits from the mayhem. Why not exploit the homegrown situation?

    Terrorism

    Terrorism was born predominantly in Saudi Arabia and Pakistan as a tool to expel Soviets from Afghanistan in 1980s. The other day I was asked about these three countries. The official descriptions of Pakistan and Afghanistan are THE ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF PAKISTAN and ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF AFGHANISTAN. I posed a question to several Muslims: are these two countries Islamic or republics or democracies as their leaders and politicians claim? The answers were unanimously ‘no’ in each case. They are hypocrisies and mirror reflections of Saudi Arabian monarchy in every respect. These countries are namesake Islamic only, not in principle or in spirit. The blame also lies with the clergy who mislead Muslims and appease the political leaders for personal gains and power sharing.

    The current Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif owes much to the Saudi monarchy as it had granted him sanctuary during his 9 year exile from Pakistan in 1999 following a military coup. Saudi Arabia has granted sanctuary to other heads of Muslim countries known for their extremities of corruption, oppression, tyranny, murder, mayhem and injustice against their peoples. A case is that of Idi Amin President of Uganda from 1971-1979, an incredibly disturbed psychotic who is on record to have killed half million citizens. Another corrupt tyrant-dictator who was granted sanctuary in Saudi Arabia was the former President of Tunisia Zain El-Abedin bin Ali (1987-2011). He fled with his notorious wife Leila bin Ali and nearly 1.5 tons of gold valued at $75 million. Why has the Saudi monarchy granted sanctuary to such tyrants? One can only surmise that “birds of a feather flock together”.

    The plague of terrorism was born and nurtured in Afghanistan and Pakistan in prayer houses (mosques) of God under control of fundamentalist clergies trained and funded by the same country that has supported and granted sanctuary to tyrants, dictators, political criminals, unjust rulers, oppressors and murderers. One of them was President Zia-ul-Haq of Pakistan, a religious zealot, who together with Saudi Arabia aspired to promote Wahhabism- an extremist belief far removed from mainstream Islam which preaches humanity and tolerance – across the Muslim world. Fortunately his aspirations died with him in a military airplane crash in 1988 but the monarchy and Wahhabism continues to survive and grow like a cancerous plague of radicalism, terrorism and terrorists.

    The plague spans not only the Muslim countries but even the USA and European nations. The only Muslim country which has successfully prevented terrorism within its borders is Iran. Whether they belong to Al-Qaeda, Taliban or the Islamic State (IS), these bearded terrorists are products of extremism and religious fundamentalism, brainwashed in mosques by the Saudi trained clergy to indiscriminately kill men, women and children. Then they vanish in the crowds and find sanctuary in the mosques. They call themselves Muslims who believe that God has chosen them to do His bidding and that they’ll be rewarded in Paradise.

    Let us now consider in a couple of paragraphs how to eliminate the global plague. The US and European NATO partners have a grand plan for Saudi Arabia, a nation that cannot defend itself but would willingly pay other Muslim countries to do its dirty job. It has hopes that Pakistan, Afghanistan, other Arab monarchies would send regular army troops to defend the country and the two holy sites in Mecca and Medina. It has thus formed a coalition of Sunni Muslims including Al-Qaeda, IS and Taliban to counter the growing influence of Shia axis (Iran, Iraq, Syria and Hezbollah) in the Middle East. The grand plan is to start a civil war between Shias and Sunnis (both Muslims) and thus contain the plague in US and EU while Muslims will be engaged in throat cutting.

    As to the timing of the civil war, it might just well be in less than two years following the US elections. Donald Trump, the Republican Party presidential nominee, is the circus clown who has been thrown into the ring to gauge the sentiments of the Americans towards Muslims while the “terrorists” unleash chaos in the US. Behind the scenes is the juggler, Hillary Clinton (endorsed as the Democratic Party presidential nominee), as she spins a web that will lead to the Shia-Sunni civil war in the Middle East. Iran’s Supreme leader Khamenei warned his nuclear negotiators that under the N-deal is a “half nuclear bowl” suggesting caution that the US-EU has an ulterior motive. Now that the sanctions are gradually being lifted, Iran is economically and militarily preparing towards the eventuality of the civil war that it has foreseen in the “half nuclear bowl”. I perceive that the civil war will be a major regional conflict that will prolong many years till terrorism and fundamentalism will be defeated and peace will prevail but the human toll among Muslims will be massive.

  • French Government Forced To Admit It "Suppressed News Of Gruesome Torture" At Bataclan Massacre

    Authored by Louise Mensch, originally posted at HeatStreet.com,

    A French government committee has heard testimony, suppressed by the French government at the time and not published online until this week, that the killers in the Bataclan appear to have tortured their victims on the second floor of the club.

    The chief police witness in Parliament testified that on the night of the attacks, an investigating officer, tears streaming down his face, rushed out of the Bataclan and vomited in front of him just after seeing the disfigured bodies.

    The 14-hour testimony about the November attacks took place March 21st.

    According to this testimony, Wahhabist killers reportedly gouged out eyes, castrated victims, and shoved their testicles in their mouths. They may also have disemboweled some poor souls. Women were reportedly stabbed in the genitals – and the torture was, victims told police, filmed for Daesh or Islamic State propaganda. For that reason, medics did not release the bodies of torture victims to the families, investigators said.

    But prosecutors at the hearing claimed these reports of torture were “a rumor” on the grounds that sharp knives were not found at the scene. They also claimed that maybe shrapnel had caused the injuries.

    Q. For the information of the Commission of Inquiry….can you tell us how you learned that there had been acts of barbarism within the Bataclan: beheadings, evisceration, eyes gouged out …?

     

    Investigator: After the assault, we were with colleagues at the passage Saint-Pierre Amelot when I saw weeping from one of our colleagues who came outside  to vomit. He told us what he had seen.

     

    Q. Acts of torture happened on the second floor?

    Further on the investigator described how this was kept from relatives:

    A. Bodies have not been presented to families because there were beheaded people there, the murdered people, people who have been disemboweled . There are women who had their genitals stabbed.

     

    Q. All this would have been videotaped for Daesh !

     

    A. I believe so. Survivors have said so.

    Elsewhere, the investigator says, women were sexually tortured, stabbed in the genitals, and their eyes were plucked out. People were decapitated.

    The clerk of the inquiry (or “rapporteur”) pressed the chief of committee for clarity on whether victims were decapitated or mutilated. The committee chief replied that the authorities had given out conflicting information that said victims were merely shot or blown up. He then added this damning statement about one victim’s father discovering the gruesome truth in the morgue:

    Mr. President Georges Fenech Indeed, the Committee is troubled by this information which has appeared nowhere [in the media]. Thus, the father of one of the victims sent me a copy of a letter he sent to the investigating judge, which I quote in summary: “On the causes of the death of my son A., at the forensic institute in Paris, I was told, and what a shock it was for me at that moment, they had cut off his testicles, had put them in his mouth, and he was disemboweled. When I saw him behind glass, lying on a table, a white shroud covering it up to the neck, a psychologist was with me. He said: This is “the only presentable part, your son’s left profile.” I found that he had no right eye. I made the remark; I was informed that they had punctured his eye and  sliced down the right side of his face, where there was a very large hematoma that we could all see. ”

     

    This particular witness could corroborate the statements that we heard from one of the BAC officials, that one of his investigators vomited immediately on leaving the Bataclan after finding a decapitation and evisceration. Are you aware of such facts?

    A prosecutor appearing before the inquiry replied lamely that no sharp knife had been found at the scene that could have been used for torture. Perhaps shrapnel had caused the mutilation, he said. The head of the committee asked if an explosion would have placed testicles in a victim’s mouth:

    Prosecutor: I specify, for the sake of clarity: some of the bodies found at the Bataclan were extremely mutilated by the explosions and weapons, to the point that it was sometimes difficult to reconstruct the dismembered bodies. In other words, injuries described this father may also have been caused by automatic weapons, by explosions or projections of nails and bolts that have resulted.

     

    Q. Would those have put a man’s balls in in his own mouth?

     

    Prosecutor: I do not have that information.

    The news follows reports that German police sat on the huge number of sexual assaults committed by Islamist migrants in Cologne, which a secret report estimated at thousands, not hundreds.

    * * *

    What is there to add? Why suppress it? Is this just more disgusting appeasement, pandering, and suppression to ensure some fear-based control.. but not total economically-crushing terror? Tell The Truth!!

  • Friday Humor? Obama's 11-Point Response To The French Tragedy

    Authored by Yojimbo via The Burning Platform blog,

    1. No one needs a commercial truck this large.

    2. The Founding Fathers never envisioned large commercial trucks, and did not intend for people to drive them.

    3. These “assault trucks” are designed for killing large numbers of people quickly, and that is their only use.

    4. We need a “no truck” list immediately, one that does not require due process to get on or off.

    5. No where in the Constitution does it mention the freedom to own these killing devices called trucks.

    6. Large commercial trucks should only be owned by the police, military, or politicians, NOT normal citizens, who can use horses.

    7. We already have licensing, registration, titles, inspection, and multiple taxes on large commercial vehicles, and STILL they are used for mass killing. Enough is enough. We must ban them entirely.

    8. We must follow Australia’s example – we must have a massive government buy-back of all trucks currently owned by American citizens, then, they must be destroyed.

    9. We must empower the police and military to go door-to-door to forcibly remove these “assault trucks”. Deadly force is reasonable when “disarming” people of these killing devices.

    10. If it will save the life of even a single child, we must rid our society of trucks.

    11. And lastly, we must continue to resettle enormous numbers of Muslims throughout the United States, primarily in rural, white, Christian areas.

    *  *  *

    Ironically, this is exactly what Newt Gingrich expected from The President: "Will Obama Call for New Truck Regulations After Nice Terror?"

     

  • UK Luxury Property Sales Collapse Post-Brexit

    Things just went to '11' on the Spinal Tap amplifier of Britain's property market. Having detailed the numerous 'dominoes' that have begun to fall, and the start of forced real asset liquidations, the hard data from Britain's Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors suggests Brexit just killed the British housing market… and even more crucially, as Bloomberg reports, a measure of London (luxury) home-price changes crashed to its weakest since the financial crisis as the U.K.’s vote to leave the EU sent shock waves across the nation.

    Having previously shown the following chart as an example of the 'liquidity gap' between fund-level liquidations and the exuberant UK real estate market, warning that things could get ugly very quickly

     

    Bloomberg reports, they just did! The index by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors dropped to minus 46 in June from minus 35 the previous month, showing that more real-estate agents are recording lower prices in the capital than higher ones. The reading was the weakest since early 2009. All responses were received after the EU referendum on June 23.

    A separate report from Acadata Ltd. and LSL Property Services Plc showed home values in the capital were already being hurt ahead of the vote, with prices decreasing 1.4 percent in May, the biggest monthly fall since June 2011.

     

    RICS’s survey provides the first insight into the impact the decision to leave the EU is having on the housing market. It shows nationwide demand falling to its lowest level since the middle of 2008, while the number of properties put up for sale plunged to a record low. A gauge of sales expectations for the next three months was at its weakest in 28 years.

    “It was always likely we were going to see a bit of a fallout from the EU referendum,”  Simon Rubinsohn, RICS’s chief economist, said in an interview on Bloomberg Television with Guy Johnson and Caroline Hyde.

     

    “It’s also part of a trend that emerged at the start of the second quarter, particularly the London data.”

    The Brexit vote has “clearly unnerved many buyers and sellers, and it is evident that some are reevaluating what they do and/or are attempting to renegotiate the price,” they said.

  • Pokemania: Nintendo Just Became The Most-Traded Stock In Japanese History

    Thanks to the fad-tastic launch of Pokemon GO – more popular than porn – Nintendo stock has exploded over 93% in the last 7 days (the most ever) to 6 years highs. But the Pokemania was really in the trading volume where 476 billion yen changed hands for the highest daily turnover on the Tokyo Stock Exchange this century…

     

    Second-highest turnover for any given day was Tokyo Electric with 446b yen on May 21, 2013, followed by SoftBank with 431b yen on Nov. 29, 2005.

    *  *  *

    Seems sustainable, right?

    Having second thoughts? Maybe you're right? From Gawker:

    "Pokémon Go Is a Government Surveillance Psyop Conspiracy"

    Less than a week after Pokémon Go’s launch, our streets are already filled with packs of phone-wielding, Weedle-catching zombies. They’re robbing our teens, filling our churches with sinners, and tricking our children into exercising. But worst of all, Pokémon Go is turning us all into an army of narcs in service of the coming New World Order.

    Allow me to explain.

    More like Privacy Poli-See Everything

    Lots of apps have sketchy privacy policies, that’s nothing new. But the first set of alarms go off as soon as you realize that Pokémon Go’s policy does seem a bit more liberal than most, because not only are you giving Pokémon Go access to your location and camera, you’re also giving it full access to your Google account (assuming you use that to sign in).

    There’s one section of the privacy policy in particular that seems to be getting the conspiracy theorists of the world up in arms and which Reddit user Homer_Simpson_Doh calls “very Orwellian”:
     
     
    Most Orwellian of all is this line:
    We may disclose any information about you (or your authorized child) that is in our possession or control to government or law enforcement officials or private parties.
    As TechCrunch explained, Pokémon-loving millennials are far less likely to object to a few extra permissions when its Squirtle staring them in the face as they abandon their every god-given freedom than they do when Google reads their email.
     
    Pokémon Go comes directly—directly—from the intelligence community
     
    And it’s not like Pokémon Go itself doesn’t already have a direct(-ish) line to the CIA. After all, Pokémon Go was created by Niantic, which was formed by John Hanke.
     
    Now, Hanke also just so happened to help found Keyhole. What does Keyhole do, you ask? I’d tell you to go to Keyhole’s website—but you can’t. It just takes you straight to Google Earth. That’s because Keyhole was acquired by Google back in 2004.
     
    Before that, though, Keyhole received funding from a firm called In-Q-Tel, a government-controlled venture capital firm that invests in companies that will help beef up Big Brother’s tool belt. What’s more, the funds In-Q-Tel gave Keyhole mostly came from the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA), whose primary mission is “collecting, analyzing, and distributing geospatial intelligence.”
     
    Still unsure if Pokémon Go’s creator is a government spook? Check out this excerpt from the NGA’s in-house publication…
     

  • Housing Bubble 2.0 – Are You Ready For This?

    The mind-numbing Case-Shiller regional charts below are presented without too much comment. As MHanson.com's Mark Hanson adds, the visual says it all.

    Bottom line:

    Q:  If 2006/07 was the peak of the largest housing bubble in history with affordability never better vis a’ vis exotic loans; easy availability of credit; unemployment in the 4%’s; the total workforce at record highs; and growing wages, then what do you call “now” with house prices at or above 2006 levels; worse affordability; tighter credit; higher unemployment; a weakening total workforce; and shrinking wages?

     

    A:  Whatever you call it, it’s a greater thing than the Bubble 1.0 peak.

    1)  Funny (and Demented) Seattle area Realtor anecdote regarding the potential for another housing Bubble: “House prices can’t be in a bubble because they are only 10% greater than the 2006 peak, meaning growth of only 1% per year since 2006. And 1% per year is not the Bubble type gains we saw back in the mid-2000’s”.

    DOH! How do you argue with that? You don’t, you just turn the other cheek and pound a drink.

    2)  Case-Shiller’s most Bubblicious Regions

    Bottom line: If these key housing markets hit a wall they will take the rest of the nation with them; bubbles and busts don’t happen in “isolation”.

    Not shown in these charts of absolute index levels is the three-straight months of national yy price gain deceleration. Moreover, the CS captures prices up to 7-months old at the tail so conditions are already a lot different than shown here.

     

    CASE SHILLER APRIL BUBBLE CHARTS

    3) Notes & Observations on above chart:

    • The bubblicious regions above all have one thing in common…STEM. As such, if the tech and biotech sectors hit a wall, which some believe has already begun, so will these housing regions.

    • If these key housing markets hit a wall they will take the rest of the nation with them; Bubbles and busts don’t happen in “isolation”.

    House prices have retaken Bubble 1.0 levels on the exact same drivers: easy/cheap/deep credit & liquidity that found its way to real estate. The only difference between both era’s is which cohorts controlled the credit and liquidity. In Bubble 1.0, end-users were in control. In this bubble, “professional”/private investors and foreigners are. But, they both drove demand and prices in the exact same manner. That is, as incremental buyers with easy/cheap/deep credit & liquidity, able to hit whatever the ask price was, and consequently — due to the US comparable sales appraisal process — pushed all house prices to levels far beyond what typical end-user, shelter-buyers can afford. Thus, the persistent, anemic demand.

    • Bubble 2.0 has occurred without a corresponding demand surge just like peak Bubble 1.0. As such, it means something other than fundamental, end-user demand and economics is driving prices this time too.

    • The end result of Bubble 2.0 will be the same as 1.0; a demand “mix-shift” and price “reset” back towards end-user fundamentals once the speculators finish up, or events force them to the “sidelines”.

    • Lower prices will create demand, which the housing sector will always achieve one way or another…it’s what it does. Just like the anemic demand led the price crash of Bubble 1.0, which ultimately led to increased demand as prices stabilized lower.

    • The Bubble 2.0 pop will also free up supply in the same manner as Bubble 1.0, just not as much from foreclosures. However, I do think people underestimate the volume of low-down mortgages originated over the past several years, and those with little to no equity in legacy loans or rising interest rate mods, which if house prices drop a few percent turn high-risk, especially when factoring in the 6%+ cost to sell. But, it doesn’t matter where the supply comes from — maybe the PE firms start to dump rentals — as it’s fungible.

    • Sure the bubble could blow bigger. Maybe we get a double-bubble. Bubbles are strange things. But, when they begin to fall there is a lot of air under there because the downside has clearly been established.

    Lastly, I am betting 2016 marks the high for house prices, as mortgage rates can’t go meaningfully lower, the unorthodox demand cohort is exhausted, and real affordability to end-user shelter-buyers has rarely been worse. In fact, I believe this is the year house prices go red yy.

  • What Is Helicopter Money? Goldman Explains

    Whether Japan admits it or not, helicopter money – thanks to Ben Bernanke – is here, and the market’s reaction this week was simply the first stage of pricing it in, as confirmed by the biggest drop in the Japanese currency this century.

     

     

    Incidentally, we are “confident” that the SEC will inquire whether Citadel- Ben Bernanke’s official employer – was actually short the Yen ahead of its employee going to Japan and advising the Bank of Japan what to do, and how to crush its currency. Obviously that would be a grandiouse, and criminal, conflict of interest.

    We won’t be holding our breath, but while we wait here is a useful primer for all those wondering just what is coming, courtesy of Goldman Sachs, which explains the nuances of monetary policy’s endgame: Helicopter Money.

    Q1: What does helicopter money refer to in the first place?

    A1: Literally, it is a policy whereby the government or central bank supplies large amounts of money, as if it were scattering money from a helicopter. A more practical definition, however, is a policy whereby the central bank has primary responsibility for funding to facilitate more flexible and active fiscal spending by the government. The concept of helicopter money has been around for years. Professor Milton Friedman was first to propose the idea in 1969, and in the early 2000s then Federal Reserve Board Governor Ben Bernanke raised it as one prescription to prevent deflation.[1] Very recently, a July 13 Sankei Newspaper article suggesting Prime Minister Abe and his advisers were considering helicopter money sparked debate on the subject in Japan.

    According to Adair Turner (former chairman of the UK FSA), there are two specific schemes: (1) the BOJ directly underwriting JGBs, and (2) converting JGBs purchased by the BOJ on the secondary market into zero-coupon perpetual bonds.[2]

    The first scheme is referred to as monetization. This was actually done in Japan under Takahashi fiscal policy in the 1930s, which served as a model for Abenomics (see Q4 for details).

    The second scheme, although not involving direct JGB underwriting, is in effect very similar to the first one because it is no longer necessary for the government to pay interest on JGBs or even redeem them.

    Either way, it would theoretically allow the government to fund fiscal spending of any amount it deemed necessary. It can be thought of as the ultimate form of fiscal and monetary policy unification.

    Q2: Why is this a hot topic in Japan now?

    A2: This is closely associated with the fact that Abenomics, which has monetary policy as its central plank, is faltering. The BOJ, under Governor Kuroda, launched unprecedented easing in April 2013, with the initial aim of achieving 2% inflation in two years by doubling base money. It has now pushed back the timeline for achieving this inflation target to the end of FY2017, and we, along with many other observers, believe it will take even longer.

    The core CPI (excluding fresh foods) fell into negative territory in the most recent reading in May 2016, at -0.4% yoy. The BOJ’s new core CPI (excluding fresh foods and energy), which the BOJ has emphasized recently as a gauge of price trends, also slowed to +0.8% in May 2016, after printing strongly at +1.3% in December 2015. On top of this, the 2016 shunto spring wage negotiations ended on a sour note for the BOJ too, even though it had hoped for stronger wage hikes.[3] The real economy, meanwhile, is sluggish, oscillating between positive and negative growth since 2015. .

    We also think the BOJ’s unprecedented easing policy is approaching its limits. Qualitative easing (ETF purchase in particular), part of the BOJ’s three-dimensional monetary easing, still has relative scope for expansion, but many observers are skeptical about the sustainability of the BOJ’s quantitative target of increasing the monetary base by ¥80 tn a year through JGB purchases.[4] The negative interest rate policy introduced by the BOJ in January 2016 as well has been met with a critical eye not only by financial institutions but also the general public.

    If Prime Minister Abe and his advisors are indeed giving consideration to helicopter money, as the Sankei Shimbun article suggests, this may indicate that they are also sensing limitations to the BOJ’s three-dimensional easing.

    Q3: Is helicopter money legally feasible?

    A3: It is prohibited, in principle, but there is a gray zone here. Article 5 of Japan’s Public Finance Law prohibits the BOJ from underwriting any public bonds. However it goes on to say that in special circumstances, the BOJ may be able to do so within limits approved by a Diet resolution.

    The first sentence prohibits the underwriting of JGBs in principle. This is based on lessons learned from the bitter experience, under the Takahashi fiscal policy in the 1930s, of JGB underwriting by the BOJ leading to a complete loss of fiscal discipline and ultimately to hyper-inflation (see Q5). The gray zone is the proviso in the second sentence. “Special circumstances” are usually interpreted to be limited to JGBs bonds issued to refinance JGBs held by the BOJ, and not ones issued to support active government fiscal stimulus measures. However, proponents of BOJ underwriting tend to believe that this proviso can be interpreted more broadly to include a more active role for the BOJ in financing fiscal measures.

    Q4: What kinds of benefits are proponents of this policy expecting?

    A4: We believe proponents are focused on two main benefits. The first is the direct demand-generating effect that comes from the ability to freely increase fiscal spending with no concern over how it will be funded. While households may opt to direct this money into savings rather than spend it if the policy is only in place for a very short period of time, the possibility of consumption picking up increases the longer the policy is in effect.

    The second benefit is the “announcement effect” targeting the markets generated by the decision itself to adopt a very radical policy such as the BOJ directly underwriting public debt, long considered taboo (see Q5). For the currency markets, we expect this policy to place a downward pressure on the yen.

    Q5: What are the risks?

    A5: The largest risk is that once helicopter money is adopted it may not be able to be stopped. If the markets take the view that the policy cannot be reined in, there is a risk the government and BOJ may trigger a substantial collapse in confidence in the yen, resulting in excessive currency depreciation.

    Under the Takahashi fiscal policy of the 1930s, on which Abenomics is modeled, the BOJ actually took the step of underwriting JGBs. Then Minister of Finance Korekiyo Takahashi attempted to pull Japan out of a period of severe deflation by supplementing the weaker yen that accompanied the exit from the gold standard with aggressive fiscal stimulus via the underwriting of JGBs.[5] While the BOJ’s underwriting of public debt was also viewed as taboo at that time, Finance Minister Takahashi considered it just a short-term expedient, and planned to rapidly exit the policy once Japan had escaped the deflationary cycle.

    The Takahashi policy breathed life into the Japanese economy, but contrary to the Minister’s intentions, the BOJ continued to underwrite JGBs unabated. After the assassination of Minister Takahashi in 1936, what started out as a short-term expedient became the fiscal norm and the fiscal deficit grew sharply, ultimately leading to hyper-inflation. While the era of militarism only further accelerated the loss of fiscal discipline, it all began with giving the government a really convenient tool of the BOJ’s underwriting of public debt.

    While some promoting helicopter money highlight the possibility of building a framework that will ensure fiscal discipline, such as linking the policy to the inflation target, given past Japan’s experiences noted above, many including us are skeptical about whether or not an effective framework can really be built.

    Q6: Is helicopter money likely to be used in Japan?

    A6: While we think the overt adoption of helicopter money is highly unlikely in Japan, we see a possibility that the market could come to associate future large-scale fiscal and monetary policy mix as a step toward helicopter money.

    As explained in Q5, the main reason why we think helicopter money is unlikely in Japan is that the BOJ is acutely aware of the difficulty of exiting such a policy once it has been set in motion. Governor Kuroda is a notable proponent of fiscal consolidation, and is in our view unlikely to agree to a policy that is highly likely to result in a future loss of fiscal discipline.

    That said, the point at which helicopter money begins is extremely vague. The BOJ’s net purchasing of JGBs is currently running at ¥80 tn per year. Although these purchases are made via the market and therefore do not amount to the underwriting of government debt in the strictly defined sense, the economic principle is the same. The government issues bonds that are purchased by private sector financial institutions who quickly sell them on to the BOJ. In terms of fund flow, the only difference from the direct underwriting of government debt is that in this case the bonds pass through private sector financial institutions.

    Accordingly, if the Japanese government decides to implement a massive fiscal stimulus package and the BOJ concurrently steps up three-dimensional easing (particularly if it increases JGB purchasing), we think the market could react as if this is a step toward helicopter money in all but name.

    * * *

    And here are some schematics from Jefferies

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 15th July 2016

  • Piling On: EU's "Competition Enforcer" Lays More Charges On Google

    Submitted by Michael Shedlock via MishTalk.com,

    The anti-free trade consortium in Brussels is leveling more charges
    at Google. The EU nannycrats just cannot stand or deal with a successful
    business that people like.

    The Financial Times reports Brussels Piles New Charges on Google as Vestager Digs In.

    Brussels launched another volley of competition
    complaints against Google on Thursday, marking the latest gambit in a
    protracted antitrust saga.

     

    Margrethe Vestager, the EU’s competition enforcer, issued two extra
    sets of charges against the US group, alleging that it abused its search
    clout to muscle out smaller rivals in online advertising and shopping
    comparison markets.

     

    However, rather than significantly broadening the regulatory assault
    against Google, the moves largely consolidate the European Commission’s
    position as it edges towards infringement decisions and possible fines.
    These would only come to pass in 2017 at the earliest — some eight years
    after the first complaint against Google was filed.

     

    The new charges create a three-front legal battle line with Google by
    adding to allegations in April related to the Android mobile operating
    system, which are potentially the most problematic for the company.
    Google has rejected any wrongdoing and said its “innovations and product
    improvements have increased choice for European consumers and promote
    competition”.

     

    Competition investigators generally wish to avoid additional charge
    sheets, which indicate their legal case is trickier than first expected.
    But the concession does not mean the investigation is dead — Ms
    Vestager stressed such follow-up charges were issued in Brussels’
    successful cases against Microsoft and Intel.

     

    Indeed, her decision signals that she is raising her stakes and is
    likely to see the matter through to a decision and possible fine —
    rather than opting for a settlement — according to legal analysts.

     

    “She is doubling down. They are sinking their teeth in further and
    they will finish the shopping case. That is plain,” said Alec Burnside, a
    lawyer at Cadwalader acting for complainants in a separate matter
    against Google.

    Meet Margrethe Vestager, the EU’s “Competition Enforcer”

    competition

    Google Tax in Spain

    In a stunning display of stupidity, Spain passed a “Google Tax” that
    charged news aggregators like Google for showing snippets and linking to
    news stories.
    Rather than pay the tax, Google left.

    Then, in an amazing twist of irony, the publishers who were in favor of the tax, demanded Google stay.

    A study shows Spain’s “Google tax” has been a disaster for publishers.

    A study
    commissioned by Spanish publishers has found that a new intellectual
    property law passed in Spain last year, which charges news aggregators
    like Google for showing snippets and linking to news stories, has done
    substantial damage to the Spanish news industry.

     

    In the short-term, the study found, the law will cost publishers €10
    million, or about $10.9 million, which would fall disproportionately on
    smaller publishers. Consumers would experience a smaller variety of
    content, and the law “impedes the ability of innovation to enter the
    market.”

     

    The study concludes that there’s no “theoretical or empirical justification” for the fee. The full study (PDF) is available for download; it’s in Spanish with an English-language executive summary.

     

    The law, which provides for fines of up to $758,000 for violators, was passed in October.
    Unlike previous attempts to impose a “Google News tax” in Germany and
    Belgium, the Spanish law doesn’t allow publishers to opt out. In
    response, Google simply closed down Google News in Spain.

     

    Whatever loss of traffic occurs due to readers who may read a
    news aggregator and then choose not to read an entire story, is more
    than made up for by the “market expansion” effect, the study found. In
    other words, given access to a news aggregator like Google, people read
    much more news.

     

    The NERA analysis found a 6 percent overall drop in traffic from the
    Spanish Google News closure and a 14 percent drop for smaller
    publications.

    The entire notion there needs to be a “Competition Enforcer” is
    idiotic in and of itself.
    People use Google because they like Google.
    Others use Firefox because they like Firefox.

    The market is fully capable of deciding what needs to be, not “competition enforcer” bureaucrats demanding mediocrity.

    Margrethe Vestager and her nannycrat idiocy provides a stellar example as to why the UK should be pleased to be out of the EU.

  • Fed Loses Another Excuse As China "Super Friday" Data Dump Beats Expectations

    China's 'Super Friday' data dump arrived and despite the 10% devaluation in the Renminbi basket over the past year, and an utterly incredible spike in borrowing (new loans spiked again in June!!), China economic data merely muddles through in its centrally-planned goal-seeked way. Earlier 'researchers' proclaimed Chinese GDP at around 6.5% but China GDP grew at 6.7% YoY (beating expectations of 6.6%). While Fixed Asset Investment disappointed (+9.0% vs +9.4% exp), Retail Sales (+10.6%) and Industrial Production (+6.2%) beat expectations.

     

    The devaluation against the USD is starting to accelerate as the broad Renminbi basket has now dropped 10% in the last year (against all of China's major trading partners)…

     

    The search for yield has once again led to Chinese Corporates, which have rallied back to almost record bubble low yields (despite the utter carnage in Chinese balance sheets as leverage rises). Bonds have replaced stocks for now as the bubble-du-jour in China…

    Not easily seen in this chart but SHCOMP has actually rallied bak to April levels in recent weeks amid the world's flood of central bank largesse.

    As Bloomberg notes, whenever China's GDP beat or met market consensus, the country's stock market fell. Here's how the Shanghai Composite did following the last four GDP releases:

    • 1Q on April 15, 2016: +6.7%; SHCOMP -0.1%
    • 4Q on Jan. 19, 2016: +6.8%; SHCOMP +3.2%
    • 3Q on Oct. 19, 2015: +6.9%; SHCOMP -0.1%
    • 2Q on July 15, 2015: +7%; SHCOMP -3%

    But it has not helped the macro-economic data much…

    • Industrial Production rose 6.2% (acclerating from 6.0% in May) BEATING expectations of a 5.9% rise (5.3 to 6.2% range)
    • Retails Sales printed +10.6% (faster than May's 10.0%) BEATING expectations of a 9.9% gain (with 40 economists estimating between 9.2 and 10.2% gains)
    • Fixed Assets Investment rose 9.0% YoY (slowing from 9.6% in May) MISSING expectations of 9.4% (between 8.8 and 9.8%) – lowest since 2000.
    • GDP printed +6.7% (flat from May) BEATING expectations of 6.6% YoY rise (6.3 to 6.8% range among 46 economists) – equal lowest since 2009.

    And all of this was achieved with another massive surge in credit…

    So The Fed loses another excuse – US Jobs – Fixed! BREXIT – handled! China Growth Fears – No Worries!

     

  • We're Witnessing A Complete Breakdown In Western Values

    Submitted by Simon Black via SoveeignMan.com,

    Two months ago I was with the former President of Colombia, Alvaro Uribe, at his home outside of Medellin.

    He was telling me some hilarious stories about his interactions in the early 2000s with Hugo Chavez, who had recently seized power in Venezuela.

    Chavez was a fanatic socialist. He believed so strongly in the idea of redistributing wealth from rich to poor.

    Yet even when it was clear his policies weren’t working and Venezuela was rapidly sliding into economic chaos, Chavez’s only solution was to double down and redistribute even MORE wealth.

    It was the classic definition of insanity.

    Chavez failed to understand what Uribe told me so succinctly: “If there’s no wealth creation, there’s nothing left to redistribute.”

    We know how Venezuela turned out; its failed socialist experiment led to today’s infamous shortages of food and toilet paper.

    But here in Russia is perhaps the most famous example in our modern times.

    Marxists came to power in a bloody 1917 revolution with the goal of eradicating poverty and redistributing wealth.

    Yet like Venezuela, the only equality the Soviet Union managed to achieve was making everyone equally poor to the point that this vast wasteland of destitution finally collapsed in the late 1980s.

    These economic disasters almost invariably start with a rising gap in wealth and income– a growing percentage of the population feeling left behind who rally behind someone promising to “spread the wealth around.”

    As Historian Will Durant wrote in his incredible 1969 book Lessons from History:

    “The concentration [of wealth] may reach a point where the strength of number in the many poor rivals the strength of ability in the few rich. . . which history has diversely met by legislation redistributing wealth or by revolution distributing poverty.”

    This is exactly what’s happening in the West now.

    The statistics are obvious: the wealth gap is bigger than it’s been since the Great Depression.

    Middle class wages, when adjusted for inflation, are stagnant.

    2015 was the first time in years that the average wage increase in the United States actually surpassed the rate of inflation.

    But on a longer timeline, household incomes haven’t kept pace with either productivity or the cost of living.

    We can see the effects of this anecdotally.

    Thomas Piketty’s 2013 book Capital in the Twenty-First Century, which criticized such inequality and advocated a global wealth tax, was an explosive best-seller.

    A 2011 Pew Research Center poll showed that 49% of US respondents had a favorable view of socialism.

    And of course, Bernie Sanders made wealth and income inequality major issues in his presidential campaign, resonating with tens of millions of people.

    On the way over to Russia I was reading an article in Newsweek about Uber, the ride-sharing pioneer that is currently worth around $70 billion.

    The author was upset because the company’s stock isn’t publicly traded like Apple or Facebook, meaning he’s not able to own any Uber shares for himself.

    He complains that the founders of these tech companies have been “actively deciding to keep as much for [themselves] as possible and shut out the rest of the populace by avoiding public stock offerings.”

    According to the author, we’re apparently all entitled to our “fair share” of other people’s businesses and private property.

    Unbelievable.

    He’s not alone– there’s a growing chorus of politicians beating up on Uber, evidenced by Elizabeth Warren’s statement in March 2016 that “all the benefits [of Uber and related “shared-economy” companies] are floating to the top 10%.”

    What an ignorant comment to make.

    Uber loses billions of dollars each year.

    So if anything, investors’ capital ends up in the pockets of the hundreds of thousands of drivers who use the app to generate extra income.

    In reality Uber constitutes an enormous transfer of wealth from investors to workers and consumers. So her comment was totally wrong.

    But what was more amazing was that she was complaining about how it benefits the top TEN percent.

    Usually these people whine about the top 0.1%, then the top 1%. Now it’s the top 10%.

    When will they start complaining about the top 20%? Or those evil people in the top 55%, i.e. the percentage of households that actually pay US federal income tax.

    Wealth and income inequality is real, and the gap is growing. So is the consequent rise of socialism.

    People know they’re getting screwed. And they are. They just don’t know why.

    They have no idea how central bankers who conjure money out of thin air have rigged the entire economy against them.

    So instead they blame “capitalism” and naturally embrace its opposite.

    Seven centuries ago when Europe was just a plague-infested backwater, glimmerings of economic freedom began to appear on the continent.

    The West adopted core values, like the sacrosanct protection of private property; the ability for an individual to work hard and build wealth; and spirited intellectual debate.

    This is how western civilization became the most prosperous that history has ever known.

    But this is all changing.

    Being wealthy used to be a virtue worthy of widespread aspiration.

    Now it’s met with skepticism and derision.

    Similarly, intellectual dissent used to be embraced.

    Now it’s increasingly considered “hate speech” that must be banished from university campuses and their infantile ‘safe spaces’.

    And the entire west, it seems, is moving towards an ever-expanding, fiscally unsustainable welfare state that creates swelling masses of dependents.

    This is a complete breakdown of western values, and that has serious consequences.

    It’s incredible how rapidly this trend has unfolded– it’s a very steep line from the economic chaos of the 2008 financial crisis to where we are today.

    And given the speed of this pro-socialist trend, just think about where it’s going to be in a few more years.

    More than likely, it will progress straight into your wallet.

  • The Reasons Why The Globalists Are Destined To Lose

    Submitted by Brandon Smith via Alt-Market.com,

    Under the surface of almost every sociopolitical and economic event in the world there burns an ever-raging, but often unseen, war. This war, for now, is fought with fiction and with truth, with journalistic combat and with quiet individual deeds. It is defined by two sides which could not be more philosophically or spiritually separate.

    On one side is a pervasive network of corporate moguls and elites, banking entities, international financial consortiums, think tanks and political puppets. They work tirelessly to reshape public psychology and society as a whole into something they sometimes call the “New World Order;” a completely and scientifically centralized planet in which they control every aspect of government, trade, life and even moral compass. I often refer to them simply as the “Globalists,” which is how they at times refer to themselves.

    On the other side is a movement that has developed organically and instinctively, growing without direct top-down “leadership,” but still guided through example by various teachers and activists, driven by a concrete set of principles based in natural law. It is composed of the religious, the agnostic and even some atheists.  It is soldiered by people of all ethnic and financial backgrounds. These groups are tied together by a singular and resounding belief in the one vital thing they can all agree upon — the inherent and inborn rights of freedom. I call them the “Liberty Movement.”

    There are those who think they do not have a dog in this fight, those who ignore it and those who are completely oblivious to it. However, EVERYONE can and will be affected by it, no exceptions. This war is for the future of the human race. Its consequences will determine if the next generation will choose the conditions of their environment and maintain the ability to reach their true potential as individuals or if every aspect of their lives will be micromanaged for them by a faceless, soulless bureaucracy that does not have their best interests at heart.

    As you can probably tell, I am not unbiased in my examination of these two sides. While some of the more “academically minded” cynics out there do attempt to marginalize the entire conflict by accusing both sides of simply trying to impose “their ideology” on the rest of humanity, I would say that such people are generally ignorant of what is at stake.

    There is in fact an elemental force behind this war. I would even call it a conflagration between good and evil. For a more in-depth analysis on the evil behind globalism, read my article “Are Globalists Evil Or Just Misunderstood.”

    Some people don’t adhere to such absolutes or they think good and evil are fantasies created by religion to keep society in check. I have no intention of trying to convince them otherwise. All I can say is, I have seen and experienced these absolutes first hand and, therefore, I have no choice but to remain a believer.

    I would also point out that the general experience of most men and women is that the act of organized and legitimate oppression is inherently evil and such actions in the name of satisfying delusional elitist narcissism are even more evil. While these experiences are subjective, they are also universal, regardless of the culture, place or time in history. Most of us feel the same horror and the same defiance when presented with rising tyranny. We can’t necessarily explain why, but we all know.

    While I am firmly on the side of liberty and am willing to fight and trade my life to stop the “New World Order” the globalists are so obsessed with, I will not turn this examination of their tactics into a blind or one sided farce. I will point out where the elites are effective just as I will point out where they are ineffective. It would do more harm than good to portray the globalists as “stupid” or bumbling in their efforts. They are not stupid. They are actually astonishingly clever and should not be underestimated.

    They are indeed conniving and industrious, but, they are not wise. For if they were wise, they would be able to see the ultimate futility of their goal and the world would be saved decades of tragedy and loss. Their cultism has dulled their senses to reality and they have abandoned truth in the name of control. Here are some of the primary strategies that the globalists are using to gain power and work towards total centralization and why their own mindset has doomed them to failure.

    Globalism vs. “Populism”

     

    The globalists have used the method of false dichotomies for centuries to divide nations and peoples against each other in order to derive opportunity from chaos. That said, the above dichotomy is about as close to real as they have ever promoted. As I explained in my article, “Globalists Are Now Openly Demanding New World Order Centralization,” the recent passage of the Brexit referendum in the U.K. has triggered a surge of new propaganda from establishment media outlets.  The thrust of this propaganda is the notion that “populists” are behind the fight against globalization and these populists are going to foster the ruin of nations and the global economy.  That is to say — globalism good, populism bad.

     

    There is a real fight between globalists and those who desire a free, decentralized and voluntary society.  They have just changed some of the labels and the language. We have yet to see how effective this strategy will be for the elites, but it is very useful for them in certain respects.

     

    The wielding of the term “populist” is about as sterilized and distant from “freedom and liberty” as you can get. It denotes not just “nationalism,” but selfish nationalism. And the association people are supposed to make in their minds is that selfish nationalism leads to destructive fascism (i.e. Nazis).  Therefore, when you hear the term “populist,” the globalists hope you will think “Nazi.”

     

    Also, keep in mind that the narrative of the rise of populism coincides with grave warnings from the elites that such movements will cause global economic collapse if they continue to grow. Of course, the elites have been fermenting an economic collapse for years. We have been experiencing many of the effects of it for some time. In a brilliant maneuver, the elites have attempted to re-label the liberty movement as “populist” (Nazis), and use liberty activists as a scapegoat for the fiscal time bomb THEY created.

     

    Will the masses buy it?  I don’t know.  I think that depends on how effectively we expose the strategy before the breakdown becomes too entrenched.  The economic collapse itself has been handled masterfully by the elites, though. There is simply no solution that can prevent it from continuing. Even if every criminal globalist was hanging from a lamp post tomorrow and honest leadership was restored to government, the math cannot be changed and decades of struggle will be required before national economies can be made prosperous again.

     

    Communism vs. Fascism

     

    This is a classic ploy by the globalists to divide a culture against itself and initiate a calamity that can be used as leverage for greater centralization down the road.  If you have any doubts about fascism and communism being engineered, I highly suggest you look into the very well documented analysis of Antony Sutton. I do not have the space here to do his investigations justice.

     

    Today, we see elites like George Soros funding and aiding the latest incarnation of the communist hordes — namely social justice groups like Black Lives Matter.  The collectivist psychosis and Orwellian behavior exhibited by race junkies like BLM and third-wave feminists is thoroughly pissing off conservatives who are tired of being told what to think and how to act every second of every day. And this is the point…

     

    If you want to get a picture of America in 2016, look back at Europe during the 1930’s. Communist provocateurs, some real and some fabricated by the establishment itself, ran rampant in Europe creating labor disintegration and fiscal turmoil. The elites then funded and elevated fascism as the “solution” to communism. Normally even-handed conservatives were so enraged by the communist spitting and ankle biting that they became something just as evil in response.

     

    The U.S. may be on the same path if we are not careful. The latest shootings in Texas will make hay for the globalists. Think about this for a moment — on one side you have Obama telling the liberals that the answer to police brutality is to federalize law enforcement even more that it already is. On the other side, you have some Republicans arguing that a more militarized police presence will help prevent groups like BLM from causing more trouble. Notice that the only solution we are being offered here is more federal presence on our streets?

     

    I do see, though, a rather large weakness in the plan to ignite a communist vs. fascist meltdown in the U.S., and that weakness is the existence of the Liberty Movement itself.  The movement has grown rather sophisticated in its media presence and prevalent in influence. It does have enough sway now to diffuse some aspects of a rise to fascism in the political Right. The only option the elites have is to find a way to co-opt us. If they can manipulate the liberty movement into supporting a fascist system, then they would be very close to winning the entire fight. This would be highly unlikely given the stubbornness of liberty proponents when adhering to their principles.

     

    The elites might be able to get a large part of the public to take sides in their false paradigm, but if they can’t con the millions that make up the liberty movement into the fold, then their job becomes much harder.

     

    Moral Compass vs. Moral Relativism

     

    Moral relativism is perhaps the pinnacle goal of the globalists. Why? Because if you can convince an entire society that their inherent conscience should be ignored and that their inborn feelings of morality are “open to interpretation,” then eventually ANY evil action can be rationalized. When evil becomes “good,” and good becomes evil, evil men will reign supreme.

     

    The problem is, conscience is an inborn psychological product, a result of inherent archetypal dualities universal to almost all people. It is ingrained in our DNA, or our very souls if you believe in such a thing. It cannot be erased easily.

     

    Moral relativism requires a person to treat every scenario as a “gray area.”  This is not practical. Conscience dictates that we treat every situation as potentially unique and act according to what we feel in our hearts is right given the circumstances.  This does not mean, though, that there is no black and white; or that there are no concrete rules.  There is almost always a black and white side to any situation dealing with right and wrong.  Moral “dilemmas” are exceedingly rare.  In fact, I don’t think I have ever encountered a real moral dilemma in history or in personal experience. The only time I ever see moral dilemmas is in movies and television.

     

    Only in television fantasy is moral relativism ever the “only way” to solve a problem. And despite the preponderance of moral relativism in our popular culture, the ideology is still having trouble taking hold.  If it was so easy to undermine conscience, then the NWO would have already achieved complete pacification. We are still far from pacification. Whoever hard-wired our conscience should be applauded.

     

    Collectivism vs. Individualism

     

    The very core of globalism and the NWO is the position that sovereignty and individualism must be sacrificed for the "good of the group"; in other words, they promote collectivism.  Of course, groups by their very nature are abstractions; they only exist as long as the individuals within them recognize them as viable.  Unfortunately, collectivists do not accept this fact because it would mean that the group, not matter how utopian, is not the pinnacle of human existence – rather, the individual is and always will be the pinnacle of human existence.

     

    The elites MUST convince people that individualism is dangerous and that collectivism is the only way to prevent the tragedies wrought by those who wish to be separate.  Of course, most of the tragedies we experience on a national or global scale are actually engineered by the elites, not by wild individuals or sovereign nations looking for trouble.  They then blame the very concept of sovereignty as a barbaric ritual from the past that must be abolished for the sake of all.

     

    In order for the globalists to reinforce the need for collectivism, though, they must engage people on an individual psychological level.  Most human beings have an inherent desire to interact with their fellow man, but they also have an inherent identity and drive to pursue their own development without interference.  We like to be a part of a group as long as our participation is healthy and voluntary and our associations are a matter of choice.

     

    Human beings are instinctively tribal, but we have psychological and biological limits to the size of the tribe we prefer to be a part of.  Robin Dunbar, a professor of evolutionary psychology prevalent in the 1990's, found that there is a cognitive limit to the number of individuals any one person can maintain stable relationships with.  Dunbar found this number to be between 100 – 200 people.  A limitation also extends to the size of effective groups versus ineffective groups.  He found that effective tribes and communities tend to remain between 500 – 2500 people.

     

    The human mind does not adapt well to a vast tribal groups, and recoils from the idea of a "global tribe".  The truth is, human beings function far better in smaller groups and they do not like to be forced into participating in any group, let alone larger groups.  This may account for the feeling of isolation that is common among people who live in metropolitan areas.  They are surrounded by millions of neighbors and perhaps hundreds of associates yet they still feel alone because they do not have a functioning tribe of acceptable size.

     

    Vast numbers of people can be tied together by an ideal that resonates with them, which is the only purpose for nations to form (to protect that ideal), but that is as far as the voluntary association goes.  Globalist collectivism is simply unnatural.  People know it unconsciously, they know it is an act of force and oppression, and will invariably move to sabotage its false tribalism as they begin to see its true colors.

     

    Total Control vs. Reality

     

    This is where the globalists philosophy really begins to break down. The elitist pursuit of total information awareness and total social control is truly perverse and insane, and insanity breeds delusion and weakness.  The fact is, they will NEVER complete the goal of complete micro-control. It is mathematically and psychologically impossible.

     

    First, in any system, and in complex systems most of all, there are always elements that cannot be quantified or predicted. To understand this issue, I recommend studying the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle. To summarize, the uncertainty principle dictates that anyone observing a system in action, even from a distance, can still affect the behavior of that system indirectly or unconsciously in ways they could never predict.  They are also limited by their ability to objectively perceive all available elements of what they observe.  Unknown quantities result, predictability goes out the window and total control of that system becomes unattainable.

     

    This principle also applies to human psychology, as numerous psychoanalysts have discovered when treating patients. The doctor, or the observer, is never able to observe their patient without indirectly affecting the behavior of their patient in unpredictable ways. Therefore, a completely objective analysis of that patient can never be obtained.

     

    What the elites seek is a system by which they can observe and influence all of us in minute detail without triggering a reaction that they wouldn’t expect.  The laws of physics and psychology derail this level of control.  There will always be unknown quantities, free radicals, wild cards, etc. Even a seemingly perfect utopia can be brought down by a single unknown.

     

    To break this down even further to the level of pure mathematics, I recommend study into Kurt Godel and his Incompleteness Proof. This, I believe is the ultimate example of the elites struggling against the fact of unknown quantities and failing.

     

    Godel’s work revolved around either proving or disproving the idea that mathematicians could define “infinity” in mathematical terms. For, if infinity can be defined, then it can be understood in base mathematical axioms, and if infinity can be understood, then the universe in its entirety can be understood. Godel discovered the opposite — his incompleteness proof established once and for all that infinity is a self inclusive paradox that CANNOT be defined through mathematics. Keep in mind that a proof is a set of mathematical laws that can never be broken. Two plus two will always equal four; it will never equal anything else.

     

    Well known globalist Bertrand Russell worked tirelessly to show that the entirety of the universe could be broken down into numbers, writing a three volume monstrosity called the Principia Mathematica.  Russell’s efforts were fruitless and Godel’s proof later crushed his theory. Russell railed against Godel’s proof, but to no avail.

     

    Now, why was an elitist like Russell who openly championed scientific dictatorship so concerned by Godel? Well, because Godel, in mathematical terms, destroyed the very core of the globalist ideology. He proved that the globalist aspirations of godhood would never be realized. There are limits to the knowledge of man, and limits to what he can control.  This is not something globalists can ever accept, for if they did, every effort they have made for decades if not centuries would be pointless.

    As mentioned earlier, the issue is one of unknown quantities.

    Can human society ever be fully dominated? Or, is the act of rebellion against stagnating and oppressive systems a part of nature?  Is it possible that the more the elites wrap the world in a cage, the more they inspire unpredictable reactions that could undermine their authority?

    This might explain the establishment’s constant attention to the idea of the “lone wolf” and the damage one person acting outside the dictates of the system can do. This is what the elites fear most: the possibility that despite all their efforts of surveillance and manipulation, individuals and groups may one day be struck by an unpredictable urge to pick up a rifle and put the the globalists out of everyone’s misery. No chatter, no electronic trail, no warning.

    This is why they are destined to lose. They can never know all the unknowns. They can never control all the free radicals. There will always be rebellion. There will always be a liberty movement. The entirety of their utopian schematic revolves around the need to remove unknowns. They refuse to acknowledge that control at these levels is so frail it becomes useless and mortally dangerous. In their arrogance, they have ignored the warnings of the very sciences they worship and have set their eventual end in stone. While they may leave a considerable path of destruction in their wake, it is already written; they will not win.

  • "This Is Not Encouraging" – Credit Manager Index Crashes To 7 Year Lows

    "Year-over-year numbers have not been encouraging of late," warns National Asscociation of Credit Managers' economists Chris Kuehl, noting that the "nice little run of steady improvement in NACM’s Credit Managers’ Index seems to have come to an end."

    as the index suggests the credit cycle is back at its weakest since 2009

    Source: NACM

    As credit extended is tumbling… not at all what The Fed wants…

    Source: NACM

    As Bankruptcies soar…

    Source: NACM

    And breaking another narrative that the service economy will support the economy despite manufacturing's collapse…

    “The dark clouds on the manufacturing horizon include a decline in the sales of new cars and the potential drop in export demand as the dollar gains a lot more strength against the pound and the euro. How this will all play out remains to be seen,”

    …Kuehl concludes, 

    "The service sector is leading that decline after some months of good news. The summer has not yet been a positive experience, and global issues are depressing the average business and consumer even more."

  • "The Resentment Will Explode" – In Dramatic Twist, McKinsey Slams Globalization

    The IMF is getting nervous, and what it appears to be most concerned about, is a collapse of the status quo.

    Moments ago, in a speech in Washington, IMF head Christine Lagarde said that “The greatest challenge we face today is the risk of the world turning its back on global cooperation—the cooperation which has served us all well. We know that globalization – and increased integration – over the past generation has yielded many economic benefits for many people.”

    The IMF is not alone: for years, consultancy giant McKinsey towed the party line as well saying in 2010 that “the core drivers of globalization are alive and well” and adding as recently as 2014 that “to be unconnected is to fall behind.

    That appears have changing, and cracks are starting to form behind the cohesive push for globalization, at least among those who benefit the most from globalization.

    In a stunning study released today, one which effectively refutes all its prior conclusions on the matter, McKinsey slams the establishment’s status quo thinking and admits that the economic gains of changes in the global economy have not been widely shared lately, especially in the developed world. In the report titled “Poorer Than Their Parents? Flat or Falling Incomes in Advanced Economies” it finds that prospects for income growth have deteriorated significantly since the financial crisis, and that the benefits from globalization are now over:

    This overwhelmingly positive income trend has ended. A new McKinsey Global Institute report, Poorer than their parents? Flat or falling incomes in advanced economies, finds that between 2005 and 2014, real incomes in those same advanced economies were flat or fell for 65 to 70 percent of households, or more than 540 million people (exhibit). And while government transfers and lower tax rates mitigated some of the impact, up to a quarter of all households still saw disposable income stall or fall in that decade.

    As Bloomberg reports, Britain’s vote to exit the European Union exemplifies what happens when people feel like the system is letting them down, Richard Dobbs, the co-leader of the research, said in an interview Wednesday, ahead of the report’s release. He likened the buildup of resentment over globalization to a dangerous natural gas leak in a row of houses. 

    “One of them will explode. I did not think that it would be the U.K. first,” said Dobbs, a senior partner of McKinsey and a member of the McKinsey Global Institute Council in London.

    “When we launch a new policy, let’s think about the impact on those groups” who have been left behind, Dobbs said. Sometimes the goals of fairness and efficiency can conflict, he said. “Are we prepared to damage competitiveness a bit to reduce the risk of an explosion?”

    To be sure, just like the IMF’s U-turn on austerity after the failure of the second Greek bailout, McKinsey was unwilling to admit it has flop-flopped on such a critical position. Instead, Dobbs described the institute’s stance on globalization as an “evolution,” not a reversal. “We’re not saying throw it all out. … It’s about a sophistication in our thinking,” he said. The McKinsey Global Institute still sees value in offshoring, immigration, trade, and so forth, Dobbs said: “Generally we’re pro those, but there’s a however, and we need to be more aware of the however.”

    In a startling finding, the report said that 65 to 70% of households in 25 advanced economies were in income segments that had flat to falling incomes between 2005 and 2014, up from less than 2 percent between 1993 and 2005. More troubling is that for some of the biggest supposed winners from globalization such as the US, this number is as high as 81%, while in Italy it soars to just shy of 100%!

    A silver lining emerges when one takes into account “socialy equalizing” considerations such as transfers and taxes into account, aka government welafre. In that case, only 20 to 25% of households were in income segments that had flat to falling incomes between 2005 and 2014, the study said.  Curiously, the biggest winners from this reindexation were such socialist nations as Sweden, France and… the United States, which when accounting for government generosity would report less than 2% of household segments with falling income (inexplicably, when applying government genersoity in Italy, the number of households who saw their income decline rose from 97% to 100%).

    This is how McKinsey puts it:

    Labor-market practices can make a difference, as can government taxes and transfers—although the latter may not be sustainable at a time when many governments have high debt levels. For example, in Sweden, where the government intervened to preserve jobs during the global downturn, market incomes fell or were flat for only 20 percent of households, while disposable income advanced for almost everyone. 

     

    In the United States, lower tax rates and higher transfers turned a decline in market incomes for four-fifths of income segments into an increase in disposable income for nearly all households. Efforts such as these—along with additional measures such as encouraging business leaders to adopt long-term thinking—can make a real difference.

    A less spun way of saying that is that the vast majority of social inequality in the US has been “smoothed over” courtesy of the government over the past decade, which of course, is another way of saying that the political class holds hundreds of millions  of Americans hostage: “if you want your welfare checks, EBTs, disability payments to continue, don’t you dare force a political change or else…

    One wonders just how sustainable this form of subsidized income truly is, especially if the mechanism that funds the US government apparatus, the dollar’s reserve status which allows the US to issue trillions in debt with impunity, is somehow impaired. Not only that but as McKinsey also admits, government transfers “may not be sustainable at a time when many governments have high debt levels.”

    Why wasn’t it just McKinsey which one year ago “discovered” just how massive the global debt load had risen to in the years since the financial crisis.

    Perhaps the report’s author could have synthesized McKinsey’s previous findings to comment on the viability of such an artificial approach to keeping people happy.

    Still, that does not change McKinsey’s troubling conclusion that globalization is now hurting, not helping, the majority of people.

    In fact, the summary adds, “If the low economic growth of the past decade continues, the proportion of households in income segments with flat or falling incomes could rise as high as 70 to 80 percent over the next decade. Even if economic growth accelerates, the issue will not go away: the proportion of households affected would decrease, to between about 10 and 20 percent—but that share could double if the growth is accompanied by a rapid uptake of workplace automation.”

    The conclusion, silver lining notwithstanding, is a troubling one for the IMF and for all those who defend globalization at any cost:

    These findings provide a new perspective on the growing debate in advanced economies about income inequality, which until now has largely focused on income and wealth gains going disproportionately to top earners. Our analysis details the sharp increase in the proportion of households in income groups that are simply not advancing—a phenomenon affecting people across the income distribution. And the hardest hit are young, less-educated workers, raising the spectre of a generation growing up poorer than their parents.

     

    The economic and social impact is potentially corrosive. A survey we conducted as part of our research found that a significant number of those whose incomes have not been advancing are losing faith in aspects of the global economic system. Nearly one-third of those who are not advancing said they think their children will also advance more slowly in the future, and they expressed negative opinions about free trade and immigration.

    They also tend to vote for things like Brexit and unsavory presidential candidates.

    But our biggest concern is that just weeks after the BIS slammed central banks for merely boosting capital markets as a reaction to what is now clearly the failure of globalization to work ratably for all, and now McKinsey also splinter from the “all is well” camp, the response by policymakers has been one which not only does not address the underlying issue, but makes it even worse. Because if the world’s elites are still deluded into believing that propping the world’s stock markets to all time highs will somehow “trickle down” to the great unwashed masses, they will very soon get a very painful, and long overdue, reminder of just what happens in human history any time the vast majority is angry and feels betrayed by its “leaders.”

  • Natural Gas Report Analysis 7-14-2016 (Video)

    By EconMatters


    A Bigger Build in Natural Gas inventories this past week compared to the last couple of weekly reports. We could go down to $2.50 per MMBtu the next couple of weeks if we get milder weather forecasts for the remainder of the summer season.

    © EconMatters All Rights Reserved | Facebook | Twitter | YouTube | Email Digest | Kindle   

  • Still No Explanation For Dallas Gunman's Honorable Discharge

    Almost a week after the Dallas sniper attacks, AP's Will Weissert reports that it's still unclear how the gunman obtained an honorable discharge from the military even though Army officials sent him home from Afghanistan with a recommendation that he be thrown out of the armed forces.

    As we noted previously, exactly how Micah Johnson came to be the man who murdered five police officers in Dallas remains unsolved.

     Johnson, a mid-twenties man (much like Bin Laden's son), apparently had taken his love for the ladies a little too far when he was serving in the Army Reserves. The killer who "stated that he wanted to kill white people, especially white officers", as we posted, had an apparent fetish for women's panties.

     

    Johnson was kicked out of the Army for stealing panties, returned home as a soldier who fell from grace, was exposed to Eric Garner's July murder and Michael Brown's August murder, all while trying to negotiate a deal with his lawyer regarding his panty heist…. et voila, he became a crazed murderer.

     

    At this point it has become clear that the story-line being spun to the public is one focused on the details.  The people of Dallas and the rest of the world are to believe:

    • an Army Reserve recruit stole panties,
    • saw two high profile murders play out on American media,
    • felt bad in the juxtaposition of Presidential praise in the midst of a possible discharge,
    • had two guns stolen from him,
    • then turned into a Dallas sniper much like Lee Harvey Oswald.

    But, as Military.com details, it's still unclear how the gunman obtained an honorable discharge from the military even though Army officials sent him home from Afghanistan with a recommendation that he be thrown out of the armed forces.

    An attorney appointed by the military to represent Micah Johnson in a sexual harassment case speculated last week that Johnson's behavioral record could be more serious. The attorney says he's now under strict orders not to discuss the matter with reporters.
    Johnson, 25, served in the Army Reserve for six years before the July 7 sniper attack, which killed five Dallas police officers.

     

    "We are reviewing all of his records," Army spokesman Col. Patrick Seiber said Wednesday. He would not elaborate or discuss any aspect of the review.

     

    Johnson's lawyer said he had prepared documents for a more severe other-than-honorable exit almost two years ago.

    An other-than-honorable discharge is not as serious as a dishonorable discharge, the harshest form of dismissal from the military. The lesser punishment may be issued for misconduct, for security reasons or in lieu of trial by court-martial. In some cases, it can bar a soldier from re-enlisting or receiving some veterans' benefits.

    Army lawyer Bradford Glendening was assigned to represent Johnson following an accusation of sexual harassment against him by a female soldier in his unit, Glendening said. Exactly what Johnson is accused of doing has not been made public.

     

    Johnson deployed to Afghanistan in 2013, but was sent back to Texas with the recommendation that he be removed from the Army with an other-than-honorable discharge, said Glendening, who prepared the other-than-honorable discharge papers in September 2014.

     

    However, Johnson didn't actually leave the service until the following April, according to service records released by the Army that do not classify his discharge.

     

    His attorney later learned that the discharge was honorable.

     

    "I was shocked to see that," he told The Associated Press by phone last week, less than 24 hours after the Dallas shooting. He said he never received final documentation on how Johnson's case was resolved.

     

    "Somebody really screwed up but to my client's benefit," he said.

     

    Since then, Glendening has declined to comment saying, "I'm under direct orders not to divulge anything further and am subject to military prosecution if I do."

    Other members of Johnson's Army Reserve unit have suggested they are under similar gag orders as active-duty personnel.

    The Army would not comment on those reports. Instead, it said all questions about Johnson's military service should be referred to the Army's public affairs office at the Pentagon.

     

    Johnson entered the Army Reserve in March 2009 at age 18, after graduating from high school in the Dallas suburb of Mesquite. He was a carpentry and masonry specialist assigned to an engineer brigade based in Seagoville, south of Mesquite.

     

    He deployed to Afghanistan in November 2013 as part of the 420th Engineer Brigade. He was accused of sexual harassment the following May.

    Sending a soldier home from Afghanistan and then starting the process of removing him from the Army was "highly unusual" if it was based solely on a single sexual harassment complaint, Glendening said last week.

    He said: "99 percent of the time, you counsel the soldier. You say, 'Don't let it happen again.' "

     

    The attorney suggested that Johnson may have had other problems in his unit.

     

    "It was not just the act itself," Glendening said. "I'm sure that this guy was the black sheep of his unit. Every unit's got one."

     

    The accuser in the sexual harassment complaint has declined repeated requests for an interview with the AP. In a 2014 statement, she said she wanted Johnson "to receive mental help." She also sought a protective order against him "pertaining to myself, my family, my home."

     

    Glendening said Johnson was subsequently ordered by the Army to stay away from his accuser. It's unclear whether he got mental counseling.

     

    The Army last week released a brief summary of Johnson's record, detailing his dates of service, his deployment to Afghanistan and his awards.

    *  *  *

    Will the average American believe the narrative of a botched panty heist sparking a downfall that dragged Johnson through sensationalized US media coverage of murder, to a home invasion, all the while feeling ashamed about his own disgrace as the US President heaps praise upon his group?

    … And now that narrative appears to breaking down as the military seem confused over the facts.

  • Trump Postpones VP Announcement Due To "Horrific Attack" In France

    With all the world’s eyes now firmly fixed on the south of France and the horrific ‘terrorist attack’ on Nice, Donald Trump has decided to postpone the announcement of his vice-president (until the next news cycle).

    As Politico reports, Donald Trump will postpone the announcement of his vice presidential pick, citing the “horrible attack” in Nice, France, in which a tractor-trailer drove through crowded streets, killing scores.

    Trump was scheduled to announce and introduce his selection Friday morning in Manhattan, but he tweeted Thursday evening that he would postpone the event.

    Trump was expected to reveal his vice presidential choice, widely believed to be Indiana Gov. Mike Pence, at an 11 a.m. news conference.

    But, as The Hill reports, campaign manager Paul Manafort downplayed those reports Thursday, tweeting that Trump was still making the decision.

    “A decision will be made in the near future and the announcement will be tomorrow at 11 am in New York,” Manafort tweeted Thursday.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 14th July 2016

  • Endgame for Corporation USA without Trump

    Money doesn’t exist – as we explain in Splitting Pennies.  Money is an idea, an abstraction – a belief system.  A dogma.  So is a country.  In fact, a country IS a currency.  EU nations have given up their sovereignty to join the Euro (and we see how well that’s working out for them).

    Brexit made a lot of money for FX traders, but planted a seed in the masses that change is possible (we’ll see, if the British government actually goes through with Brexit..)  Countries are born, and die.  As far as countries go, the United States of America (USA) is actually one of the world’s oldest countries.  Actually there’s only a small handful of older countries, such as San Marino (1600), Vatican City (1274), and the United Kingdom (1707).  USA changed the global political landscape in many ways, especially during the 20th century – not only directly (through invasive foreign policy) but by example.  USA was one of the first ‘superstates’ – now such superstates are common (the EU being one).  USA was the first country to detach from cultural or ethnic identity, Americans were a mix of Europeans and others.  So, what has USA become – does Television define what USA is?  No, it’s just a powerful control mechanism.  Millions of Americans don’t watch TV.  In fact, for the majority of residents in USA, they are completely oblivious to how the other 99% live.  Not everyone lives in Midtown and works for a prop shop.  Not everyone lives in the burbs.  But if you do – it seems that – this is America!  We define the outside world by what we see inside our own.  Which is a big mistake, but at least we have freedom to do it (so they tell us).

    Through the evolution of the global system, USA became a big business, a big corporation.  America, Inc. is the largest employer in the world.  What the US government actually does is a mystery to many analysts in the world, but one thing is for sure – they create employment.  US Citizens who can’t find reasonable jobs, and can’t teach, usually end up working for the government.  According to government data (here’s the need for a governemnt job, compiling data on how many jobs), about 4.1 Million work for the government, down from it’s 1970 peak of 6 Million +.  Jimmy Buffet has a song “Everyone has a cousin in Miami” which is basically true for 99% of Americans – also everyone has a cousin that works for the government.  This business runs very well.  It greases all the right palms.  That’s why it exists.  Not because of voters.  Corporation America is a global octopus of trade.  It’s a form of uber Facism – words can’t describe the system we have now in America because frankly, 90% of it is ‘secret’ and so it hasn’t been studied.  So what can make this machine break?  Several social factors, domestic issues.  But the machine can’t break – it’s too big, it’s too involved in every aspect of global empire management.  But it can change.  

    Looking at America as a closed system, inside the walls that have been built by DHS, SEC, CFTC, FBI, CIA, IRS the social fabric of America is polarized.  At the end of the day, all these riots, shootings, what everything comes down to is economics.  People who are employed, don’t take time off work to protest for their rights.  They are happy for their jobs.  Rich people, don’t insinuate riots or shoot people, generally.  Most of the time, your life determines your political views.  If you have a nice life, a good job (about 95 Million Americans) you want the system to continue as it is, you don’t want to lose what you have.  If you have no job, no money, life sucks – you want change.  But at some point, such as we are in now, social factors can become extreme, and a critical mass or ‘tipping point’ is reached, where a sufficient amount of angry people congregate into a mass of really angry people, which can choose to leave and create their own state, their own government- like America did when it was a part of Britain.  Texas, just voted NOT to seced.  These violent elements whether they be racial or other, make all this more extreme.  

    The Establishment in America, for at least 30 years, has thrashed the Constituion, violated their own laws they create, and created a real Oligarchy, banana republic style.  It coincides in parallel with other signficant social trends, such as the demise of the Mafia, and the rise of the robots.  To someone like a Clinton, it’s not what you know – but who you know.  Well, that works in College or maybe to get into a Golf Club but it’s no way to run a country.  Like with any Oligarchy, it is the job of the Oligarchs to allow the system to flourish, and not to take too much bribes for themselves, because it becomes like a cancer, and finally the host dies.  The masses who are unemployed have a strong argument to the Establishment – you’re not doing a good job running our economy because there are unemployed people (i.e. ME).  But you have your fancy haircuts and private jets and so on, so let’s get rid of all of you!  That’s the idea of voting for Trump.  True or not, he’s seen as the anti-Establishment candidate.  The Elite have created such a mess this year, whether by purpose or not it’s irrelevant; the only thing that can save Corporation USA is a Trump Presidency.  It’s not as if Trump will save us from anything, and certainly he is self-serving.  But he’s a businessman, and really the only thing that can keep Corporation America ticking is a businessman.  Probably, he doesn’t even know the good he’ll do in the White House until he gets there.  Simple things can go a long way – such as a trade deal with Russia.  Developing Thorium nuclear reactors.  And most importantly, de-polarizing the population to pre-crisis levels, when we are ‘all Americans.’  Trump can do all this and more without even knowing it.  We need a self-serving Hitler like dictator to run America’s facist enterprise.  It’s just good for business.  The stock market can double.  QE will become QEEEEEE.  Because the alternative is disaster (and no businessman wants to file bankruptcy).  When Trump realizes that Corporation America can actually turn a profit, he’ll cut taxes and at the same time double the size of entitlements, all paid for with a massive budgetary surplus, coupled with a strong dollar and finally 10% interest rates.  Whoa!  There’s just so much opportunity out there, when you look from this perspective, economically speaking.  This was one of Bush talents (and, as a national comedian).  Bush made a business out of his office, and although he made a hefty empire for his family, he also made many other people, many Oligarchs, rich beyond their dreams.

    If a politician like Clinton is elected, based on Cybernetic systemic analysis, that USA will collapse.  Business will move on, but the political system will collapse.  States like Texas and the South will secede first.  California will follow.  Washington will struggle to maintain control.  If you want to see what a new USA might look like, forget ‘futurists’ and just look the Federal Reserve map, they’ve already carved it out:

    But, the Fed drew these according to state lines, so more likely, the lines will shift a little, based on demographic trends, and infrastructure geography.  It will probably look more like this:

    Probably, Trump will get in and this will be a non-issue.  But if not, we will be faced with a real ‘clash of civilizations’ in America.  This was best described by Noam Chomsky in his book “Hegemony or Survival:”

    Chomsky’s main argument in Hegemony or Survival is that the socio-economic elite who control the United States have pursued an “Imperial Grand Strategy” since the end of World War II in order to maintain global hegemony through military, political and economic means. He argues that in doing so they have repeatedly shown a total disregard for democracy and human rights, in stark contrast to the US government’s professed support for those values. Furthermore, he argues that this continual pursuit of global hegemony now threatens the existence of the human species itself because of the increasing proliferation of weapons of mass destruction.

    Chomsky noted that, during times of economic crisis like the post 9/11 world, the Elite (Oligarchs) decided to invest in weapons and security as opposed to social programs and businesses, such as the CCC.  Meaning that, instead of growing a garden, they decided to build a bunker, and protect themselves from hungry people (or rioters) whether they be the black power movement, or just nomadic flash mobs of brainless teens being told what to do via phone app.  Ironically, Rand corporation doesn’t have scenarios gamed out for collapse USA, maybe DOD does and it’s just private.  If you haven’t read Civil War 2 – it’s a bit dated but will be chilling to any current reader, as it explains how the fabric of society will melt down as it has in last weeks and months.  It’s a great read about the strategem of a collapse scenario, written by a military man.

    The breakup of USA isn’t a new idea, it’s just easily laughed off as content for science fiction.  It’s not a reality, it can’t happen – not in America!  That’s what Briton’s thought before the Brexit vote.  In fact if you look at any new country, it’s always a surprise.  I’m sure looking back, it was a big surprise to King George when the American ruffians decided to be defiant against their home country – England.  All of a sudden, America was a country.  Remember, during this time, Europe’s colonial powers ruled the world, bit by bit.  Revolution is always a surprise:

    Every revolution is a surprise. Still, the latest Russian Revolution must be counted among the greatest of surprises. In the years leading up to 1991, virtually no Western expert, scholar, official, or politician foresaw the impending collapse of the Soviet Union, and with it one-party dictatorship, the state-owned economy, and the Kremlin’s control over its domestic and Eastern European empires. Neither, with one exception, did Soviet dissidents nor, judging by their memoirs, future revolutionaries themselves. When Mikhail Gorbachev became general secretary of the Communist Party in March 1985, none of his contemporaries anticipated a revolutionary crisis. Although there were disagreements over the size and depth of the Soviet system’s problems, no one thought them to be life-threatening, at least not anytime soon. – Foreign Policy

    This time though, it really IS different.  With electronic markets, the system is so robust, America could splinter and life would barely change.  So while the idea of USA collapse seems earth-shattering, as a practical matter, things could very much continue as it were.

    It’s an exciting idea for Forex traders, the ability to trade regional currencies in North America, I’d immediately go long the New England Dollar and short the Cali-peso (sorry, birthplace).  But most people don’t know, there’s already many US Dollar alternatives that are used right now, today, in America (not just Bitcoin):

    1. Bitcoin. The world’s best-performing currency, according to Kemp-Robertson, Bitcoin’s value is tied to the performance of a computer network. It’s “completely decentralized—that’s the sort of scary thing about this—which is why it’s so popular,” Kemp-Robertson says. “It’s private, it’s anonymous, it’s fast, and it’s cheap.” Bitcoin is a case study in the increasing desire to place trust in technology over traditional institutions like banks.
      .
    2. Litecoins. A virtual currency based on the Bitcoin model, Litecoins have a higher limit: “The number of coins that can be mined is capped at 21 million Bitcoins and 84 million Litecoins,” explained a recent Wall Street Journal post, which also noted that Bitcoins are worth more and currently accepted more widely.
      .
    3. BerkShares. While Bitcoin and Litecoins are worldwide currencies, BerkShares are hyper-local: they’re only accepted in the Berkshires, a region in western Massachusetts. According to the BerkShares website, more than 400 Berkshires businesses accept the currency, and 13 banks serve as exchange stations. “The currency distinguishes the local businesses that accept the currency from those that do not, building stronger relationships and greater affinity between the business community and the citizens,” the site reads.
      .
    4. Equal Dollars. Philadelphia is also trying out a local currency with Equal Dollars. When you sign up to participate, you receive 50 Equal Dollars; to earn more, you can offer your own possessions in an online marketplace, volunteer or refer friends.
      .
    5. Ithaca Hours. Another hyperlocal currency, Ithaca Hours—usable only in Ithaca, New York—also hopes to boost “local economic strength and community self-reliance in ways which will support economic and social justice, ecology, community participation and human aspirations.” (For a full list of local currencies in the US, go here.)
      .
    6. Starbucks Stars. Use of Starbucks’ Stars is limited not to a particular geographic locality, but to the corporate ecosystem that is Starbucks. Once you get a Starbucks Card, you can earn Stars—which buy drinks and food—by paying with the card, using the Starbucks app, or entering Star codes from various grocery store products. According to Kemp-Robertson, 30 percent of transactions at Starbucks are made using Stars.
      .
    7. Amazon Coins. Another company-specific currency, Amazon Coins, can be exchanged for “Kindle Fire apps, games, or in-app items.” You get 500 Amazon Coins, worth $5, by purchasing a Kindle Fire, or can buy more Coins at a slight savings.
      .
    8. Sweat. Kemp-Robertson points to a particularly innovative business-specific currency in Nike’s “bid your sweat” campaign in Mexico. Your movements, energy, and calorie consumption are tracked and can be exchanged for goods, ensuring a “closed environment”—only people who (a) own and (b) use their Nike products are welcome.
      .
    9. Tide detergent. This is a barter system that’s about as far from government-backed as you could get: in 2011, it was discovered that across the US, thieves had been stealing 150-ounce bottles of Tide detergent to trade for $5 cash or $10 worth of weed or crack cocaine. An article in New York Magazine from earlier this year details the fascinating story and what it says about Tide’s super-successful branding.
      .
    10. Linden Dollars. Linden Dollars, usable within the online community Second Life, can be bought with traditional currency or earned by selling goods or offering services to other Second Life residents. Many people earn actual Linden salaries—some to the tune of a million Linden Dollars—says this article from Entrepreneur.com.
      .
    11. BONUS: Brownie Points. Granted by the universe as a reward for good deeds. Not exchangeable for tangible goods, just self-satisfaction, which we think is also important.

    To learn more about Forex, checkout Splitting Pennies – Understanding Forex.

    (South Carolina, 2016 – undisclosed location)

  • The Italian Banking Crisis (In 1 Simple 'Death Cross' Chart)

    Submitted by Lars Christensen via Market Monetarist blog,

    Today I was interviewed by a Danish journalist about the Italian banking crisis (read the interview here). He asked me a very good question that I think is highly relevant for understanding not only the Italian banking crisis, but the Great Recession in general.

    The question was: “Lars, why is there an Italian banking crisis – after all they did NOT have a property market bubble?”

    That – my regular readers will realise – made me very happy because I could answer that the crisis had little to do with what happened before 2008 and rather was about monetary policy failure and in the case of the euro zone also why it is not an optimal currency area.

    Said, in another way I repeated my view that the Italian banking crisis essentially is a consequence of too weak nominal GDP growth in Italy. As a consequence of Italy’s structural problems the country should have a significantly weaker “lira”, but given the fact that Italy is in the euro area the country instead gets far too tight monetary conditions and consequently since 2008 nominal GDP has fallen massively below the pre-crisis trend.

    That is the cause of the sharp rise in non-performing loans and bad debt since 2008. The graph below clearly illustrates that.

    I think it is pretty clear that had nominal GDP growth not fallen this sharply since 2008 then we wouldn’t be talking about an Italian banking crisis today. There was no Italian “bubble” prior to 2008 and there are no signs that Italian banks have been particularly irresponsible, but even the most conservative banks will get into trouble when nominal GDP drops 25% below the pre-crisis trend.

    Therefore, I also don’t think that the “solution” to the crisis is a re-capitalisation of the Italian banks or of the entire European banking sector. Rather the solution is to ensure nominal stability in the euro zone. The best way of doing that would be for the ECB to aggressive increase the money base to ensure 4% NGDP growth in the euro zone (see my recent post on what the ECB in the present situation here and my post from 2012 on a cheap firewall against an escalation of the crisis here.)

    A key problem, however, is that the euro zone is not an optimal currency area. In a good recent blog post my friend Marus Nunes rightly argued that there is a “Northern” part of the euro zone where monetary policy broadly speaking is “right” and a “Southern” part, where monetary policy is far too tight. Italy is part of this latter group.

    This means that the question is whether keeping euro zone nominal demand “on track” is enough to ensure enough NGDP growth in the Southern countries to avoid banking and sovereign debt crisis coming back again and again. Unfortunately the development over the past eight years gives little reason for optimism.

    P.S. There are now also increasing talk about problems in the German banking sector. Given the fact that the German economy has doing quite well compared to most other economies in Europe this is rather incredible. Therefore if we should talk about imprudent banking (due to moral hazard problems) then we might want to point the fingers at the German banks.

  • Central Bank Wonderland is Complete and Now Open for Business — The Epocalypse Has Fully Begun

    The following article by David Haggith was first published on the Great Recession Blog.

    The Epocalypse has arrived

    Summer vacation is here, and the whole global family has arrived at Central-Bank Wonderland, the upside-down, inside-out world that banksters and their puppet politicians call “recovery.” Everyone is talking about it as wizened traders puzzle over how stocks and bonds soared, hand-in-hand, in face of the following list of economic thrills: 

     

    • Britain voted to exit the EU, and a handful of other nations are talking openly along similar lines. One major crack in the European Union just happened, and others are forming. (Brexit is the name of this new Earthquake ride near the gates of Wonderland.)
    • Italy’s oldest bank (also the world’s oldest bankBanca Monte dei Paschi di Siena) faces bankruptcy unless it gets bailed out. The bank that has survived the greatest tests of time (founded in 1472 before Columbus sailed the ocean blue) is going down unless it finds a savior! Italy’s prime minister is screaming for tax-payer bailouts. At the same time, one of Germany’s oldest banks and one of the largest — Deutsche Bank — has just about become a penny stock and faces the likelihood of imminent collapse if not bailed out, too. (Welcome to Wonderland’s zombie freak show of the world’s oldest walking-dead banks dying again.)
    • Gold and silver have been soaring as though people are fleeing to safety (in Wonderland’s Bouncy House of Coins).
    • People are also fleeing to safety in bonds, bringing the US 10-year bond down to a 1.318% yield, its lowest yield in history. (Hit me on the head with a hammer like a pop-up gopher, and watch me smile.)
    • In many nations around the world, government bonds have been selling hotter than bombs in Syria even with negative interest rates, meaning you lose money every day you hold them. (The bonking game of bigger gophers for the near-sighted so that Wonderland remains handicap accessible.)
    • In Switzerland, people are cuing up in the ticket line to give the government their money to hold for a fifty year ride now that the Swiss 50-year bond has turned negative. (Wonderland’s biggest gopher for the totally blind. You don’t just hit this one; it takes you the ride of your life for the rest of your life. We call it “Gopher Broke.”)
    • US jobs crashed in May, causing stocks to drop, but rebounded in June, causing stocks to rise, so that May is now seen as an unexplained anomaly. (Welcome to Ripley’s House of Unexplained Economic Mysteries.)
    • The Great Britain Pound crashed to a thirty-year low against the dollar. (Enjoy your ride on the currency bumper cars!)
    • Japan’s decade of quantitative wheezing has accomplished so little that they’re going to cough up more of the same all over again because it was so much fun the first five times. (House of Bodily Humors and Horrors.)
    • Central banks in Europe say they need to and will crank their own quantitative easing back up, so effective have all previous rounds been. (And, so, the merry-go-round spins and the calliope plays its happy music in Euro Dizzyland.)
    • Falling oil prices, which contributed significantly to January’s spectacular stock market plunge, are going back down the pipeline while oversupply is building rapidly at the bottom again with the buildup reaching its highest point in ten weeks. (Wonderland’s log ride through oil with more than one crude splash.)
    • Venezuela and Brazil are collapsing into economic chaos. (It’s more fun than that bungy-jumping vehicle for two at the carnival.)
    • Etc. (I know, darn! Just as he was on a roll. Well, hang on…)

     

    Yet, the S&P 500 and Dow have soared to all-time record highs! Whoohoo! Hold onto your safety harness and try not to choke on your popcorn for the fun never ends in Bankster Wonderland!

     

    What’s up with stocks and down with bond yields?

     

    US Stocks are flying high at the same time demand for sovereign bonds is soaring and precious metals are experiencing a bull market. That says to me that money is fleeing to safety, and the apparent irrational exuberance in the stock market, considering all the flights to safety, is partially fueled by foreign investors fleeing to US investments now that Europe’s cracks are showing like Frankensteins body seams.

    This chart from David Stockman’s Contra Corner shows how people are piling into bonds right now:

     

    BondFlows

     

    As a result, US bond interest rates are the lowest they have been in the history of this nation! Here’s another chart from Contra Corner:

     

    US Bond Interest Rates

     

    Whoohoo! Two massive records in one week. Highest stock market prices and lowest bond rates in the history of the United States! Does it get any better than this? Geez, I love this place!

     

    We have never seen anything like this

     

    Stocks are setting all-time record highs, and interest on US bonds is hitting all-time record lows. Money is running to gold and silver. Money is running to long-term sovereign bonds. And money is running to the US stock market all at the same time. Heck, money is running all over the place! What is there not to be happy about?

    However, before you think, Whoo! the stock market is going up; there’s no crash happening, ask yourself what the heck is happening. We’ve never before seen either of these two extremes where stocks are free of all bondage and all bonds are free of their stocks. Only during the years of quantitative easing and zero-interest-rate policy have we seen bonds and stocks play together, but never to this extreme. So, when all the gauges on the instrument panel are pegging their needles past the red zone, including the one that says “We’re going super fast now,” you might want to say, “Whoa! What’s going on?” Maybe the engineer on this train has fallen dead over the throttle.

    As Jesse Felder said on Contra Corner, “We’re witnessing the greatest dichotomy in the history of financial markets.” Interest rates on bonds have now gone below any low of any recession … ever. Far, far below. We’re digging out the sub basement to find where the money is buried. If you were to gauge the economy’s future based on where bonds have gone, you’d have to say, “This must be the scariest future ever because there has never been such a flight to presumably safe vehicles at any cost.”

    At the same time, stocks have never been more overpriced than they are today. They hit their highest price ever during a period in which earnings have been flagging for many months. So, they’re not rising because, “Woohoo! Businesses are making bank!” No, they’re making new heights in spite of the fact that sales are down, profits are down, and wholesale inventories have remained locked in a highly backed-up position that is comparable only to the Great Recession and the dot-com crash … and while things are not looking generally good in the world economically. So, there is not a lot of reason to think sales will grow to fit the high stock values. In other words, median price-to-sales ratio (price of stocks compared to sales of the businesses) has also hit an all-time record high.

    Three all-time records in one week! This is the funnest place in the universe!

    Is this irrational euphoria among investors? Is it even people who are buying the bonds? Is it people who are buying the stocks? Or is it entities like central banks and their proxies — not buying them as investments, but buying them in mass to shore up the entire global economy and stop the crash that started right after Brexit … or that started right after December 16, 2015? (It’s just one crash right after another here at Wonderland’s National Demolition Derby.) Are central banks firing up all engines to stop a crash in its tracks with a massive coordinated salvo of purchases?

     

    So, what is happening as central bankers watch each other in mutual admiration?

     

    central banker mutual admirationCentral banker mutual admiration

    Says Jeff Cox of CNBC,

    The reason anyone would buy negative-yielding debt is actually pretty simple: Because they have to. They are central bankers looking to help promote economic growth. They are insurance companies, pension funds and money managers who have to match liabilities with assets. They are not, by and large, retail investors who are so afraid of risk that they’re willing to pay for the privilege of lending money to a government. Together, those buyers have helped build a nearly $12 trillion funnel of negative-yielding sovereign debt — unprecedented in world history.

     

    Gee, there are a lot of things breaking historic world records this week. That must mean it’s a great week!

    Cox thinks the big buyers of bonds are central banks, pushing down interest rates to stimulate the economy. No surprise there. Central banks have been going pedal-to-the-metal to hold interest rates to the floor for almost a decade, so why not continue? The record highs in bond sales (with corresponding lows in interest) and high in stock sales most likely are due to rapid pressure being applied to the accelerator as a counter-measure to the concerns governments and bankers have had about Brexit.

    Central banks could do that directly, or they could do it invisibly (since they operate under a cloak most of the time anyway) by offering enticements or pressure to their proxies. (“You want this mega-conglomerating merger to happen: buy ten billion dollars worth of US bonds, and then I’m sure we can get it approved.” If not that, there’s a thousand other ways for central banks to push money into markets now that they are accustomed to doing so in an unbridled fashion. It’s the new norm.)

    That the stock markets are being driven up by central bank purchases can be seen in the following graph:

     

    Huge rise in central bank stock purchases

     

    Emerging markets (EM) that were crashing at the start of 2016 offloaded assets to raise funds to keep the home front running at the start of the year. That contributed to January becoming the worst January in the history of the US stock market — worse than any start of a year in the Great Depression or the Great Recession. The central Bank of Japan and the European Central Bank increased their buying of those assets to offset that fall, and both recently announced they are going to apply a lot more stimulus.

    Cox goes on to write,

     

    Ostensibly, the global race to the bottom was supposed to stimulate growth, and it may just well keep pushing risk assets [stocks in particular] higher. But what awaits on the other side is adding to the worries of investing professionals. “Ultimately, there will be a day of reckoning,” said Erik Weisman, chief economist at MFS Investment Management…. There remains a pervasive feeling on Wall Street that the risk rally is built on sand, with a price to pay in a world where owning government debt no longer pays but rather costs.

     

    Even central banksters who create money out of nothing cannot create a free lunch.  Somebody pays, but probably you, not them. It’s an ominous feeling really — a sense that there is no underlying reality anymore — that the sands are shifting under your feet.

     

    There’s no doubt that there are and will continue to be unintended consequences, and the further we move away from something conventional into unconventional, the ratio of unintended consequences to intended consequences will rise,” Weisman said.

     

    We’re seven years on since stimulus responses to the Great Recession began. These have also been the greatest stimulus measures in the history of the world. (No wonder these rides are so thrilling as they reach new world records multiple times a week.) However, outside of flying stocks, we still have a global economy that seems endlessly stuck in the dog days of summer. Or, to change to my old winter metaphor (now that summer has turned abnormally cold here where I write), the longer and harder the snow plows push the snow straight ahead, the more it piles up as an impossible obstacle ahead of them. The louder they get with chained tires clawing and engines roaring and smoking, the less snow they push. The plows are now grinding away at full throttle in the lowest gear they have, and it is looking like they are going to remain stuck in that gear for a very long time — maybe another decade … unless they simply give up the battle.

    The world is buried under the highest mountains of the cheapest debt ever imaginable, and nothing is moving in the overall economy (except financial instruments that are trading places). And that is where I said we would wind up when I wrote my very first articles in my Downtime series on government bailouts and stimulus back at the start of the Great Recession. I said they were pushing all the snow straight ahead, instead of off to the side, so (quite a ways down the road) they would have a mountain of snow so high in front of them that all the plows in the world could push it no further. We are now quite a ways down the road.

    The European banks that are screaming for bailouts are buried in bad debt they pushed forward from the Great Recession. They never wrote it off then because the damage to their balance sheets would have been so severe. As I said back then, such policies only meant the damage to their balance sheets in the future would be even more severe. The problem of bad debt owned by banks in Italy is now four times worse than it was at the bottom of the Great Recession.

    Why did I know that would happen? Because nothing about this “recovery” is recovery. It has all been a forestalling of problems, “kicking the can further down the road,” with the inevitable pay-back time becoming worse the longer we forestall the inevitable write-off of bad debt. My Downtime articles years ago sounded many warnings that everything governments and central banks were doing was making a very bad situation worse just so we could avoid the pain at the time. Such actions resolved none of the true underlying problems that are built right into the foundation of our debt-based economy. Until we stop thinking we can build true monuments of wealth over ever-growing chasms of debt, we will solve nothing at all.

    Europe’s banking troubles are now far deeper than they were at the belly of the Great Recession Part One. Europe endlessly scrambles to solve banking troubles that become harder to solve with each new phase. The snow plows I talked about in my Downtimeseries have not only stopped pushing the snow ahead, but the drift is now avalanching back onto them and pushing the plows backward, even as their wheels are spinning and screeching forward.

    (This is what we do in the parking lots here in Winter Wonderland.)

     

    Why else would the entire financial world be upside down?

     

    Another explanation for the greatest dichotomy in financial history that is now happening in the US is that money is exiting European markets and fleeing to anything in the US because the US remains the best looking corpse in the cemetery; so, if you want to dance with stocks, do so with Stockzilla, bride of Bankenstein. What appears completely irrational is in part a flight of money from one part of the world to the last safe place on earth. (Safe for the moment, but moments count when you’re fleeing an avalanche.)

    Central banks have become the biggest bullies in the playpen. With the biggest bullies pushing their weight around as much as they possibly can, there is no safe place for small investors in the playpen. So, individual investors around the world are fleeing to the safest investments they can think of. With Europe in such volatile flux and China being such an unknown with its own massive upheavals, what more readily comes to mind right now as a final resting place than the good ol’ US of A?

    Naturally, the US will be the last major economy affected by the second avalanche of bank failures, which this time has started in Europe. Brexit isn’t likely to trigger anything in the US directly, other than the immediate panic selling that was seen in stocks right after the vote. Once it was clear that Brexit wasn’t going to destroy the United States, some euphoria within the US probably kicked in and helped push the stock market up rapidly past its long-standing ceiling because that euphoria was accompanied by even larger money flows from outside the nation as people ran for cover.

    Brexit appears to be triggering the failure of banks that were too fat to fail, lest they flounder upon us and squish us all — some of the world’s most established banks. As things fall apart to this unprecedented degree in Europe, money has to run somewhere, and the US casino still has pretty lights that can be seen as far away as the growing darkness in Europe.

    The United States will not remain immune to what is happening in Europe forever, but the hot air coming out of Europe’s balloon may fill the US sails for awhile. For the moment, the US is the beneficiary of Europe’s decline.

    This could be a brief moment, however, as there are likely to be surprising connections (black-swan events) between Europe’s failing banks and US banks that materialize faster than anyone expects. We’re sailing in uncharted territory that looks nothing like anything we’ve seen before, so who knows what comes next in a world where stocks soar in the face of generally gloomy economic news while bond sales also soar at the lowest interest rates in history? (Welcome to our Pirates of the Caribbean boat ride where Mario Draghi plays the part of Jack Sparrow!)

    With Europe reaping the whirlwind as its banks turn out the lights, with China looking lost and confused and sometimes spinning erratically, with Japan ecstatically voting to start its umpteenth round of unsuccessful quantitative easing, with South America breaking into greater anarchy every day of its pitiful, starving life, and with the US in longterm manufacturing decline with corporate profit growth also in continual decline, one cannot seriously think the world is just going to pull out of this!

    That means those who are buying stocks because they believe there’s a new 30% rising bull market just beginning are taking euphoria to new heights, too. They are, in the very least, taking a perilous ride.

     

    “Investors are buying bonds for capital appreciation and stocks for income. The world has turned upside down,” said James Abate, chief investment officer at Centre Asset Management LLC. The shift, according to Abate, has been fueled by central-bank stimulus inflating government-bond prices across the world, pushing yields on nearly $12 trillion of government debt into negative territory. And as bond yields tumble, more and more equities are yielding more than government bonds, spurring demand for companies offering sustainable income in the form of dividend payments. “It is a poison brew that central banks keep serving us,” Abate said. (MarketWatch)

     

    In other words, central banks have taken all rationality out of all financial markets … at least in one sense. Everything everywhere now is contingent upon what central banks are doing. The contagion of their poison is ubiquitous. There is another sense, however, in which this is all rational. I call it the new rationality: central banks have all the money, and money follows money. So, individual investors are doing the best they can in following the money. So, in terms of global economics and politics, its irrational; but in terms of following the makers of money who run the show, it makes perfect sense. It has is own mad mindset.

     

    “There’s a perception there’s a greater fool behind you,” Kohli said, pointing to the strategy of buying a bond with the intention to sell later at a higher price. But the main forces behind the rally, Kohli added, are central-bank purchases that keep fueling demand and propelling prices higher.… What’s more, the recent divergence between the main U.S. equity indexes and benchmark Treasury yields has been flashing “mind the gap” signals that fuel fears of a sharp correction…. So, despite popular belief, the decline in interest rates “should be viewed as a bad sign,” noted BAML’s Global Rates and Currencies Research team, in a report released Monday. “Too often we have heard how declining interest rates are good news and are used as a justification for investors being pushed out the risk spectrum. We disagree and argue this time is different and the decline in rates should be interpreted as a bad sign,” the analysts noted. (MarketWatch)

     

    If Kohli’s first statement doesn’t sound like the definition of a Ponzi scheme, what does?

    Celebrate because the Epocalypse is here!In terms of everything that once made sense financially, central banks’ transformation of this world into Wonderland is now complete. In this topsy-turvy world, Mad Hatters may not be so mad as they look. Everyone is simply trying to maneuver around the biggest bullies in the playpen by finding the safest place to play. It’s the new rationality of a world intentionally turned on its head — at last, by nearly everyone’s recognition — even more than it is euphoria. The irrationality has become obvious. What is not so obvious is the rationality of the irrationality.

    In other words, if investors take the bullish gamble on a rising stock market in the US at a time when most of the world is falling apart, they may be right for all the wrong reasons … for now. In Central Bank Wonderland, they have nowhere to fall but up. On a short-term basis (probably very short-term) market bulls could be right only because all the other circling drain holes around the world are dumping into sovereign bonds, precious metals … and the US stocks as the last casino open for business. Everything is now flowing into the extreme zone at the same time.

    You can bet on the wild ride in US stocks, or you can bet on bonds that guarantee you almost nothing (or even less than nothing), or you can bet on precious metals. All three markets are rising together right now. The question is which one is likely to continue rising as Europe disintegrates, the oldest banks in the world crash, China teeters between crashes and stimulus while running the world’s most notoriously cooked books, Japan takes the governor off the throttle and flies with full-hot afterburners blazing into the rarified nozone, and South American economies implode into social chaos?

    This is the crazy new zombie economy I call “The Epocalypse” — a world of economic collapse everywhere, apocalyptic in scale, epic in that it already exceeds the greatest extremes in history, and epoch in that it will come to be known as its own period in time. One word that says it all.

    You have witnessed the beginning of this hideously convoluted world, and it only gets more distorted from here because nothing has been done to right the essential problems that are creating this grotesque chaos while ungoverned greed rules the day.

    The children are no longer asking, “Are we almost there yet?” We’ve arrived, and they’re now asking if they can go home. Welcome to Central Bank Wonderland where Janet Yellen is the Queen of Hearts and all the little carnival riders are Mad Hatters whose moves are rational if you live in a world with irrational rules created by truly mad leaders. Dinner is served in our Zombie Epocalypse Room where only zombie banksters get to dine … and dinner is you! You see, if you were ever able to walk out the back door of Wonderland and look over your shoulder, the sign above the door says “Hotel California.” You are always welcome here … and can never leave.

    Doest it get any more fun than this?

    Sure it does. Wait till you see Act Two, which could be as early as next week!

  • Paul Craig Roberts Warns "'Adolf Hitler' Is Alive & Well In The US"

    Authored by Paul Craig Roberts, originally posted at Strategic-Culture.org,

    Gestapo America

    FBI Director James Comey got Hillary off the hook but wants to put you on it. He is pushing hard for warrantless access to all of your Internet activity.

    Comey, who would have fit in perfectly with Hitler’s Gestapo, tells Congress that the United States is not safe unless the FBI knows when every American goes online, to whom they are sending emails and from whom they are receiving emails, and knows every website visited by every American.

    In other words, Comey wants to render null and void the Fourth Amendment of the US Constitution and completely destroy your privacy rights.

    The reason Washington wants to know everything about everyone is so that Washington can embarrass, blackmail, and frame on felony charges patriots who stand up in defense of the US Constitution and the rule of law, and dissidents who criticize Washington’s illegal wars, reckless foreign policies, and oppression of American citizens.

    Washington’s demand for power has nothing to do with our security. It has to do with destroying the security that the US Constitution gives us.

    The security that Comey wants to protect is not our security or the national security of the United States. Comey’s intent is to make Washington secure despite its violations of statutory law and the US Constitution. The way Comey intends to do this is by intimidating, harassing, and arresting Washington’s critics.

    Comey wants the unconstitutional power to demand from the providers of telephone and Internet services all records and information about you. These demands are not to be subject to oversight by courts, and the communication companies that serve you are prohibited from telling you that all of your information has been given to the FBI.

    US Senators rushed to stick their swords into the Fourth Amendment. John Cornyn slapped an FBI-written amendment on the Electronic Communications Privacy Act Amendments Act of 2015. This caused the American Civil Liberties Union and Amnesty International to withdraw their support for the act, which caused the act to be withdrawn.

    Senator John McCain rushed to the aid of the FBI. This Constitution-hating senator proposed an amendment to a criminal justice appropriations bill that would use a provision in the unconstitutional PATRIOT Act to grant the unlimited unaccountable power to the FBI to totally destroy your privacy.

    McCain’s amendment failed, but Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-KY) changed his vote so that he could negate the Senate’s vote with a vote to reconsider.

    The FBI’s senators will continue with amendments to legislation, related or not, until they deliver to the FBI the power it wants.

    Unfortunately, most Americans today, unlike their forebears, are too ignorant and uneducated to know the value of the privacy rights that our Founding Fathers put in the US Constitution. The imbeciles say nonsense such as: "I haven’t done anything wrong. I have nothing to fear". God help the imbeciles.

    If the American people were sufficiently sophisticated, they perhaps would wonder why such a large chunk of the US Senate had rather represent the FBI than the American people, their constituents who elected them to represent the people in the state, not a police power in Washington.

    Why are so many US senators more responsive to the FBI’s desire for Gestapo police power than they are to the civil liberties embodied in the US Constitution?

    As the Bill of Rights Defense Committee and the Defending Dissent Foundation show, the Orlando shootings, the Dallas shootings and whatever shootings, real or staged, next occur have nothing to do with the FBI’s demand to completely destroy all privacy rights of the American people.

    What’s that I hear? You say you knew nothing about this? Little wonder. Your media consist of people well paid to deceive you and to deliver you into a Police State. To strip you of all constitutional protection and deliver you unprotected to a police state is the function of the New York Times, Washington Post, Fox 'News', CNN, the rest of the presstitute print and TV media and many Internet sites.

    Adolf Hitler is alive and well in the United States, and he is fast rising to power.

  • As Chinese Refiners Flood The World, Gasoline Tankers Pile Up In New York City Harbor

    Just over a month ago, when we pointed out that that the gasoline curve was about to shift from contango into backwardation, we said that the gasoline tanker armada off the coast of Singapore was about to start offloading as it would soon become uneconomical to hold product in offshore storage. This meant one thing: China was about to unleash a wave of accelerated gasoline exports across the entire world.

    We pointed out the unprecedented surge in Chinese gasoline stocks…

    … and added that as China continues to imports tremendous amounts of both crude and product, far greater than actual demand, this would send “China’s gasoline stocks to even higher record levels. In other words, the global glut is now not only at the crude and distillate level, but also in global gasoline stocks.”

    One month later we find out that this was a correct assessment of the situation. 

    According to the WSJ, while initially China’s demand for oil helped soak up some of the surplus crude sloshing around the world, China is no longer the handy excess supply “buffer” it once was and as a result China’s teapot refiners are now flooding markets with products including diesel and gasoline, in the latest example of how surging Chinese exports are shaking the commodities industry.

    China’s total exports of refined fuels jumped 38% on-year to 4.2 million tons, or roughly 1.02 million barrels a day, in June, according to the latest data released Wednesday by the customs administration. Its refined fuel exports are up 45% overall so far this year. Much of the surge is attributable to a leap in China’s shipments of diesel. In May, China’s exports of the fuel mainly used in heavy industry had quadrupled on-year to 1.5 million tons; detailed data for June is due later this month.

    The sharp rise is merely a confirmation of what many have said all along: in its relentless bailouts of all enterprises, the Chinese government is unleashing a deflationary wave around the globe, which forces Chine to dump its products to any and every buying around the globe, in the process massively undercutting prices. This mirrors similar increases in China’s exports of processed basic materials like steel in recent months, a trend that has provoked anguished complaints from governments and industry bodies across the world.

    Worse, what many thought was stable Chinese domestic demand, ended up being just the filling of every possible container, not to mention the now almost full SPR, in lieu of actual domestic commodity demand. As such, China’s sagging demand as the economy slows once more has left the country’s oil and metal refiners with huge surpluses they are increasingly looking to sell abroad.

    “[China’s] demand for diesel continues to disappoint, mainly as a result of slower industrial output compared to [the] same period in 2015,” according to a recent report from the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries. 

    Thus, unable to sell at home, China is aggressively exporting the latest deflation tidal wave, and the flood of Chinese diesel and other refined products spilling outward is bringing down prices in Asia, hitting China’s regional rivals hard. Refining margins—the difference between what refiners pay for crude versus the prices of the refined products they sell—have dropped by a third to around $4 a barrel since the first quarter across Asia, according to a report by J.P. Morgan.

    Gasoline hasn’t proved immune.

    Despite relatively strong demand within China as passenger vehicle sales continue to rise, China has been exporting more, with shipments doubling in May from last year to 780,000 tons.  “[Global gasoline] demand was off the chart last year and margins were in the double digits. All the refiners were incentivized to produce gasoline,” said Michal Meidan, a China specialist at Energy Aspects, a London-based energy research firm. “But demand for this year is not as stellar, so you have a surplus of gasoline everywhere,” she said.

    That is most certainly true not only for China, but as we noted earlier in our post about oil’s “death spiral” in the US as well, where plunging crack spreads likewise confirm that the US also now finds itself with far too much product (albeit due to different dynamics). As we have explained previously, much of the increase in Chinese refined product exports is due to shifts in the way the industry is regulated at home. Beijing has more than doubled the amount it allows refiners to sell abroad this year, according to Energy Aspects data.  The resurgence of China’s independent crude refiners, known as teapots, has also been key.

    Last year, Beijing allowed these teapots to directly import crude from abroad for the first time, rather than having to buy more expensive crude from domestic state-owned oil companies. Their subsequent ramp-up in production has provided big state-owned refiners such as Sinopec and China National Petroleum Corp. with greater competition at home, leading them to sell more abroad.

    But the worst news is that this is just the beginning:

    Teapot refiners could also soon export more too: Some are aiming to ship 50% of their total output abroad within three years, up from around 10% currently, says Nelson Wang, energy analyst at brokerage CLSA, based on recent conversations with a number of such operators.

    But who will they sell too? After all the world is already flooded with gasoline? Well, for a low enough price, they will find buyers. Teapots already often sell refined products at a discount compared to their rivals at home and abroad to attract customers. “This is just the beginning, and the bigger threat [on margins] is yet to come,” Mr. Wang said.

    But the worst possible case is if China’s economy were to hit another major snag. As the Chinese government seeks to steer the economy from an industry-heavy focus to a consumption-based one, domestic demand for refined fuels could wane further, in turn stoking more exports of diesel, analysts say. In turn, analysts say China’s crude imports could also decline: they hit a five-month low in June at 30.62 million tons, though that was still up 3.8% on-year.

    Chinese refineries’ rising output could keep its gasoline exports high too. The country’s gasoline production could outpace domestic demand growth by 9% this year, according to analysts at energy researcher ICIS.

     

    “Exports are still the main solution for China to mitigate the oversupply of gasoline,” said ICIS, forecasting China’s shipments this year to hit 8 million metric tons, or 160,000 barrels a day, a jump of 40%.

    And while Chinese gasoline exports have not hit the US yet (and they well may eventually), the US is already having a major problem with storing all the gasoline the rest of the world has to export. None other than the IEA in its monthly report said that the global gasoline glut is so big that tankers are now storing in New YOrk’s harbor. “Brimming” inventories, concern over gasoline demand in key markets, “weighed down” prices for the fuel in June.  The IEA also adds that some companies “have been forced to turn to floating storage in the New York Harbour area.”

    As Reuters reported last week, at least two tankers carrying gasoline-making components have dropped anchor off New York Harbor for nearly a week, unable to discharge their cargoes in the latest sign that storage for the fuel is running out, traders said. Several tankers with gasoline have also been diverted from the New York region to Florida and the U.S. Gulf Coast in recent days, a rare move that underscores oversupply in the pricing hub for the benchmark U.S. gasoline.

    The 74,000 tonne tanker EMERALD SHINER , carrying a cargo of alkylite from the west coast of India has been anchored off the New York Coast since June 28, according to Reuters shipping data and traders.

     

    The 37,000 tonne ENERGY PROGRESS , with a cargo of reformate from Turkey, has similarly been waiting outside New York since June 28.

     

    Furthermore, at least three cargoes of gasoline from Europe, which heavily relies on exports to the U.S. East Coast, have been diverted in recent days from New York Harbor to Florida and the U.S. Gulf 

    Coast, ship tracking showed.

     

    Those include the tankers ENERGY PATRIOT , SEASALVIA and ANCE.

    “Tanks are full to the brim in New York Harbor,” a trader said.

    There is much more on this topic, but at its core it is a very simple story of too much supply and not enough demand.

    And now that the market is finally realizing what happened, the understanding that oil’s “death spiral – edition 2016″ is being catalyzed not just by oil market dynamics, but by oil products such as diesel and gasoline, is finally being appreciated by the market…  just as we predicted would happen back in February.

  • Too Many Laws: Why Police Encounters Escalate

    Submitted by Ryan McMaken via The Mises Institute,

    The debate over the shooting of Philando Castile has ignited the debate over the way the police, generally speaking, often enforce petty, small-time offenses with often overwhelming force. In the case of Castile, the controversy hinges partially on whether or not Castile was being detained as a suspect in a real crime (such as armed robbery), or if he was being stopped and harassed for a small-time non-violent infraction such as drug possession or a broken tail light. 

    People instinctively know there is a real difference between the situations. Moreover, it is a safe assumption that in the case of armed robbery, someone has actually requested the services of the police, while it is extremely unlikely that any citizen complained about, or was harmed by, a broken tail light or the possession of marijuana. If it proves to be true that Castile was, in fact, stopped for a small-time infraction, then the escalation to a situation in which Castile was shot dead can be shown to be all the more unnecessary and needlessly violent. 

    But, of course, we don't need the Castile case to prove our point. Everyday, people are stopped and detained by police for what should be regarded as peaceful non-criminal activities. But those situations often escalate to tense confrontations, and even in some cases to violent interactions. 

    It doesn't have to be this way.

    Police Didn't Always Patrol Areas Looking for People to Arrest  

    Modern policing is largely a nineteenth-century invention, and prior to modern urban police forces, state agents were generally called in to deal only with episodes of general social unrest. 

    Prior to the age of the modern police patrol in English-speaking countries, state agents — often a sheriff-like official — were used primarily to compel named defendants to appear in court when another citizen had made a complaint in court against that person, usually to demand restitution for some wrong inflicted. It wasn't until the twentieth century that police agents routinely patrolled an area looking for places to intervene. In the United States, for example, as Jack Greene notes, "the American police service was originally cast as a reactive force, not as a preventive of interdicting force. … America's police were to provide assistance on request, not to proactively intervene in the lives of the community." 

    In England, the tradition of legal action only beginning in response to a private complaint is very old, and law enforcement agents were expected to act only in response to court orders. Michael Giuliano writes

    Since early medieval England, long before the Norman invasion of England, criminal actions had been instituted by aggrieved private parties. They were primarily settled by compensation or restitution, and not imprisonment, capital punishment, or even the blood-feud that was common in much of Europe. For most offenses, specific civil fines and compensation were established. … The affirmative role of the victim or next of kin initiated the legal process. Particularly heinous offenses requiring more than “mere” intentional homicide, were often excluded from the realm of compensatory remedy. As process, judges were appointed to preside over the courts and enforce the decisions made by the assembled freemen of a district. Policing and law bore elements of democracy.

    This reliance on a private restitution-based model continued into the late nineteenth century, and was hotly defended by many of the English on the presumption that a shift to "public" prosecutions — prosecution initiated by the state itself — would lead to a destruction of English civil liberties. Giuliano continues: 

    The formal transition from private to public prosecution in England did not occur until 1879 and years passed before it could be implemented in practice. The English gentry had long been suspicious of both a public prosecution system and a professional police force.

     

    Indeed, the private initiation of criminal prosecution in England was a curiosity to visitors. Among them was the French jurist Charles Cottu, who like many was unaware of the “traditional arguments of English gentlemen against a constabulary and state prosecution,” according to legal historian Douglas Hay. Those Englishmen believed, in Hay’s characterization, that the power of prosecutorial institutions could lead to a “political police serving the Crown.” This opposition to public prosecution has been cast by law professor Bruce P. Smith as an example of old England's “national commitment to civil liberties.”

    Obviously, today, we see few traces of a legal system that even resembles the English Common Law system that relied on there being an actual victim for a crime to have taken place. Today, police actively patrol neighborhoods looking for potential offenders even if no one has requested the "service."

    In response, this has led to some observers to suggest that the police should function instead on a "fire department model" in which police respond only to actual complaints, rather than seek out "offenders" on their own. 

    Certainly, this could potentially be a step in the right direction, but the larger problem lies in the fact that not only can arrests and prosecutions be initiated in the absence of any complaint or victim, but the list of offenses for which a person can be arrested and imprisoned has grown disastrously long. 

    Every Police Encounter Is an Opportunity for Arrest and Criminal Prosecution 

    Dealing with violent crime constitutes only a small minority of what police deal with on a daily basis. For example, in 2014, out of 11,205,833 arrests made nationwide (in the US), 498,666 arrests were for violent crimes and 1,553,980 arrests were for property crime.

    That means 82 percent of arrests were made for something other than violent crime or property crime. 

    Moreover, many of these non-violent offenses — such as drug use, liquor violations, carrying an illegal knife, or other infractions that should be regarded as small-time offenses can result in serious jail time or prison time, as well as steep fines and lost earnings. 

    For instance, the highly publicized death of Eric Garner at the hands of police officers was a conflict precipitated by the sale of untaxed cigarettes by Garner. The police officers who killed Freddie Gray in custody in Baltimore later claimed the arrest was necessary because Gray possessed a knife that violated city ordinances. 

    And then there are the countless cases of non-criminals who have been stopped, searched, arrested and imprisoned for petty drug offenses such as possession. 

    Indeed, police departments spend an immense amount of time and resources on these non-violent offenses. In their book, The Challenge of Crime, Henry Ruth and Kevin Reitz observe

    [W]e do know that the effort to stem the tide of illicit drugs has been massive — and expensive. On the local level, 93 percent of county police agencies and 82 percent of all municipal agencies with more than one hundred police officers contained a full-time drug enforcement unit, as did about 60 percent of the state police agencies, and almost 70 percent of all sheriffs' departments. New York City alone in 1997 reported over 2,500 police officers dedicated to drug units and task forcese. More than 90 percent of all these police agencies received money and property forfeited by drug sellers for use in law enforcement opertations. …

     

    State and local police made about 1.6 million arrests for drug abuse violations in 2000, four-fifths of them for drug possession. … And in 1998, drug offenders were 35 percent of all felons convicted in state courts.

    In Gangs and Gang Crime, Michael Newton Reports: "In 1987, drug offenses produced 7.4 percent of all American arrests, nearly doubling to 13.1 percent by 2005."

    As Ruth and Reitz note, there are financial incentives to police agencies to pursue drug offenders. The nature of drug offenses also gives the police more reason to make arrests in general. As explained by Lawrence Travis in Introduction to Criminal Justice:

    With increased emphasis on drug crimes, agents and agencies of the justice system have uncovered offenses that have been present for years. Because drug offenses have gone unreported in the past, Zeisel (1982) noted that they present an almost limitless supply of business for the police. changing public perceptions of the seriousness of drug offenses has supported increased drug enforcement efforts.

     

    [Peter] Kraska observed that with drug offenders, police "can seek actively to detect drug crimes, as opposed to violent and property crimes, for which they have little choice but to react to complaints." Thus, the volume of drug offenders entering the justice system is more a product of police activity than is that of violent or property offenders.. Political pressure to treat drug offenses more seriously, coupled with giving incentives such as profit from seizing the property of drug offenders, spurs more aggressive police action."

    In other words, rather than react to complaints about violent crime or property crime, drug enforcement provides the police with nearly limitless opportunities to search, question, and arrest suspects for any number of offenses related to drugs. Moreover, if the police attempt to stop and search a person, and the person becomes uncooperative, police may then be able to justify an arrest for "resisting arrest" or similar offense even if no drugs are found. 

    Arrests in turn then bolster a police officer's career, even though little time has been spent on investigating violent crime or recovering stolen property. 

    The results of this emphasis among law enforcers can be seen in the incarceration data. Erinn Herbermann and Thomas Bonczar report that, of the 3,910,647 adults on probation in the US at the end of 2013, 25 percent (approximately 977,662 people) had a drug charge as their most serious offense.

    According to the Justice Policy Institute: "approximately one-quarter of those people held in U.S. prisons or jails have been convicted of a drug offense. The United States incarcerates more people for drug offenses than any other country. With an estimated 6.8 million Americans struggling with drug abuse or dependence, the growth of the prison population continues to be driven largely by incarceration for drug offenses."

    Consequently, more than one-fifth of prisoners (21 percent) in state prisons are held due to drug violations, while more than half (55 percent) of prisoners in federal prisons are held due to drug violations. This does not include offenders in county jails for shorter non-prison sentences. 

    The Effects of an Expansive Criminal Code on Police-Suspect Interactions 

    The effects of these trends should be predictable. 

    Imagine, for example, a world in which the only offenses that brought significant jail terms or large fines were violent criminal acts and property crimes. Obviously, in this case, the range of action open to the police would be greatly reduced, and citizens stopped by the police would have little to worry about in terms of stiff jail sentences. The possession of a switchblade or a certain type of cigarette would be of little concern to either the police or the suspect. Even if policymakers could not bring themselves to legalize these activities but only de-criminalize them, the stakes would be much lower in police-citizen interactions when citizens fear only a citation and fine instead of prison time for any offense that does not involve thievery, fraud, violence, or destruction of property. 

    When suspects know they are unlikely to be arrested or face a serious criminal charge, they are unlikely to panic and resist the police in a way that may lead to escalation of violence. 

    Moreover, given the relative rarity of real crime versus mere drug offenses and other small-time violations, police would be forced to concentrate their efforts on violent crime and property instead.

    After all, given the reality of scarce resources for any endeavor, including policing, the opportunity cost of pursuing drug offenses leads to fewer police resources being devoted to recovering stolen property and pursuing violent criminals.

    Contrary to un-serious and absurd claims that the police "enforce all laws," police use their discretion all the time as to what laws to enforce and which to not enforce. Those laws that are enforced are often laws that can lead to profit for the police department — such as drug laws which leads to asset forfeiture — or laws that can make for easy arrests — such as loitering and other small time laws — which improve a police officers' arrest record.

    If we want to be serious about scaling back the degree to which police interactions with the public can lead to violent escalations, we must first scale back the number of offenses that can lead to serious fines and imprisonment for members of the public, while shifting the concentration of police efforts to violent crime and property crime. The emphasis must return to crimes that have actual victims and which are reported by citizens looking for stolen property and violent criminals. Not only will this increase the value of policing, but will also improve relations with most of the public while reducing the footprint of the state in the lives of ordinary people.

  • FBI Agents Were Told To Sign A "Very, Very Unusual" NDA In Hillary Email Case

    The State Department restarted their investigation into Hillary Clinton’s emails following the DoJ’s unanimous recommendation that Attorney General Loretta Lynch not pursue criminal charges for Hillary’s negligence in handling classified documents. FBI insiders now believe a deal was struck when Bill Clinton met Loretta Lynch on a Phoenix airport tarmac in June. Agents have also said they were forced to sign a document that went above and beyond the typical NDA signed when performing investigations

    When news broke of the infamous tarmac Lynch-Clinton meeting we said: “Well then, if Lynch says it was a completely random encounter with Hillary Clinton’s husband on a tarmac (admit it, that happens often to most people), and nothing was discussed that pertains to official business, then that certainly must be the truth.

    We were sarcastic. We may also have been right.

    According to The New York Post, which not only cited a source saying that “FBI agents believe there was an inside deal put in place after the Loretta Lynch/Bill Clinton tarmac meeting”, but it also reports that FBI agents had been required to sign a Case Briefing Acknowledgment Addendum. To wit:

    In an unusual move, FBI agents working the Hillary Clinton email case had to sign a special form reminding them not to blab about the probe to anyone unless called to testify.

    As for what that “special form” is:

    Sources said they had never heard of the “Case Briefing Acknowledgment” form being used before, although all agents must initially sign nondisclosure agreements to obtain security clearance.

    A retired FBI Chief opined on agents signing a Case Briefing Acknowledgment saying:

    This is very, very unusual. I’ve never signed one, never circulated one to others

    Zero Hedge searched for “Case Briefing Acknowledgment” throughout various databases and found no credible hits relating to such a document. Which is odd in light of that by-chance meeting on a tarmac because the document was acknowledged in a July 1 letter from Stephen Kelly, the top legislative affairs official for the FBI in a response to Chairman Charles Grassley’s letter requesting more information about the Case Briefing Acknowledgment.

    The Clintons continue to display an uncanny ability for creating the best timed coincidences.

     * * *

    Stephen Kelly, Asst. Director Office Congressional Affairs Letter To Grassley

  • We Just Found Out Who Has Been Buying All These Record-Low-Yielding Bonds

    When your nation’s bonds are trading with a record low 28bps negative yield (10Y JGBs), everything else in the world (aside from Swiss 10Y) is a relative ‘value’…

     

    Which appears to have driven Japanese investors to panic-buy a record 2.549 Trillion Yen of foreign bonds – an all-time record (in Yen and USD)…

     

    A week after near-record sales of JGBs…

     

    So now we know who (among others) was responsible for sending global developed sovereign bond yields to their record lows at 40bps last week…

     

    And if The BoJ cuts rates deeper into negative territory this week – what do you think Japanese investors will do?

    Charts: Bloomberg

  • "$2 Billion A Year" – Illegal Immigrants Get More Food Stamp Benefits Than Poor American Citizens

    Submitted by Mac Slavo via SHTFPlan.com,

    There’s a reason Americans are angered over illegal immigration and despite what liberal-leaning socialists like Hillary Clinton and the Huffington Post may suggest, it has absolutely nothing to do with racism.

    It’s an economics issue, plain and simple.

    And as highlighted by a new report from the Washington Examiner, it’s actually American citizens who are feeling the brunt of the pain and being treated unfairly, not the other way around:

    Illegal immigrant households tapping into the federal food stamp program are receiving $1.4 billion to $2.1 billion a year despite their ineligibility, according to a new analysis of the Agriculture Department program.

     

    And rules guiding who can get food stamps favor households with illegal immigrants over all-U.S. citizen homes, according to the detailed report from the Center for Immigration Studies released Monday morning.

    David North of cis.org explain how the scam works:

    Let’s say that the all-citizen family consisted of three people, employed father, stay-at-home mother, and a small child. Dad makes $2,400 a month. The family’s income is too high for food stamps since the maximum monthly income is $2,177 for a family of three.

     

    Then next door there is a mixed family, also three people, with the father being the only worker, also earning $2,400 a month. The difference is that the father is an ineligible alien and so, under many states’ regulations, one-third of the family’s income is ignored (prorated is the word in SNAP circles), leaving the family with a nominal income of $1,600 a month that allows the family to get a food stamps allotment, but only for the two citizens, not for all three in the family.

     

    There is thus a band of households of three with earnings in the range of $2,177/mo. at the bottom to $2,589/mo. at the top that would be eligible for food stamps but only if the wage earner is a non-eligible alien in the eyes of USDA; all-citizen households in this band would not be eligible for food stamps. (Here’s the math: $2,589 = 150 percent of $1,726, the maximum income allowable for a family of two when there is a 33.3 percent discount on the illegal’s wages).

    That $2 billion a year in free food offered to people who shouldn’t be in this country in the first place is only part of it.

    An already overburdened American taxpayer is also forced, by way of the gun, to pay for illegal immigrants’ health care, college tuition, and other social services.

    But if you argue against illegal immigration or the “free” services they consume you are a racist.

    We’d argue you’re a realist, especially if you understand that all of these free services only work until the government runs out of other peoples’ money.

Digest powered by RSS Digest